Home

Owners Manual - Dealer E

1. lt Features of your vehicle WARNING Parking Brake amp Brake Fluid Warning Light Driving the vehicle with a warn ing light ON is dangerous If the Parking Brake amp Brake Fluid Warning Light illuminates with the parking brake released it indicates that the brake fluid level is low In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Anti lock Brake System ABS Warning Light This warning light illuminates e Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off e When there is a malfunction with the ABS The normal braking sys tem will still be operational without the assistance of the anti lock brake system In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Electronic Brake force C QC Distribution BRAKE EBD System Warning Light These two warning lights illuminate at the same time while driving e When the ABS and regular brake system may not work normally In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer A WARNING Electronic Brake force Distribution EBD System Warning Light When both ABS and Parking Brake amp Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on the
2. lt Features of your vehicle N CAUTION Wipers amp wind shields To prevent possible damage to the wipers or windshield do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gaso line kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other compo nents do not attempt to move the wipers manually Rear window wiper and washer switch if equipped OAM049103N The rear window wiper switch is located at the end of the wiper and washer switch lever Turn the switch to the desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer ON Normal wiper operation INT Intermittent wiper operation if equipped OFF Wiper is not in operation A OXM049125 Push the lever away from you to spray rear washer fluid and to run the rear wipers 1 3 cycles The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever Features of your vehicle INTERIOR LIGHT Do not use the interior lights for Interior lamp AUTO cut Map lamp extended periods when the engine is When all entrances are closed if BOE TEA l you lock the vehicle by using the It may cause battery discharge transmitter or the smart key all interior lamp will be off after a few seconds
3. lt Features of your vehicle OAM049043 To flash the headlights pull the lever towards you It will return to the nor mal low beam position when released The headlight switch does not need to be on to use this flashing feature Turn signals and lane change signals OAM049045 The ignition switch must be on for the turn signals to function To turn on the turn signals move the lever up or down A The green arrow indicators on the instrument panel indicate which turn signal is operating They will self cancel after a turn is com pleted If the indicator continues to flash after a turn manually return the lever to the OFF position To signal a lane change move the turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position B The lever will return to the OFF position when released If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow a bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connec tion in the circuit Features of your vehicle One touch lane change function To activate an one touch lane change function move the turn sig nal lever slightly and then release it The lane change signals will bl
4. lt Features of your vehicle TAILGATE Opening the tailgate sane OPS043017 The tailgate is locked or unlocked when all doors are locked or unlocked with the key transmitter or smart key or central door lock switch If unlocked the tailgate can be opened by pressing the handle switch and then pulling the handle Up Only the tailgate is unlocked if the tailgate unlock button on the smart key is pressed if equipped Once the tailgate is opened and then closed the tailgate is locked auto matically NOTICE In cold and wet climates door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions The tailgate swings upward Make sure no objects or people are near the rear of the vehicle when opening the tailgate AS CAUTION Tailgate lift Make certain that you close the tailgate before driving your vehicle Possible damage may occur to the tailgate lift cylin ders and attached hardware if the tailgate is not closed prior to driving Closing the tailgate OPS043018 To close the tailgate lower and push down the tailgate firmly Make sure that the tailgate is securely latched Make sure your hands feet and other parts of your body are safely out of the way before closing the tail gate Features of your vehicle A CAUT
5. q lt Features of your vehicle PHONE IF EQUIPPED Before using the Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone features e In order to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone you must first pair and connect the Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone e If the mobile phone is not paired or connected it is not possible to enter Phone mode Once a phone is paired or connected the guid ance screen will be displayed e If Priority is set upon vehicle igni tion IGN ACC ON the Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone will be automatically connected Even if you are outside the Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone will be automatically connected once you are in the vicinity of the vehicle If you do not want automatic Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone connection set the Bluetooth Wireless Technology power to OFF Making a call using the Steering wheel mounted controls 1 WERE button Mode changes each time the button pressed 2 VOLUME button Raises or low ers speaker volume 3 button RADIO mode Briefly press the key Move to next or previous preset channel Press and hold the key Automatically searches for broadcast frequencies USB iPod My Music Modes Briefly press the key Move to next or previous song Press and hold the key Rewinds or f
6. _ lt Features of your vehicle SYSTEM SETTINGS Press the key Select System gt Select menu through TUNE knob Memory Information Displays currently used memory and total system memory Select Memory Information gt OK The currently used memory is dis played on the left side while the total system memory is displayed on the right side Prompt Feedback This feature is used to change voice command feedback between Normal and Expert modes Select Prompt Feedback gt Set through TUNE knob On This mode is for beginner users and provides detailed instructions during voice command operation e Off This mode is for expert users and omits some information during voice command operation When using Expert mode guidance instructions can be heard through the Help or Menu commands Language This menu is used to set the display and voice recognition language Select Language gt Set through TUNE knob The system will reboot after the language is changed Language support by region English Francais Espanol Features of your vehicle RADIO FM AM OR SIRIUS FMI 12 00 dv G35 6 Gal Oni ey 104 1 108 0 amp dl SEEK Press the key Briefly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Automatically searches for the next station
7. lt Features of your vehicle MENU USB Press the USB mode key to set the Repeat Folder Random Folder Repeat All Random Information and Copy features WIEN a 12 00 Menu gt Repeat F ADM F RPT 4 A RDM Info 6 Copy Repeat Press the key Set MRPT through the TUNE knob or key to repeat the current song Press RPT again to turn off Folder Random Press the key Set IF RDM through the TUNE knob or key to randomly play songs within the current folder Press ERDM again to turn off Folder Repeat Press the key Set GIF RPT through the TUNE knob or key to repeat songs within the cur rent folder Press F RPT again to turn off All Random Press the key gt Set A RDM through the TUNE knob or key to randomly play all songs within the USB Press A RDM again to turn off Information Press the key Set Silnfo through the TUNE knob or key to display information of the cur rent song Press the key to turn off info display Features of your vehicle Copy Press the key Set E Copy through the TUNE knob or WI key This is used to copy the current song into My Music You can play the copied Music in My Music mode If another key is pressed while copying is in progress a pop up asking you whether to cancel copying is displayed If another m
8. lt j lt Features of your vehicle Continued e If you use devices such as a USB hub purchased separately the vehicle s audio system may not recognize the USB device In that case connect the USB device directly to the multimedia terminal of the vehicle If the USB device is divided by logical drives only the music files on the highest priority drive are recognized by car audio Devices such as MP3 Player Cellular phone Digital camera can be unrecognizable by stan dard USB I F can be unrecogniz able Charging through the USB may not be supported in some mobile devices USB HDD or USB types liable to connection failures due to vehi cle vibrations are not supported i stick type Some non standard USB devices METAL COVER TYPE USB can be unrecognizable Continued Continued Some USB flash memory read ers such as CF SD micro SD etc or external HDD type devices can be unrecognizable Music files protected by DRM DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGE MENT are not recognizable The data in the USB memory may be lost while using this audio Always back up important data on a personal storage device Please avoid using USB memory prod i ucts which can be lt a used as key chains or cellular phone acces sories as they could cause dam age to the USB jack Please make certain only to use plug type connector pro
9. lt Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects Your vehicle must be accessible to our dispatch transport vehicle as determined by our driver to receive this serv ice In the event that Kia does not have a dealer or an alternative service location available in a particular loca tion Kia will work with a reputable local service facility to ensure that you receive prompt service Warranty repairs are performed at no cost NOTICE Roadside Assistance benefits are not available for any Kia vehicle that has ever been or should be issued a sal vage title or similar branded title under any states law or has been declared a total loss or equivalent by a financial institution or insurance company Trip interruption Trip interruption expense benefits are provided in the event that a warranty related disablement occurs more than 150 miles from your home and the repairs require more than 24 hours to complete Reasonable reimburse ment is included for meals lodging or rental vehicle expenses Trip interruption coverage is limited to 100 per day subject to a three day maximum limit per incident You must contact the Kia Roadside Assistance Center to obtain pre authorization of expenses Once the Kia Roadside Assistance Center gives authorization for trip interruption benefits they will assist you in making the necessary arrangeme
10. lt Driving your vehicle 3 Turn the ignition switch to START and hold it there until the engine starts a maximum of 10 seconds then release the key lt should be started without depressing the accelerator 4 Do not wait for the engine to warm up while the vehicle remains sta tionary Start driving at moderate engine speeds Steep accelerating and decelerating should be avoided 4 CAUTION Starter If the engine stalls while you are in motion do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P Park position If traffic and road conditions permit you may put the shift lever in the N Neutral position while the vehicle is still moving and turn the ignition switch to the START position in an attempt to restart the engine Do not engage the starter for more than 10 seconds If the engine stalls or fails to start wait 5 to 10 seconds before re engaging the starter Improper use of the starter may damage it Driving your vehicle ENGINE START STOP BUTTON IF EQUIPPED Illuminated ENGINE OPS053003 Whenever the front door is opened the ENGINE START STOP button will illuminate for your convenience The light will go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed When all entrances are closed if you lock the vehicle by using the trans mitter or the smart key the light will go off immediately ENGINE START STOP button posit
11. lt Maintenance We uo ELBA o EE _ ___ 4 Tire ply composition and mate rial The number of layers or plies of rub ber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others The letter R means radial ply con struction the letter D means diago nal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply con struction 5 Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure Refer to the Tire and Loading Information label for recommended inflation pressure 6 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire 7 Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maxi mum section width For example TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A Tires degrade over time even when they are not being used Regardless of the remaining tread we recom mend that tires be replaced after approximately six 6 years of normal service Heat caused by ho
12. lt Maintenance N NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty Where both mileage and time are shown the fre quency of service is determined by whichever occurs first 1 Inspect Water Pump when replacing the drive belt or When replacing coolant use only a qualified coolant timing belt additive for your vehicle and never mix hard water in 2 Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be the coolant filled at the factory An improper coolant maintenance free but periodic inspection is recom mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine mended for this maintenance schedule depends on damage fuel quality If there are some important safety matters If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard bottle of additive is recommended Additives are avail starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately able from your authorized Kia dealer along with infor regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an mation on how to use them Do not mix other additives authorized Kia dealer for details 3 Inspect for excessive tappet noise and or engine vibra tion and adjust if necessary 4 The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur o
13. 5 47 J Jack and tools ees 6 13 Jomp siare E E 6 5 K ICY EE E EE gii 4 4 Battery replacement Remote keyless entry 4 7 Battery replacement Smart key 4 16 Immobilizer SySteM s sosnisr rrisnin s serami 4 8 14 Key operations nuanua elena 4 4 Record your key number 46 neutaviedebesdes 4 4 10 Smart key iii lente 4 10 Key OperaOus aerea ke dae eons basi 4 4 Key positions iii an 5 6 Ignition switch position 4 4 42224004e4sneeaeews 5 6 Illuminated ignition switch 005 5 6 Sane Ne cng Anteater n a aA 5 7 L Label Air bag warning label 3 60 Tire sidewallabelms scossi iaia 7 51 Tire specification and pressure label 8 10 Lapshoulder Delt irpini oe eee 3 18 LCD display oak ne od oes hee ea Ree Os 4 58 AMO oriana Seed a 4 62 LEDRO crinali a 4 58 Master Warming Mode iscrizioni aa 4 60 SniceMode isussrss tastiere 4 59 Turn By Turi Mode sie os bon tendeva ba 4 62 Index User Settings Mode 4 60 Warming MCSSaceS o4cc4 0eneeehusnekaaedceds 4 63 LCD Display Control crisi iii enna 4 51 BODIO RR RC EE OC 4 58 LCD Warning Messages eee 4 63 EiohEbidbs a intra 7 74 TOUS ocak at one od EE aa eee ae E 4 85 Auto light POSINON 24 5 deus ches aes ees 4 87 Battery saver function 00 0c 4 85 Daytime running light scri sagio re sca nitata 4 85 Front fog lgbt s
14. 4 90 Windshield Wipers sesso sbciliaiio iais 4 90 2014 KIA MOTORS AMERICA INC LE rd
15. lt Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability use only lubricants of the proper quality The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved tuel economy These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle canara Dl i eaieen rea Bai 4 23 US qt 4 0 1 ACEA A5 or above API Service GL 4 SAE 75W 85 fill for life Manual transaxle fluid or other brands meeting the GL 4 specitication l 2 5 gt 11 w qt 2 0 Engine 1 9 2 0 1 approved by Kia Motors Corp MICHANG ATF SP IV 1 6 Engine SK ATF SP IV NOCA ATF SP IV Automatic transaxle fluid 7 71 US qt 7 3 1 Kia ie at SP IV 2 0 Engine or other brands meeting the above specification approved by Kia motors corp 1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page 2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available Along with other additional benefits they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction Often these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving but in a year s time they can offer significant cost and energy savings If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country you are able to use API service SL Specifications Consumer information Reporting
16. Introduction Oe E85 fuel is an alternative fuel com prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 percent gasoline and is manufac tured exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel Vehicles E85 is not compati ble with your vehicle Use of E85 may result in poor engine perform ance and damage to your vehicle s engine and fuel system Kia recom mends that customers do not use fuel with an ethanol content exceed ing 10 percent NOTICE Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel System or any performance prob lems caused by the use of E85 fuel Gasoline containing MMT Some gasoline contains harmful manganese based fuel additives such as MMT Methylcyclopentadi enyl Manganese Tricarbony l Kia does not recommend the use of gasoline containing MMT This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and affect your emis sion control system The malfunction indicator lamp on the cluster may come on Do not use methanol Fuels containing methanol wood alcohol should not be used in your vehicle This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and damage components of the fuel system NOTICE Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty may not cover damage to the fuel system and any perform ance problems that are caused by the use of fuels containing methanol Fuel Additives Kia recommends that you use good quality gasolines treated with deter gent additives such as
17. Driving your vehicle In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while the vehicle is in motion you can make an emergency stop with the parking brake The stopping dis tance however will be much greater than normal Disc brakes wear indicator When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front brakes or rear brakes You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal Please remember that some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply or lightly apply the brakes This is nor mal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes Always replace the front or rear brake pads as pairs Driving your vehicle Parking brake Hand type Applying the parking brake To engage the parking brake first apply the foot brake and then without pressing the release button in pull the parking brake lever up as far as possible In addition it is recommended that when parking the vehicle on a gradi ent the shift lever should be posi tioned in the appropriate low gear on manual transaxle vehicles or in the P Park position for automatic transaxle vehicles 4 CAUTION Parking brake Driving with the parking brake applied will cause excessive brake pad and brake rotor wear Releasing the parking brake ae OPS053012 To release the p
18. 5 14 Map lamp soci aeeae adsek eee ee ai 4 93 Master Warning Mode israeliana 64 een 4 60 MIMOS opie 5 he we he ke ee Oh arabi 4 45 Day night rearview miTror e046 eg duos 6d 2 4 45 Electric chromic mirror ECM 4 46 Inside rearview Mirror urinaria 4 45 Outside rearview mirror 20000 4 47 Moonroof see Panoramic sunroof 4 34 Index Mounting bracket for roof carrier 4 14 R INNING TSC ac coo oath eee ede eae ons ee 7 65 Rear camera display saci catteaeee vas ee dedakouws 4 84 O Rear center belt 3 POME iaia 3 22 Rear seat adjustment LL 3 11 Occupant Detection System ODS 3 44 Rear scat Warmer ysi se baen keane ideata 4 135 Odometer iii 4 55 Rear window defroster 4 98 ODS see the Occupant Detection System 3 44 Rear window wiper and washer switch 4 92 Oil Engine iii ia 7 27 Rear window wiper washer 4 90 One touch lane change function 4 89 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures 1 46 Outside rearview Mirror LL 4 47 Recommended lubricants and capacities 8 6 Outside rearview mirror defroster 4 99 Recommended SAE viscosity number 8 8 Outside Temperature Gauge 0005 4 55 Record your Key MUNDET sire sriesei aaa sea nas 4 4 10 Oi EEEE 6 8 Reducing the risk of a rollove
19. 8 6 Recommended sae viscosity number 8 8 Vehicle identification number VIN 8 9 Vehicle certification label 0000000 8 9 Tire specification and pressure label 8 10 Engine number in 8 10 Refrigerant label ccccscscccsccesens 8 10 Consumer assistance U S Only 8 11 Electrical equipment U S Only 8 14 Reporting safety defects U S Only 8 15 Online factory authorized manuals USO oi ce cere etree sete a weet atone 8 15 Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects DIMENSIONS Overall length 162 9 4 140 Overall width width 70 9 1 800 ETTI height 62 9 1 600 63 6 1 615 63 5 1 612 SORE 62 1 1 576 Front tread 215 55R17 61 7 1 568 235 45R18 61 4 1 560 i 62 5 1 588 Rear tread 215 55R17 62 2 1 580 1 without roof rack ane 61 9 1 573 2 with roof rack Wheelbase 101 2 2 570 3 with sunroof and roof rack ENGINE tem ae Displacement 97 1 1 591 121 9 1 999 cu in cc Bore x Stroke 3 03x3 36 77x85 44 3 19x3 81 81x97 Firing order 1 3 4 2 1 3 4 2 Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects BULB WATTAGE Light Bulb Wattage Headlamps LowHigh sd Headlamps a type DBS O Front IC LED Bulb Type Rear tail lamps a Rear tail lamps amp side marker Top z oe SOP LED WS Map la
20. lt Features of your vehicle USING Bluetooth Wireless Technology if equipped Phone Menu Screen Phone Menus With a Bluetooth Wireless Technology device connected press the key to display the Phone menu screen Phone Bj 12 00 Favorites Ci git 2 Histor GE Cont 44 Setup 1 Favorite Up to 20 frequently used contacts saved for easy access 2 Call History Displays the call his tory list screen 3 Contacts Displays the Contacts list screen 4 Setup Displays Phone related settings e If you select the Call History but ton but there is no call history data a prompt is displayed which asks to download call history data e If you select the Contacts button but there is no contacts data stored a prompt is displayed which asks to download contacts data This feature may not be supported in some mobile phones For more information on download support refer to your mobile phone user s manual Answering Calls Answering a Call Answering a call with a Bluetooth Wireless Technology device connect ed will display the following screen To accept the call press key on the steering wheel while the call is incoming a 12 00 Incoming Call Scott John OUS160214621 1 Caller Displays the other caller s name when the incoming caller is saved within your contacts 2 Incoming Number Displays the incoming number Features of your
21. Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Vehicle Vehicle Vehicle _ Capacity E Capacity Capacity A B C C C190F01JM C190F02JM C190F03JM A m m A Vehicle Capacity 1400 lbs Vehicle Capacity 1400 Ibs A Vehicle Capacity 1400 Ibs Weight 635 kg Weight 635 kg Weight 635 kg 300 Ibs a 750 Ibs 860 Ibs eight eight 340 kg oo 390 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg x 2 150 Ibs 68 kg x 5 172 Ibs 78 kg x 5 Available Cargo and 1100 Ibs c Available Cargo and 650 Ibs c Available Cargo and 540 Ibs Luggage weight 499 kg Luggage weight 295 kg Luggage weight 245 kg Refer to your vehicle s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle s capacity weight and seating positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s Capacity weight Driving your vehicle Certification label Wik PAINT TRIM GAR TIRES RIMS COLD TIRE INFL FRONT REAR THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE U A FEDERAL MOTOR VERICLE SAFETY AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT Of THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWA ABOVE VLN TYPE MPV OEN056020 The certification label is located on the driver s door sill at the center pil lar This label shows the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle This is called the GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo This labe
22. N CAUTION Seat damage When cleaning the seats do not use an organic solvent such as thinner benzene alco hol and gasoline Doing so may damage the surface of the heater or seats To prevent overheating the seat warmer do not place anything on the seats that insulates against heat such as blankets cushions or seat covers while the seat warmer is in operation Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warmers Damage to the seat warming components could occur Be careful not to spill liquid such as water or beverages on the seat If you spill some liquid wipe the seat with a dry towel Before using the seat warmer dry the seat completely WARNING Seat heater burns The seat warmer may cause burns even at low tempera tures if used over a long period of time Never allow passengers who may not be able to take care of themselves to be exposed to the risk of seat heater burns These include Infants children elderly or disabled persons or hospital outpatients Persons with sensitive skin or those that burn easily Fatigued individuals Intoxicated individuals Individuals taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness sleeping pills cold tablets etc Power outlet if equipped E Front Type A im io OPS043070 The power outlet is designed to pro vide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle e
23. NOTICE To sound the horn press the area indicated by the horn symbol on your steering wheel see illustra tion The horn will operate only when this area is pressed Features of your vehicle FLEX STEER OPS043036 The FLEX STEER controls steering effort based upon as driver s prefer ence or road condition You can select the desired steering mode by pressing the FLEX STEER button teeing Moce NOAMAL OPS043209 When the steering mode button is pressed the selected steering mode will appear on the instrument cluster If the steering mode button is pressed within 4 seconds the steering mode will change as shown above If the steering wheel mode button is not pressed for about 4 seconds the LCD display will change to the previ ous screen for Type B cluster Normal mode Steering Mode NORMAL S OPS043129 The normal mode offers medium steering effort ee a e e e e e e e e e e o e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e eee eee e g l e e e e e e e e Features of your vehicle Sport mode Comfort mode For your safety if you press the steering mode button while operat ing the steering wheel but the steering effort will not change immediately After operating the steering wheel the steering effort will change automatically to the selected mode Use caution when changing the steering mode while driving When the electroni
24. ACDERGHId AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID R EVERY 60 000 miles A CE GH CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT R VOREFREOUENTY lai SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS A Repeatedly driving shorts distanse of less than Smiles in normal E Driving in sandy areas temperature or less than 10miles in freezing temperature F Driving in heavy traffic area over 90 F 32 C B Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances G Driving on uphill downhill or mountain road C Driving on rough dusty muddy unpaved graveled or salt spread H Towing a Trailer or using a camper or roof rack roads Driving as a patrol car taxi other commercial use or vehicle towing D Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very Driving over 100 MPH 7 cold weather K Frequently driving in stop and go conditions Maintenance TEE EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS Engine oil and filter The engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule If the vehicle is being driven in severe con ditions more frequent oil and filter changes are required Drive belts Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts cracks excessive wear or oil saturation and replace if necessary Drive belts should be checked peri odically for proper tension and adjusted as necessary Fuel filter cartridge A clogged filter can limit the speed at whic
25. Continued Continued Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter Every 7 500 miles or 12 months O Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles or 12 months O Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance _ _ see NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 150 000 miles or 120 months Q Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrig erant and performance if equipped Q Inspect cooling system Q Inspect drive belt First 60 000 miles or 72 months after every 15 000 miles or 24 months Q Inspect drive shaft and boots Q Inspect fuel filter Q Inspect fuel line hoses and connection Q Inspect fuel tank air filter Q Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Every 37 500 miles 60 000 km or 48 months Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Q Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid Brake lines hoses and connections Brake pedal and operation Chassis body nuts and bolts Drum brake and linings if equipped Disc brakes and pads if equipped x TZ _Yyy__ rn 3 4 5 6 7 Continued Continued 8 Exhaust pipe and muffler 9 Front suspension ball joints 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes
26. Your vehicle at a glance ENGINE COMPARTMENT E 1 6L GDI 1 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 7 34 2 Engine oildilleticap gt 7 27 SdEnginespil dipsilek eee 7 27 4 Engine coolant reservoir 7 30 D Radiatore aD e nn 7 31 6 Brake clutch fluid reservoir 7 32 7 Positive battery terminal 7 43 8 Negative battery terminal 7 43 IRFU EDO a E a E 7 64 NORA IGE AIG Ions ot sc ten eee ee Soci ass The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OPS073001 Your vehicle at a glance E 2 0L GDI 1 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 7 34 2 Engne oikillereapo can 7 27 3 Engine oil dipstick anseia 7 27 4 Engine coolant reservoir 7 30 5 Radiator cap aan a E 7 31 6 Brake clutch fluid reservoir iS 7 Positive battery terminal 7 43 8 Negative battery terminal 7 43 OU EUSC DOK ToT eee 7 64 NOSAIMCIOAN GL otte E 7 39 The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OPS073002 Sos 3 2 e Front seat adjustment Manual 3 5 Front seat adjustment Power 3 6 Sealbackpocket annie 3 11 e Rear seat adjustment ccccccccccscseses 3 11 Seal DCMS erecta e eek eee 3 16 e Seat belt restraint system 0c cece eee 3 16 Pre tensioner seat bell Li 3 24 e Seat belt
27. 12 00 FMI Speaking Youcansay FM lt 87 5 107 9 AM lt 530 1710 gt More Help If prompt feedback is in ON then the system will say Please say a command after the beep BEEP If prompt feedback is in OFF mode then the system will only say BEEP e To change Prompt Feedback On Off go to EANA gt System gt Prompt Feedback For proper recognition say the command after the voice instruc tion and beep tone Skipping Prompt Messages While prompt message is being stat ed Shortly press the key on the steering remote controller The prompt message is immediately ended and the beep tone will sound After the beep say the voice com mand Re starting Voice Recognition While system waits for a command Shortly press the key on the steering remote controller The command wait state is immedi ately ended and the beep ton will sound After the beep say the voice command Features of your vehicle ENDING VOICE RECOGNITION While Voice Recognition is operating gt Press and hold the key on the steering remote controller While using voice command pressing any steering wheel con trol or a different key will end voice command e When the system is waiting for a voice command say cancel or end to end voice command e When the system is waiting for a voice command press and hold the key on the steering wheel to end voice command Voice Reco
28. Dial Number 7 Hel You can find more detailed commands in the user s a gt manual Please say a command after the beep More Help Here are some examples of mode commands You can say a radio type like FM AM or Satellite End voice command You can also say a media source like USB My Briefly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Music or iPod BEEP Additionally there are phone commands like t l Contacts Call History or Dial Number You can find more detailed commands in the user s 7 manual Please say a command after the beep a Contacts t Please say the name of the contact you want to call e Skipping Prompt Messages Briefly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds t while guidance message is being stated a Ha me t Beep Beep end beep key under 0 8 seconds Cancel Features of your vehicle Voice Command List Common Commands These commands can be used in most operations However a few commands may not be available during certain operations Command More Help Help Call lt Name gt Phone Favorites Call History Contacts Dial Number Redial Tutorial Function Provides guidance on commands that can be used anywhere in the system Provides guidance on commands that can be used within the current mode Calls lt Name gt saved in Contacts Ex Call John Smith Provides guidance on Phone related com mands After saying
29. When the smart key does not work correctly open and close the door with the mechanical key and contact an authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle e If the smart key is in close proximi ty to your cell phone or smart phone the signal from the smart key could be blocked by normal operation of your cell phone or smart phone This is especially important when the phone is active such as making a call receiving calls text messaging and or send ing receiving emails Avoid placing the smart key and your cell phone or smart phone in the same pants or jacket pocket and maintain ade quate distance between the two devices A CAUTION Keep the smart key away from water or any liquid as it can become damaged and not func tion properly NOTICE If the keyless entry system is inoper ative due to exposure to water or liq uids it will not be covered by your manufacturer s vehicle warranty Smart key immobilizer system Your vehicle is equipped with an electronic engine immobilizer system to reduce the risk of unauthorized vehicle use Your immobilizer system is com prised of a small transponder in the smart key and electronic devices inside the vehicle With the immobilizer system when ever you turn the engine start stop button to the ON position by pressing the button while carrying the smart key it checks and determines and verifies if the smart key is valid or not If the key is determined to b
30. Wireless Technology devices are paired but none are currently connected pressing the key or the key on the steering wheel displays the follow ing screen Select Pair button to pair a new device or select Connect to connect a previously paired device Features of your vehicle Pairing through PHONE Setup Press the key gt Select Phone Select Pair Phone gt Select TUNE knob 12 00 naa e da DI Phone Phone List 2 5 d 1 The following steps are the same as those described in the section When No Devices have been Paired on the previous page e Bluetoothe Wireless Technology features supported within the vehi cle are as follows Some features may not be supported depending on your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device Outgoing Incoming Handsfree calls Operations during a call Switch to Private Switch to call waiting MIC on off Downloading Call History Downloading Mobile Contacts Bluetooth Wireless Technology device auto connection Bluetooth Audio Streaming Up to five Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices can be paired to the Car Handsfree system Only one Bluetooth device can be connected at a time Only one Bluetooth Wireless Technology device can be con nected at a time Other devices cannot be paired while a Bluetooth Wireless Technology device is connected Only Bluetooth Wireless Technology Handsfree and Bluetooth audio related features are su
31. _ __ lt Driving your vehicle MANUAL TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED Manual transaxle operation e The manual transaxle has 6 for ward gears This shift pattern is imprinted on the shift knob The transaxle is fully synchronized in all forward gears so shifting to either a higher or a lower gear is easily accomplished Press the clutch pedal down fully while shifting then release it slow ly If your vehicle is equipped with an ignition lock switch the engine will not start when starting the engine without depressing the clutch pedal if equipped The gearshift lever must be returned to the neutral position before shifting into R Reverse The ring 1 located immediately below the shift knob must be pulled upward while moving the shift lever to the R Reverse position if equipped The shift lever can be moved without pushing the ring 1 Vu The ring 1 must be pushed while moving the shift lever OJD053058 e Make sure the vehicle is complete ly stopped before shifting into R Reverse Never operate the engine with the tachometer rom in the red zone 4 CAUTION Downshifting Do not downshift more than 2 gears or downshift the gear when the engine is running at high speed 5 000 RPM or high er Such a downshifting may damag
32. cle is defined as a Crossover Utility Vehicle CUV CUV s have higher ground clearance and a narrower track to make them capable of per forming in a wide variety of off road applications Specific design charac teristics give them a higher center of gravity than ordinary vehicles An advantage of the higher ground clearance is a better view of the road which allows you to anticipate problems They are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional passenger vehicles any more than low slung sports vehi cles are designed to perform satis factorily in off road conditions Due to this risk driver and passengers are strongly recommended to buckle their seat belts In a rollover crash an unbelted person is more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt There are steps that a driver can make to reduce the risk of a rollover Driving your vehicle If at all possible avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers do not load your roof rack with heavy cargo and never modify your vehicle in any way Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow sand or mud first turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your front wheels Then shift back and forth between ist First and R Reverse in vehicles equipped with a manual transaxle or R Reverse and any forward gear in vehicles equipped with an automatic transaxle Do not race the engine and spin the
33. e If you do not operate anything in the vehicle after turning off the engine the lights will turn off after 20 minutes OPS043053 Press the lens 1 or button 1 to turn the map lamp on or off Features of your vehicle e ROOM 2 The map lamp and room lamp will Room lamp The map lamp and room lamp go out immediately if the ignition stays on at all times switch is changed to the ON posi To turn off the ROOM mode tion or all doors are locked press the ROOM button 2 once To turn off the DOOR mode again not pressed press the DOOR button 3 once again not pressed e DOOR 3 The map lamp and room lamp NOTICE comes on when a door is opened When the lamp is turned on by The lamps go out after approxi pressing the lens 1 the lamp does mately 30 seconds not turn off even if the DOOR mode or ROOM mode is not selected not pressed If the ROOM button and DOOR with a transmitter or smart key as PUtton are pressed at the same time the map lamp and room long as the doors are not opened l l lamp will stay on at all times The map lamp and room lamp will ROOM mode will be selected stay on for approximately 20 min utes if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK OFF position The map lamp and room lamp comes on for approximately 30 seconds when doors are unlocked OPS043072 The map lamp and room lamp will Press the button to turn the light on s
34. 13 Steering operation and linkage 14 Suspension mounting bolts Q Replace air cleaner filter Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Replace engine coolant First 120 000 miles or 120 months after every 30 000 miles or 24 months UO Replace engine oil and filter Every 7 500 miles or 12 months U Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles or 12 months O Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace No check No service required UO Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped Maintenance MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals R Replace Inspect and after inspection clean adjust repair or replace if necessary ENGINE OIL AND FILTER R _ EVERY 3 750 miles OR6 months A B C D E F G H J K SPARK PLUGS R_ MOREFREQUENTLY LAB HK DISC BRAKE PADS CALIPERS AND ROTORS I MORE FREQUENTLY CDGH REAR BRAKE DRUMS LININGS PARKING BRAKE I MORE FREQUENTLY CDGH STEERING GEAR BOX LINKAGE amp BOOTS LOWER ARM BALL JOINT UPPER ARM BSALL JOINT 1 nonerneauenmy dica DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS l EVERY7 500milesOR6months C D E F G H MANUAL TRANSAXLE OIL R_ EVERY 80 000 miles
35. 2 Maximum allowable load 3 When using the jack set your parking brake 4 When using the jack stop the engine 5 Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack 6 The designated locations under the frame 7 When supporting the vehicle the base plate of jack must be vertical under the lifting point 8 Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles with manual transmission or move the shift lever to the P position on vehicles with automatic transmis sion 9 The jack should be used on firm level ground 10 Jack manufacture 11 Production date What to do in an emergency IF TONE NALE A PEAL TIRE TIRE MOBILITY KIT IF EQUIPPED When two or more tires are flat do not use the tire mobility kit because the supported one sealant of Tire Mobility Kit is only used for one flat tire n OAM060013L For safe operation carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual before use 1 Compressor 2 Sealant bottle The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary fix to the tire and the tire should be inspected by an authorized Kia deal er as soon as possible Introduction OPS063008 With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay mobile even after experiencing a tire puncture The system of compressor and sealing compound effectively and comfortably seals most punctures in a passenger car tire caused by nails or similar objects and reinflates the tire After you ensured that the tire is prop erly sealed you ca
36. Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment lt does not include passengers cargo or option al equipment Vehicle curb weight This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your deal er plus any aftermarket equipment Cargo weight This figure includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment GAW Gross axle weight This is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload GAWR Gross axle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the certification label The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR GVW Gross vehicle weight This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passen gers GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the certification label located on the drivers door sill _ __ lt Road wear 8 o 6 2 Hazard warning flasher ececeees 6 2 In case of an emergency while driving 6 3
37. Driving your vehicle For smooth operation depress the Transaxle ranges brake pedal and the lock release but CAUTION Transaxle The indicator in the instrument clus ton when shifting from N Neutral to To avoid damage to your ter displays the shift lever position a forward or reverse gear transaxle do not accelerate the when the ignition switch is in the ON engine in R Reverse or any for position ward gear position with the brakes on The transaxle may be damaged if you shift into P P Park Park while the vehicle is in Always come to a complete stop motion before shifting into P Park This position locks the transaxle and pre a vents the drive wheels from rotating When stopped on an incline do not shifting into P Park while the vehi hold the vehicle with the engine cle is in motion will cause the drive power Use the service brake or the wheels to lock which will cause you parking brake to lose control of the vehicle Driving your vehicle R Reverse Use this position to drive the vehicle backward 4 CAUTION Shifting Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R Reverse you may damage the transaxle if you shift into R Reverse while the vehicle is in motion except when Rocking the vehicle explained in this section N Neutral The wheels and transaxle are not engaged The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incline unless the parking brake or service
38. Lamp MIL Driving with the Malfunction Indicator Lamp MIL on may cause damage to the emission control systems which could effect drivability and or fuel economy Features of your vehicle N CAUTION Gasoline Engine If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp MIL illuminates poten tial catalytic converter damage is possible which could result in loss of engine power In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible Charging System Warning Light iii This warning light illuminates e Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position It remains on until the engine is started e When there is a malfunction with either the alternator or electrical charging system If there is a malfunction with either the alternator or electrical charging system 1 Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle 2 Turn the engine off and check the alternator drive belt for looseness or breakage If the belt is adjusted properly there may be a problem in the electrical charging system In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible Features of your vehicle Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light gar This warning light illuminates Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position It remains on until the engine is started When the engine
39. OPS043166 OPS043167 The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system Refer to the illustration in the Manual climate control system Features of your vehicle The air flow outlet port is converted as follows pad Nd gt Na Va Vent mode B D Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each out let can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet e A 7 Vent Floor mode B D C E Air flow is discharged towards the face and floor g Floor mode C E A D Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defroster KY ri Floor Defrost mode A C E D Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters _ __ lt Features of your vehicle E Type A AUTO OFF OPS043168 E Type B OPS0431 Defrost mode A D Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters OPS043059 Instrument panel vents The outlet port can be opened or closed separately using the thumb wheel Also you c
40. Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds While holding the key frequency changes without stop ping When the key is released automatically searches for the next frequency from that point Preset SEEK Press the GR key Briefly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Plays the frequency saved in the corresponding key Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Pressing and holding the desired key from EG will save the currently playing broadcast to the selected key and sound a BEEP SCAN Press the key Briefly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds The broadcast frequency increases and previews each broadcast for 5 seconds each After scanning all frequencies returns and plays the current broadcast fre quency Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Previews the broad casts saved in Preset 6 for 5 seconds each Selecting through manual search Turn the TUNE knob left right to adjust the frequency e FM Changes by 200KHz e AM Changes by 10KHz _ __ lt Features of your vehicle MENU Within key are the A Store Auto Store and Info functions FM 12 00 Menu gt Auto Store m A Store Press the key Set A Store through TUNE knob or key Saves broadcasts with superior reception
41. TRIP COMPUTER Overview Trip Modes for Type A cluster Trip Modes for Type B cluster Description Tripmeter A FUEL ECONOMY The trip computer is a microcomput er controlled driver information sys e Range tem that displays information related Tripmeter B Average Fuel Economy to driving e Instant Fuel Economy Range 4 NOTICE Some driving information stored in the trip computer for example Average Fuel Economy Average Vehicle Speed resets if the batt is di ted AUG ae Gisconmecte Average Vehicle Speed Elapsed Time if equipped e Tripmeter A e Average Vehicle Speed A e Elapsed Time A To change the trip mode press the e Tripmeter B TRIP button e Average Vehicle Speed B e Elapsed Time B To change the trip mode press the MOVE button V Features of your vehicle Tripmeter 1 e The tripmeter is the total driving dis tance since the last tripmeter reset Distance range 0 0 9999 9 mi or km To reset the tripmeter press the RESET V button on the steering wheel for more than 1 second when the tripmeter is displayed Trip A B OPS043125 E Type B Average Vehicle Speed 2 e The average vehicle speed is cal culated by the total driving dis si tance and driving time since the rtTRIPA Avg last average vehicle speed reset Speed range 160 MPH or 200 km h To reset the average vehicle speed press the RESET V button on the steering whee
42. Todicator Lights oee acre cts ee 4 79 Rear camera display ssescccccscesccsccoeooo 4 84 Liphbnp a ee ee ee eee 4 85 Headlamp scOre 3 2 0 a 4 85 e Battery saver function ccccccscccscceces 4 85 Daytime running light ccccccccscceses 4 85 Lighting control uaa es sce nmi eases 4 86 e High beam operation 0000000000000 4 87 e Turn signals and lane change signals 4 88 Front foehoht oc ete eae a 4 89 Wipers and Washers scssccesccsccceees 4 90 e Windshield wiper washer 0 seeee00 4 90 e Rear window wiper washer eeeee 4 90 Windshield Wipers cs neem ee oe oon ee ete 4 90 Windshield washers 00 06 544 la 4 91 Rear window wiper and washer switch 4 92 Intenorleht e _ 4 93 e Interior lamp auto cut cece cece ve vcvecs 4 93 oN Tp lamp veces eee ceo cre ete ee oo ee eee 4 93 Roomilamp nn 4 94 Luggage room lamp 00 000 4 95 e Portable lamp usage 0000000000 000000 4 95 Glove box llamp_ i 4 97 Vanity Mirror lID ck ceo oie es oe ce 4 97 Defroster na 4 98 e Rear window defroster cccceccccees 4 98 Manual climate control system 4 100 e Heating and air conditioning 4 101 Systemi operation i iii 4 106 e Climate control air filter 000000 4 108 e Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubri
43. VSM 5 33 Brakes clutch fluid 0 0 0 eee eee 7 32 BUD repa mEnE irrisoria 7 14 Bulb Waage coi bs eb dba re 8 3 Button start stop see engine start stop button 5 9 Capacities LUDTICADIS sss sario 8 6 Care PXICMOL CAlCy criniera 7 86 Interior cai iii eine 7 91 Diede eta 7 46 Cargo area COVED ci cided iii beeed eevee tas 4 139 Carno WACK rr 5 65 Center console storage 22 2514 bta rip 4 128 Central door lock sWwitehi ii sie wees eas 4 19 Certification label pieni rai 5 63 Checking tire inflation pressure 7 47 Child restraint system 3 29 Lower anchor system sussistano 3 35 Seat DE lg sirio had dak eee hed eh eee 3 31 Tether anchor system sock cond se beaan ea baw ea as 3 34 Child protector rear door lock 4 21 CJean Gil enon ei 4 127 Climate control air filter 4 108 120 7 37 Clothes HANOI rodi ire 4 137 Combined instrument see instrument cluster 4 50 Compact spare tC sori ceni 6 20 Compact spare tire replacement 7 50 00 DOK rare 4 129 Coolite iridati 7 29 Cooling fluid see engine coolant 7 29 Crankcase emission control system 7 93 D Index Cruise control system 5 37 Cruise control SWIC siii 5 38 To cancel cruise control do one of the following 5 40 To decrease the cruising Speed iii 5 39 To increase cruise control set speed 5 39 To resume cruis
44. alter or adjust the immobilizer system because it could cause the immobilizer system to malfunction This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harm ful interference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference received including inter ference that may cause undesired operation NOTICE Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment If the keyless entry System is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance it will not be cov ered by your manufacturer s vehicle warranty Features of your vehicle Battery replacement OPS043002 A smart key battery should last for several years but if the smart key is not working properly try replacing the battery with a new one If you are unsure how to use your smart key or replace the battery contact an authorized Kia dealer 1 Remove the mechanical key 2 Pry open the rear cover 3 Replace the battery with a new battery CR2032 When replacing the battery make sure the battery position 4 Install the battery in the reverse order of removal e The smart key is designed to give you years of trouble free use how ever it can malfunction if exposed to moisture or static electricity If you are
45. brake carefully and pull off the road Drive off the road as far as possible and park on a firm level ground If you are on a divided highway do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes 2 When the vehicle is stopped turn on your emergency hazard flash ers set the parking brake and put the transaxle in P Park automatic transaxle or reverse manual transaxle 3 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle Be sure they all get out on the side of the vehicle that is away from traffic 4 When changing a flat tire follow the instruction provided later in this section If the engine stalls while driv ing 1 Reduce your speed gradually keeping a straight line Move cau tiously off the road to a safe place 2 Turn on your emergency flashers 3 Try to start the engine again If your vehicle will not start contact an authorized Kia dealer or seek other qualified assistance x NOTICE If there was a check engine light and loss of power or stall and if safe to do so to wait at least 10 seconds to restart the vehicle after it stalls This may reset the car so it will no longer run at low power limp home condi tion _ __ lt What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START If engine doesn t turn over or turns over slow
46. e If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing 6 3 If you have a flat tire while driving 6 3 If engine stalls while driving 0e00 6 3 If the engine will not start 0000 6 4 e If engine doesn t turn over or turns over slowly 6 4 e If engine turns over normally but does not start 6 4 Emergency starting 2 2 64668 alee ee 6 5 Jumpistarone rin 6 5 Pusb staring n 6 7 If the engine overheats cccsscccccecees 6 8 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 6 9 e Low tire pressure indicator 006 6 10 e TPMS malfunction indicator ee068 6 11 e Changing a tire with TPMS 6 12 If you have a flat tire with Spare Tire 6 13 Jack md 00ls n 6 13 e Removing and storing the spare tire 6 15 C Raneine Ures os sess aie ce afc eee ears 6 15 e Use of temporary compact spare tire 6 20 If you have a flat tire with Tire Mobility Kit 6 23 Introducnon ei 6 23 e Components of the Tire Mobility Kit 6 25 Using the Tire Mobility Kit 6 26 e Distributing the sealant ccscccscccsecens 6 27 e Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit 6 28 Technical Data rac as cee ace ays ee cee eters es 6 29 ROWAN el 6 30 S TOWNE SORVICE S teens oars cee Sees elie ass ease 6 30 e Removable towing hook front 6 31
47. if replaced that nuts with metric threads and the same chamfer configuration are used Your vehicle has metric threads on the wheel studs and nuts Installation of a non metric thread nut on a metric stud will not secure the wheel to the hub properly and will damage the stud so that it must be replaced Note that most lug nuts do not have metric threads Be sure to use extreme care in checking for thread style before installing aftermarket lug nuts or wheels If in doubt consult an authorized Kia dealer To prevent the jack jack handle wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store them properly Check the inflation pressures as soon as possible after installing the spare tire Adjust it to the specified pressure if necessary Refer to Tires and wheels in chapter 8 What to do in an emergency When using a compact spare tire observe the following precautions Under no circumstances should you exceed 50 mph 80 km h a higher speed could damage the tire Ensure that you drive slowly enough for the road conditions to avoid all hazards Any road hazard such as a pothole or debris could Important use of compact spare tire if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a com pact spare tire This compact spare tire takes up less space than a regu lar size tire This tire is smaller than a conventional tire and is designed for temporary use only A CAUT
48. partment must be correctly installed 2 Lower the hood halfway and push down to securely lock in place OPS043025 2 Go to the front of the vehicle raise the hood slightly pull the second ary latch 1 inside of the hood center and lift the hood 2 3 Raise the hood It will completely rise by itself after it has been raised about halfway __ lt Features of your vehicle When you check the engine com partment Take caution to avoid con tacting your head with the safety hook which is located inside of the hood Features of your vehicle FUEL FILLER LID Opening the fuel filler lid gt q gt x hs gt OPS043026 The fuel filler lid must be opened from inside the vehicle by pulling up the fuel filler lid opener If the fuel filler lid does not open because ice has formed around it tap lightly or push on the lid to break the ice and release the lid Do not pry on the lid If necessary spray around the lid with an approved de icer fluid do not use radiator anti freeze or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt m OPS043027 1 Stop the engine 2 To open the fuel filler lid push the fuel filler lid opener button 3 Pull open the fuel filler lid 1 4 To remove the cap turn the fuel filler cap 2 counterclockwise 5 Refuel as needed
49. side marker light and front fog light bulb replacement E Type A 1 Headlight High 2 Headlight Low 3 Front side marker light 4 Front turn signal p x 5 Front position light 6 Front fog light if equipped DD DDO Om nnd If the headlight aiming adjustment is necessary after the headlight assembly is reinstalled consult an authorized Kia dealer OHD076046 _ __ lt Maintenance IS _ _ __ Always handle them carefully and avoid scratches and abrasions If the bulbs are lit avoid contact with liquids Never touch the glass with bare hands Residual oil may cause the bulb to overheat and burst when lit A bulb should be operated only when installed in a headlight e If a bulb becomes damaged or cracked replace it immediately and carefully dispose of it Wear eye protection when chang ing a bulb Allow the bulb to cool down before handling it Headlight HID type If the light bulb is not operating have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer NOTICE HID lamps have superior perform ance vs halogen bulbs HID lamps are estimated by the manufacturer to last twice as long or longer than halogen bulbs depending on their frequency of use They will probably require replacement
50. sitting upright with the seat in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfortably extended feet on the floor and wearing the safety belt properly for the most effective protection by the air bag and the safety belt e The ODS Occupant Detection System may not function properly if the passenger takes actions which can defeat the detection system These include 1 Failing to sit in an upright position 2 Leaning against the door or cen ter console 3 Sitting towards the sides or the front of the seat 4 Putting legs on the dashboard or resting them on other locations which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat 5 Improperly wearing the safety belt 6 Reclining the seat back 7 Wearing a thick cloth like ski wear or hip protection wear 8 Put on the seat an additional thick cushion _ __ lt Safety features of your vehicle Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection NOTICE system Do not modify or replace the front I Indicator Warning light passenger seat Don t place anything mene Mon Selena 0y ME PASSENGER AIR on or attach anything such as a blan BAG OFF indicator SRS warning light Front passenger ket front seat cover or after market air bag seat heater to t
51. than 10 seconds or 0 03 miles 50 meters since the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop button is turned to ON Instant Fuel Economy 3 e This mode displays the instant fuel economy during the last few sec onds when the vehicle speed is more than 6 2 MPH 10 km h Fuel economy range 0 99 9 MPG or L 100km _ lt Features of your vehicle WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS Warning lights Air bag Warning Light ec Seat Belt Warning Light ry amp NOTICE Warning lights l E o Make sure that all warning lights This warning light illuminates This warning light informs the driver are OFF after starting the engine If Once you set the ignition switch or that the seat belt is not fastened any light is still ON this indicates a Engine Start Stop Button tothe ON For more details refer to the Seat situation that needs attention position Belts in chapter 3 It illuminates for approximately 6 seconds and then goes off When there is a malfunction with the SRS In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle Parking Brake amp Brake Fluid Warning Light O BRAKE This warning light illuminates Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position It illum
52. the vehicle If you re unsure about any servicing or maintenance proce dure have it done by an authorized Kia dealer Maintenance n OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checks and inspections that should be per formed by the owner or an author ized Kia dealer at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe dependable operation of your vehi cle Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your deal er as soon as possible These Owner Maintenance Checks are generally not covered by war ranties and you may be charged for labor parts and lubricants used Owner maintenance schedule When you stop for fuel e Check the engine oil level e Check the coolant level in the coolant reservoir Check the windshield washer fluid level Look for low or under inflated tires Check if the front of the radiator and condenser are clean and not blocked with leaves dirt or insects etc If any of the above parts are extremely dirty or you are not sure of their condition take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer While operating your vehicle e Note any changes in the sound of the exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes in the vehicle Check for vibrations in the steering wheel Notice any increased steer ing effort or looseness in the steer ing wheel or change in its straight ahead position Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or pulls to one side wh
53. the vehicle Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes Towing in this manner may be done only on hard surfaced roads for a short distance and at low speeds Also the wheels axles power train steering and brakes must all be in good condition e Do not use the tow hooks to pull a vehicle out of mud sand or other conditions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power e Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than the vehicle doing the towing The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other fre quently Front A OPS063010 3 Install the towing hook by turning it clockwise into the hole until it is fully secured 4 Remove the towing hook and install the cover after use OPS063012 If towing is necessary we recom mend you to have it done by an authorized Kia dealer or a com mercial tow truck service What to do in an emergenc Attach a towing strap to the tow hook Using a portion of the vehicle other than the tow hooks for towing may damage the body of your vehicle Only use a cable or chain specifi cally intended for use in towing vehicles Securely fasten the cable or chain to the towing hook provid ed Before emergency towing check that the hook is not broken or dam aged Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook Do not jerk the hook Apply it steadily and with even
54. vehicle in front of you Always slow down when cornering The anti lock brake system cannot prevent accidents resulting from excessive speeds On loose or uneven road surfaces operation of the anti lock brake system may result in a longer stop ping distance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system Driving your vehicle W 78 The ABS warning light will stay on for approximately 3 seconds after the ignition switch is ON During that time the ABS will go through self diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal If the light stays on you may have a problem with your ABS Contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible e When you drive on a road having poor traction such as an icy road and have operated your brakes continuously the ABS will be active continuously and the ABS warning light may illuminate Pull your vehi cle over to a safe place and stop the engine e Restart the engine If the ABS warning light goes off then your ABS system is normal Otherwise you may have a problem with the ABS Contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible NOTICE When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery the engine may not run as smoothly and the ABS warning light may turn on at the same time This happens because of low battery voltage It does not mean your ABS has mal functioned Do not pump your brakes e Have the battery recharged bef
55. whenever the belt is allowed to retract fully Therefore the preced ing seven steps must be followed each time a child restraint is installed To remove the child restraint press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap shoulder belt out of the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully When the seat belt is allowed to retract to its fully stowed position the retractor will automatically switch from the Auto Lock mode to the emergency lock mode for normal adult usage Safety features of your vehicle Securing a child restraint seat with tether anchor system oat OPS033019 Child restraint hook holders are located on the back of the rear seat backs Be nae This symbol indicates the i position of the tether anchor OXM039034N 1 Route the child restraint seat strap over the seatback For vehicles with adjustable head rests route the tether strap under the headrest and between the headrest posts otherwise route the tether strap over the top of the seatback In case of interference between the child restraint seat and the headrest remove the par ticular head restraint for better fit ment of the child restraint seat 2 Connect the tether strap hook to the appropriate child restraint hook holder and tighten to secure the child restraint seat Check that the child restraint system is secure by pushing and pulling it in different directions
56. will not be supported within the audio system Turn Bluetooth off e To turn Bluetooth Wireless Technology back on go to gt Phone and select Yes _ __ lt Features of your vehicle VOICE RECOGNITION Using Voice Recognition Starting Voice Recognition Shortly press the key on the steering wheel Say a command 12 00 FMI Speaking Youcansay FM lt 87 5 107 9 AM lt 530 1710 gt More Help If prompt feedback is in ON then the system will say Please say a command after the beep BEEP If prompt feedback is in OFF mode then the system will only say BEEP e To change Prompt Feedback On Off go to EANA gt System gt Prompt Feedback For proper recognition say the command after the voice instruc tion and beep tone Skipping Prompt Messages While prompt message is being stat ed Shortly press the key on the steering remote controller The prompt message is immediately ended and the beep tone will sound After the beep say the voice com mand Re starting Voice Recognition While system waits for a command Shortly press the key on the steering remote controller The command wait state is immedi ately ended and the beep ton will sound After the beep say the voice c
57. your dealer or Kia Motors America Inc To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 1200 New Jersey Ave SE West Building Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov ONLINE FACTORY AUTHORIZED MANUALS U S ONLY The following publications are www Kia Techinfo com at no charge available on Service manual This manual covers maintenance and recommended pro cedures for repair to engine and chassis components It is written for the Journeyman mechanic but is simple enough for most mechanically inclined owners to under stand Electrical troubleshooting manual This manual complements the Service Manual by provid ing indepth troubleshooting information for each electrical circuit in your vehicle Owner s manual This manual describes the overall features and operating procedures for the vehicle __ _ 7 lt AVIO aporia elia eli 4 62 ACOVGECO SY8L6h sciiti 5 42 Active ECO operation nie na ra 5 42 Limitation of Active ECO operation 5 42 When Active ECO is activated 5 42 Air bag collision sensors 00 0 eee eee 3 54 Air bag inflation conditions 04 3 54 Air bag operation 5
58. 006 e To temporarily accelerate with the cruise COMUROMOM areca ces era ali e To cancel cruise control do one of the following To resume cruising speed at more than approximately 20 mph 30 km h To turn cruise control off do one of the following Active ECO system 0000000000000 Active ECO operation 0000000000000 e When Active ECO is activated 0 e Limitation of Active ECO operation ISG Idle Stop and Go system ec AWO SIOD en carere nr SATO AT a a sree cea E ee e Condition of ISG system operation ISG system deactivation cc cece ee eees e ISG system malfunction 00c cece ees Economical operation 0ccceee eens 5 48 Special driving conditions 006 5 50 e Hazardous driving conditions 5 50 e Reducing the risk of a rollover 5 50 Rockinathevehicle soa nari ninna 5 51 Smooth COrnering s nn 5 52 Driving at maht oen eee a Sco oes 5 52 e Driyvino in the Pain anna 5 53 Driving in flooded areas 0000 5 53 Driving off road ses aes os ee ted eee a eo wes 5 54 Hichwaydriwmg ono eee ee ee es 5 54 Winter drivin 3 eee se ee 5 55 e Snowy or icy Conditions 00 0000000000 5 55 e Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant 5 57 e Check battery and cables 000000 5 57 e Change t
59. 1 kee eee 6 20 Jack ana 00 0 ea een eee a 6 13 Removing and storing the spare tire 6 15 Tire Mobility Kit 42 40 554444 4 eee sees 6 23 Floor mat anchor s 0 00000 eee ee eee 4 137 Fluid Brak s cluteh Tid hats ew howe d Boned ad 7 32 Washer Id 444 44ct rara 7 34 Folding the rear Seal cen edness e vet buna a 3 11 Front fog light ss ce ode st peda hee anaana 4 89 Front seat adjustment Manual 3 5 Front seat adjustment power 3 6 Front Wiper delci seeria aie E babe BIC 4 99 Fuel Economy c ee eee eee eee eee 4 70 PUG Cr MCs oes ee has ue bes ees ou ee 4 31 Puel Gauge cone Pk od pei Oe abano 4 54 PUCICGUIECINCHISis sonora teverina 1 3 Do not use methanol 1 4 QC EST EC POR toes ke ae 1 4 Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol 1 3 Gasoline containing MMT 1 4 Fuse SWICK ranieri aa 7 63 Fissi siii lo ria ieri E Lit 7 61 Fuse SWITCH ped dot ce ahh ii aa 7 63 Fuse relay panel description 7 66 Instrument panel fuse 7 62 WARE TSC et gk ee Rede heed eo hes be 7 65 dl Si 44 teh oe neue ke ane ed ee eS Oa one 4 52 Engine Coolant Temperature guage 4 53 VO RE PRE Secs oo eee IO ET 4 54 i Index OdOMMCLePi renna 4 55 Outside Temperature Gauge 4 55 SPESO iii pini dei 4 52 TACMOMIC CE 4 2054 ose ea aes eo eR eee 4 5
60. 11 13 TUNE knob Go to previous depth no previous AM FM mode screen Changes frequency by turning the knob left right 12 SiriusXMTM Radio Mode Radio mode Changes the station by turning the SiriusXM RADIO Category knob left right Press knob to Search select station USB mode Folder Search USB iPod My Music mode Searches songs files by turning the knob left right i When the desired song is displayed press the knob to play the song Moves focus in all selection menus and selects menus Features of your vehicle SETUP Mode Pop up Mode Pop up Changes COn_ Coff_ i l selection mode Display Settings e During On state press the or key to display the mode Press the key Select Display change pop up screen through TUNE knob or key gt Select menu through TUNE knob Media Display When playing an MP3 file select the desired display info from Folder File or Album Artist Song _ __ lt Features of your vehicle SOUND SETTINGS Press the key Select Sound through TUNE knob or key gt Select menu through TUNE knob Sound Settings This menu allows you to set the Bass Middle Treble and the Sound Fader and Balance Select Sound Settings gt Select menu through TUNE kn
61. 60 05 yr 00 5 252 tate n 3 38 Air bag watming label 24 45 2242 0hus lea 3 60 Air bag warning light 0 0 0 0 ee eee 3 40 PM AOS ocean wt oe ee ee ee 3 37 Air bag collision sensors 0 000 e eee 3 54 Air bag inflation conditions Licia 3 54 Air bag warning label 0 000 cee 3 60 Air bag Wai 12M iii era 3 40 Curtain air bag iii eni 3 53 Driver s and passenger s front air bag 3 49 Occupant Detection System ODS 3 44 VP sirena aa 3 38 Side aif Daf 3 52 SRS components and functions 3 41 Air cleaner seats tem heh Ge tes ae BA ad re ee iei 7 35 Air Conditioning refrigerant label 4 109 122 Airconditioning systeM 0005 4 100 110 Automatic climate control system 4 110 Manual climate control system 4 100 Antenna lt lt wie dts wed eee kee hi 4 143 Anti lock brake system ABS 5 27 Appearance care cr cow kena cd elia 7 86 PATON Cale coe won doe 8 hy ee hee ee 7 86 linee bau tren ete dk nes ee eta 7 91 AMIN we ae eee 3 15 Audio remote control 0 000 e eee 4 144 AUO SYON x rad da 4 143 Antenna 2 ala 4 143 Audio remote CONTO xs siii 4 144 Aux USB and iPod Pio 4 145 Speaker lightings LL 4 146 Auto light position rina 4 87 AVO Start serra eroiche 5 44 AGO SOD E E T 5 43 Automatic climate control system 4 110 Air Conditioning refrigerant label 4
62. Categor cy Pop Rock SCAN Press the key gt Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Previews each broad cast for 10 seconds each Press the key again to continue listening to the current frequency If the Category icon is displayed channels are changed within the current category Category Press the key Set through the TUNE knob e The display will indicate the catego ry menus highlight the category that the current channel belongs to e In the Category List Mode press the key to navigate cat egory list e Press the tune knob to select the lowest channel in the highlighted category If channel is selected by selecting category then the CATEGORY icon is displayed at the top of the screen Features of your vehicle Preset Press the key IS Ga Briefly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Plays the frequency saved in the corresponding key Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Pressing and holding the desired key from 6 will save the current broadcast to the selected key and sound a BEEP Troubleshooting 1 Antenna Error If this message is displayed the anten na or antenna cable is broken or unplugged Please consult with your Kia dealership 2 Acquiring Signal If this message is displayed it means that the antenna is covered and that the SIRIUS Satellite Radio signal is not available Ensure the antenna is uncovered and has
63. In order to minimize the chance of death or injury you must read the WARNING and CAU TION sections in the manual Illustrations complement the words in this manual to best explain how to enjoy your vehicle By reading your manual you will learn about fea tures important safety information and driving tips under various road conditions The general layout of the manual is provided in the Table of Contents Use the index when looking for a specific area or subject it has an alphabetical listing of all located in the back of this manual Sections This manual has eight sec tions plus an index Each section begins with a brief list of contents so you can tell at a glance if that section has the information you want You will find various types of safety instructions in this manual These instructions were prepared to enhance your personal safety Carefully read and follow ALL proce dures and recommendations provid ed in these instructions A CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a situation in which damage to your vehicle could result if the caution is ignored NOTICE A NOTICE indicates interesting or helpful information is being provided Introduction EEE CCT FUEL REQUIREMENTS Your new Kia vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having a pump octane number R M 2 of 87 Research Octane Number 91 or higher Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL as wel
64. OXMA043317 You can activate or deactivate the Two Turn Unlock function Refer to 1 Close all doors engine hood and Wser settings in this chapter tailgate 2 Press the lock button 1 3 All doors and tailgate will lock The hazard warning lights will blink once 4 If the lock button is pressed once more within 4 seconds the hazard warning lights will blink and the horn will sound once 5 Make sure that doors are locked by checking the door lock button inside or pulling the outside door handle ___ lt Features of your vehicle Tailgate unlock 3 The tailgate is unlocked if the button is pressed for more than 1 second Also once the tailgate is opened and then closed the tailgate will be locked automatically Panic 4 The horn sounds and hazard warn ing lights flash for about 30 seconds if this button is pressed for more than 1 second To stop the horn and lights press any button except the trunk button on the transmitter Transmitter precautions e The transmitter will not work if any of following occur The ignition key is in the ignition switch You exceed the operating dis tance limit about 30 feet 10 m The battery in the transmitter is weak Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal The w
65. PHONE PS34001N 1 Changes to FM AM SiriusxM mode Each time the key is pressed the mode is changed in order of FM1 FM2 AM SAT1 SAT2 SATS In Setup gt Display the radio pop up screen will be displayed when Mode Pop up is turned Con When the pop up screen is dis played use the TUNE knob or keys W to select the desired mode 2 Changes to USB iPod AUX My Music BT Audio mode Each time the key is pressed the mode is changed in order of USB iPod AUX My Music BT Audio In Setup gt Display the media pop up screen will be displayed when Mode Pop up is turned Con When the pop up screen is dis played use the TUNE knob or keys to select the desired mode 3 Operates Phone Screen When a phone is not connected the connection screen is dis played 4 Briefly press the key under 0 8 sec onds Moves to the Display Sound Clock Phone System setting modes Press and hold the key over 0 8 sec onds Move to the Time setting screen 5 Radio Mode Automatically search es for broadcast frequencies USB iPod My Music modes Briefly press the key under 0 8 seconds Moves to next or previ ous song file Press and hold the key over 0 8 seconds Rewinds or fast forwards the current song BT Audio mode Moves to next or previous song file The Play Pause feature may oper ate differently depending on the mo
66. Speed sensing door lock sys tem if equipped All doors will be automatically locked after the vehicle speed exceeds 9 3 mph 15 km h And all doors will be automatically unlocked when you turn the engine off or when you remove the ignition key NOTICE You can select some auto door lock unlock features in User Settings as follows e Speed sensing auto door lock e Auto door unlock when the igni tion key is removed from the igni tion switch or engine is turned off e Auto door lock unlock by shifting the shift lever out of P Park or into P Park For more information refer to User Settings in this chapter Features of your vehicle Child protector rear door lock 3 Close the rear door To open the rear door pull the out side door handle Even though the doors may be unlocked the rear door will not open by pulling the inner door handle 1 until the rear door child safety lock is unlocked a a dae The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children from acciden tally opening the rear doors from inside the vehicle The rear door safety locks should be used whenev er children are in the vehicle 1 Open the rear door 2 Push the child safety lock located on the rear edge of the door to the lock fl position When the child safety lock is in the lock position the rear door will not open even when the inner door handle is pulled _ __
67. Static elec tricity e Before touching the fuel nozzle you should eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity dis charge by touching another metal part of the vehicle a safe distance away from the fuel filler neck nozzle or other gas source Do not get back into a vehicle once you have begun refueling since you can generate static electricity by touching rubbing or sliding against any item or fabric polyester satin nylon etc capable of producing static electricity Static electricity dis charge can ignite fuel vapors resulting in rapid burning If you must reenter the vehicle you should once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity discharge by touch ing a metal part of the vehicle away from the fuel filler neck nozzle or other gasoline source Features of your vehicle WARNING Portable fuel container When using an approved portable fuel container be sure to place the container on the ground prior to refueling Static electricity dis charge from the container can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire Once refueling has begun con tact with the vehicle should be maintained until the filling is com plete Use only approved portable plastic fuel containers designed to carry and store gasoline A WARNING Cell phone fires Do not use cellular phones while refueling Electric current and or electronic interference from cellular phones can poten tially ignite fuel vapo
68. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline which helps prevent deposit formation in the engine These gasolines will help the engine run cleaner and enhance per formance of the Emission Control System For more information on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline please go to the website www top tiergas com For Customers who do not use TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly and have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly addi tives that you can buy separately may be added to the gasoline If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive added to the fuel tank at 7 500 miles or every engine oil change is recom mended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Introduction TEE Operation in foreign countries If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country be sure to Observe all regulations regarding registration and insurance Determine that acceptable fuel is available VEHICLE HANDLING INSTRUCTIONS As with other vehicles of this type failure to operate this vehicle correct ly may result in loss of control an accident or vehicle rollover Specific design characteristics high er ground clearance track etc give this vehicle a higher center of gravity than other types of vehicles It is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as a conventional 2 wheel drive sedans or sports coupe A
69. Technology Connection section within Bluetooth Wireless Technology _ __ lt Features of your vehicle 1 Connect Disconnect Phone Connect disconnects currently selected phone 2 Change Priority Sets currently selected phone to highest connec tion priority 3 Delete Deletes the currently selected phone 4 Return Moves to the previous screen e To learn more about whether your mobile phone supports contacts downloads refer to your mobile phone user s manual e The contacts for only the connect ed phone can be downloaded Downloading Contacts Press the key Select Phone Select Contacts Download Setup 12 00 Phone gt Download Downloading Max 1000 Contacts 0065 As the contacts are downloaded from the mobile phone a download progress bar is displayed e Upon downloading phone con tacts the previous corresponding data is deleted This feature may not be supported in some mobile phones Voice Recognition may not operate while contacts are being down loaded Auto Download Contacts Press the key Select Phone Select Auto Download Setup 12 00 Phone Contacts Download Auto Download mia Audio Streaming LI This feature is used to automatically download mobile contacts entries once a Blue
70. This warning light illuminates When the tailgate is not closed securely Tailgate Open Warning Light Sunroof Open Warning Light if equipped This warning light illuminates When the sunroof is not closed securely Fuel cap open warning indicator if equipped S This warning light illuminates e When the fuel filler cap is not tight en securely Always make sure that the fuel filler cap is tight Indicator Lights Electronic Stability Control ESC Indicator Light ee This indicator light illuminates e Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off When there is a malfunction with the ESC system In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer This indicator light blinks While the ESC is operating For more details refer to Electronic Stability Control ESC in chapter 5 ee l e e e e e e e l l l l e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e oe e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e eee eee eee e g l l e e e e e e e Features of your vehicle Electronic Stability Control ESC OFF 22 Indicator Light OFF This indicator light illuminates e Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off e When you deact
71. USB iPod My Music mode Repeat Random In the Radio Media Setup and Menu pop up screen the number menu is selected PS34001N 8 Each time the button is pressed it sets the screen Off Screen On Screen Off Audio operation is maintained and only the screen will be turned Off In the screen Off state press any key to turn the screen On again 9 Radio mode Shortly press the key Previews each broadcast for 5 seconds each Press and hold the key over 0 8 seconds Previews the broadcasts saved in Preset GB for5 seconds each Press the key again to continue listening to the current frequency SAT Radio does not support the Preset scan feature USB My Music mode Briefly press the key under 0 8 seconds Previews each song file for 10 seconds each X Press the key again to continue listening to the current song file 10 Displays menus for the current mode iPod List Move to parent category _ __ lt Features of your vehicle 11 13 TUNE knob Go to previous depth no previous AM FM mode screen Changes frequency by turning the knob left right 12 SiriusXMTM Radio Mode Radio mode Changes the station by turning the SiriusXM RADIO Category knob left right Press knob to Se
72. When the front fog lights are on Front Fog Indicator Light if equipped Cruise Indicator Light if equipped CRUISE This indicator light illuminates When the cruise control system is enabled For more details refer to Cruise Control System in chapter 5 Features of your vehicle Cruise SET Indicator Light if equipped SET This indicator light illuminates e When the cruise control speed is set For more details refer to Cruise Control System in chapter 5 FLEX STEER indicator if equipped SPORT NORMAL COMPORT This indicator light illuminates e When you press the FLEX STEER mode button For more details refer to FLEX STEER in chapter 4 _ __ lt Features of your vehicle DEAR CAMERA DISPLAY IF EQUIPPED OPS043050 0Ps043051 The rear camera display will activate when the back up light is ON with the ignition switch ON and the shift lever in the R Reverse position This system is a supplemental sys tem that helps the driver by display ing objects behind the vehicle when backing up Always keep the camera lens clean If lens is covered with foreign matter the camera may not operate normally The rear camera display is not a Safety device It only serves to assist the driver in identifying o
73. a clear view of the Sky Tune Rotate TUNE knob Changes the channel number or scrolls cat egory list Press TUNE knob Selects the menu Menu Select category menu through the TUNE knob Press the key gt Select Info through the TUNE knob or key Info Information Displays the Artist Song info of the current song Desi 12 00 Menu gt Information Info Features of your vehicle BASIC METHOD OF USE USB iPod My Music Press the key to change the mod mode in order of USB iPod AUX My Music BT Audio The folder file name is displayed on the screen USE 12 00 GIR Root 00 01 fMusic_Ri mp3 lt USB gt is co 12 00 1 4 2 No Artist 00 02 fMusic_Ulmp3 lt My Music gt The USB music is automatically played when a USB is connected Repeat While song file is playing Gi RPT key USB iPod My Music mode RPT on screen e To repeat one song press the key Repeats the current song USB mode FLD RPT on screen e To repeat folder pressing twice repeats all files within the current folder Press the key again to turn off repeat Random While song file is playing AE RDM key My Music mode RDM on screen e Random press the key Plays all songs in random order USB mode FLD RDM on screen Folder Random press the key Plays all files within the current folder in random order iPod mode ALL RDM on screen All R
74. a different mode displays the most recently played SiriusXM screen Features of your vehicle Command Function Command Function SiriusXM Satellite Displays the selected SiriusXM screen My Music Plays the music saved in My Music 1 3 AUX Auxiliary Plays the connected external device SiriusxM Channel Plays the selected SiriusxM channel Bluetooth Audio Plays the music saved in connected Bluetooth 0 223 device Media Moves to the most recently played media Please repeat Repeats the most recent comment screen Mute Mutes the sound USB Plays USB music Cancel Exit Ends voice command iPod Plays iPod music Features of your vehicle e FM AM radio commands Commands available during Satellite radio commands Commands that can be FM AM radio operation used while listening to Satellite Radio Command Function Command Function Preset 1 6 Plays the broadcast station saved in Preset 1 6 Channel 0 223 Plays the selected Satellite Radio channel Scan Scans receivable frequencies from the current Scan Scans receivable channels from the current broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each Preset Scan Moves to the next preset from the current Preset 1 6 Plays the broadcast saved in Preset 1 6 present and plays for 10 seconds each Information Displays the information of the current broad Information Displays the information of the current broad cast cast This feature can be u
75. air position To change the air intake control posi tion press the control button Recirculated air position With the recirculated air position selected air from the passenger com partment will be drawn through the heating sys tem and heated or cooled according to the function selected Outside fresh air position With the outside fresh air position selected air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected Prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air position without air conditioning selected may cause fogging of the windshield and side windows and the air within the pas senger compartment may become Stale In addition prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recirculated air position selected will result in exces sively dry air in the passenger com partment Features of your vehicle Fan speed control FPSS ED la li fim CO E OPS043157 The ignition switch must be in the ON position for fan operation The fan speed knob allows you to control the fan speed of the air flow from the ventilation system To change the fan speed turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed To turn the fan speed control off turn the knob to the 0 position To turn off the blowers OPS043158 To turn off the blowers turn the fan speed control knob to the 0 posi tion Air conditioni
76. and the green AUTO STOP indicator A on the E Type A instrument cluster will illuminate AN x1000rpm SR Al ho 2 SKE OPS053028 Auto Stop OPS053029 Stop the vehicle completely by pressing the brake pedal __ lt Driving your vehicle Auto start To restart the engine from idle S 2 stop mode Auto Stop 4 Release the brake pedal 00 00 a d Or e Move the shift gear to the R Reverse position or the sports mode while depressing the brake __ OPS053014 pedal as The engine will start and the green OTF054124 AUTO STOP indicator A on the If your vehicle is equipped with clus instrument cluster will go out ter type B a message Auto Stop Puta Slap dasctvatad a also will appear on the LCD display Start manually OPS053024 If you open the engine hood in auto stop mode the ISG system will deac tivate the light on the ISG OFF but ton will illuminate A message Auto Stop Deactivated Start Manually will appear on the LCD display if equipped Turn the engine on manually Driving your vehicle The engine will also restart auto matically without the driver s any actions if the following occurs When a certain amount of time has passed with the climate control sys tem on When the front defroster is on The brake vaccum pressure i
77. apply All fees and programming are subject to change Sirius satellite service is available only to those at least 18 and older in the 48 contiguous USA D C and PR with coverage limitations Our Internet radio service is available throughout our satellite service area and in AK and HI Certain channels are not available on our Internet radio service or on mobile devices SiriusXM Traffic available in select markets See siriusxm com traffic for more informa tion 2013 Sirius XM Radio Inc Sirius XM and all related marks and logos are trademarks of Sirius XM Radio Inc iPod is a registered trademark of Apple Inc iPod mobile digital device sold sepa rately The Bluetooth word mark and logos are reg istered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth wireless technology All rights reserved Features of your vehicle m AUDIO AM1A0B2AN AM1A0B2KN POWER PS34001N Features of your vehicle SYSTEM CONTROLLERS AND FUNCTIONS Display and settings may differ depending on the selected audio Audio Head Unit e FA 1 raon 2 MEDIA PHONE PS34001N 1 Changes to FM AM SiriusxM mode Each time the key is pressed the mode is changed in order of FM1 FM2 AM SAT1 SAT2 SATS In Setup gt Display the radio pop up screen will be displayed when Mode Pop up is turned Co
78. audio is not turned on the light does not turn on 3 MOOD gt d The light color changes automati cally at regular interval 4 When the lights are on push the illumination button to adjust the light intensity If low lighting grade is selected the intensity of light may be weak or may not illuminate according to the audio volume or selected condition The lighting around the front speaker may not illuminate when the sound of Opsodzigg the audio is low The speaker lights that lights around Do not use the lights for extended the front speaker is adjusted by turn periods when engine is not running ing the knob as follows It may cause battery discharge Features of your vehicle How vehicle audio works This can be due to factors such as AM reception the distance from the radio station FM reception closeness of other strong radio sta as i tions or the presence of buildings bridges or other large obstructions in the area JBM001 AM and FM radio signals are broad cast from transmitter towers located around your city They are intercept ed by the radio antenna on your vehi cle This signal is then processed by the radio and sent to your vehicle speakers However in some cases the signal coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear JBM002 AM broadcasts can be received at greater distances than FM broad casts This is because AM radio waves are transmitted at l
79. be installed Do not operate the audio remote control buttons simultaneously USB mode It will function as the FF REW button If the SEEK PRESET button is pressed for less than 1 second it will work as follows in each mode Features of your vehicle RADIO mode It will function as the PRESET STA TION select buttons USB mode It will function as the FILE UP DOWN button MODE 3 Press the button to select Radio USB or AUX Detailed information for audio control buttons is described in the following pages in this section Aux USB and iPod port If equipped OPS043194 If your vehicle has an aux and or USB universal serial bus port or iPod port you can use an aux port to connect audio devices and an USB port to plug in an USB and also an iPod port to plug in an iPod When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet noise may occur during playback If this happens use the power source of the portable audio device iPod is a registered trademark of Apple Inc ___ lt Features of your vehicle Speaker lights if equipped 1 OFF The light turns off NOTICE 2 MUSIC When the doors are opened the The red light blinks according to the lighting system will not operate sound of the audio If the
80. belt you must lock all tongue plates and buckles To unfasten the rear center belt ORP032075 Press the release button on the buckle D and remove the tongue plate B from the buckle D N ORP032076K When you fold the rear seatback To retract the rear center seatbelt insert the tongue plate or similar small rigid device into the web release hole C Pull up on the seat belt web A and allow the webbing to retract automatically Safety features of your vehicle Pre tensioner seat belt OXMA033101 Your vehicle is equipped with driver s and front passenger s pre tensioner seat belts retractor pretensioner and EFD Emergency Fastening Device The pre tensioner seat belts may be activated when a frontal collision is severe enough together with the air bags When the vehicle stops suddenly or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly the seat belt retractor may lock into position In certain frontal collisions the pre tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occu pant s body 1 Retractor Pretensioner The purpose of the retractor pre tensioner is to make sure that the shoulder belts fit in tightly against the occupant s upper body in cer tain frontal collisions 2 EFD Emergency Fastening Device The purpose of the EFD is to make sure that the pelvis belts fit in tightly against the occupant s lower body in certain frontal colli
81. bottle Provided the car is outdoors leave the engine running Otherwise operating the compressor may eventually drain the car battery What to do in an emergency Never leave the TMK unattended while it is being used Do not leave the compressor run ning for more than 10 min at a time or it may overheat Do not use the TMK if the ambient temperature is below 22 F 30 C When the tire and wheel are dam aged do not use Tire Mobility Kit for your safety Technical Data System voltage DC 12 V Working voltage DC 10 15 V Amperage rating max 15 A Suitable for use at temperatures 22 158 F 30 70 C Max working pressure 87 psi 6 bar Size Compressor 6 7 x 5 9 x 2 4 in 170 x 150 x 60 mm Sealant bottle 3 3 x 2 8 in 85 x 70 mm Compressor weight 1 77 lbs 0 8 kg Sealant volume 12 2 cu in 200 ml __ lt What to do in an emergency TOWING Towing service For trailer towing guidelines informa tion refer to Trailer towing in chap ter 5 It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground without dollies and the front wheels off the ground If any of the loaded wheels or sus pension components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground use a towing dolly under the front wheels When being towed by
82. brake system will not work normally and you may experience an unexpected and dangerous situation during sudden braking In this case avoid high speed driving and abrupt braking Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible Features of your vehicle NOTICE Electronic Brake force Distribution EBD System Warning Light When the ABS Warning Light is on or both ABS and Parking Brake amp Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on the speedometer odometer or trip meter may not work Also the EPS Warning Light may illuminate and the steering effort may increase or decrease In this case have your vehicle inspect ed by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible Electronic Power Steering EPS Warning Light if equipped SI This warning light illuminates e Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position It remains on until the engine is Started e When there is a malfunction with the EPS In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Malfunction Indicator Lamp MIL i This warning light illuminates e Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position It remains on until the engine is started e When there is a malfunction with the emission control system In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer A CAUTION Malfunction Indicator
83. by the owner of the motor vehicle and is not retrievable or usable by another person or enti ty ExleriorOyVeFview rele are wine eee veers 2 2 Interior overvieW sscscccececcccceccecooooooo 2 4 Instrument panel overview 20e006 2 5 Engine compartment ccce eee 2 6 Your vehicle at a glance EXTERIOR OVERVIEW E Front view i Fel sa o 01s PRECARI AR 4 29 2allCachlamiDe meee ones oes 4 86 7 75 J ROGQMIAIM Pete eee 4 89 7 80 4 Tire and Wheel eee ee 7 46 8 4 5 Outside rearview MIrror 4 47 bAsPaneramiesunrooi n ea 4 34 7 Front windshield wiper blades 4 90 7 40 8WIndoWws nese e 4 24 The actual shape may differ from the illustration OPS013001N Your vehicle at a glance E Rear view GP Door anes eee ar rane eee 4 17 TOS Ue Ter Gl eee eee ee ree 4 31 11 Rear combination lami ee1sueccrnee 7 81 12EG T camer E een see 4 22 13 High mounted stop lamp 7 83 14 Rear window defroster 4 98 DANENA Ar ete ar Ou na 4 143 16 Rearview camera 4 84 The actual shape may differ from the illustration OPS013002N Your vehicle at a glance INTERIOR OVERVIEW 1 Inside door handlers 24239 4 18 2Powerwindow swileh 4 24 3 Power window lock button 4 28 4 Central door lock switch 4 19 5 Outside rearview mirror control 4 48 6 Outside rearview mi
84. damage DPS043108 E Type B OPS043109 This gauge indicates the tempera ture of the engine coolant when the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop button is ON _ __ lt Features of your vehicle Fuel Gauge NOTICE e The fuel tank capacity is given in chapter 8 e The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light which will illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly empty On inclines or curves the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the OPS043110 movement of fuel in the tank 4 CAUTION Low fuel m Type B Avoid driving with a extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter NOTICE Fuel display may not be accurate if you are filling in sloping places OPS043111 This gauge indicates the approxi mate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank Features of your vehicle Odometer E Type A Outside Temperature Gauge E Type A 9889888 OPS043112 E Type B OPS043114N E lype B OPS043118 The odometer Indicates the total dis tance that the vehicle has been driv en and should be used to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed Odometer range 0 99
85. extreme road conditions The vehicle should be driven at reduced speeds in the following circumstances e When driving on rough gravel or snow covered roads e When driving with tire chains installed e When driving on roads where the road surface is pitted or has differ ent surface heights Driving in these conditions increase the stopping distance for your vehi cle The ABS continuously senses the speed of the wheels If the wheels are going to lock the ABS system repeatedly modulates the hydraulic brake pressure to the wheels When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a cor responding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ABS is active In order to obtain the maximum ben efit from your ABS in an emergency situation do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes Press your brake pedal as hard as possible or as hard as the situation allows the ABS to control the force being delivered to the brakes NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehi cle begins to move after the engine is started These conditions are normal and indicate that the anti lock brake system is functioning properly e Even with the anti lock brake sys tem your vehicle still requires suf ficient stopping distance Always maintain a safe distance from the
86. file You will bypass an additional confirmation process Features of your vehicle Sirius XM M service requires a subscription sold separately after 3 month trial included with vehicle purchase If you decide to continue your SiriusXM service at the end of your trial sub scription the plan you choose will automatically renew and bill at then current rates until you call us at 1 866 635 2349 to cancel See our Customer Agreement for complete terms at www siriusxm com Other fees and taxes apply All fees and programming are subject to change Sirius satellite service is available only to those at least 18 and older in the 48 contiguous USA D C and PR with coverage limitations Our Internet radio service is available throughout our satellite service area and in AK and HI Certain channels are not available on our Internet radio service or on mobile devices SiriusXM Traffic available in select markets See siriusxm com traffic for more informa tion 2013 Sirius XM Radio Inc Sirius XM and all related marks and logos are trademarks of Sirius XM Radio Inc iPod is a registered trademark of Apple Inc iPod mobile digital device sold sepa rately The Bluetooth word mark and logos are reg istered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth wireless technology All rights reserved Before drivna on 5 4 Befor
87. gt ACC gt ON gt OFF or ACC NOTICE If you leave the ENGINE START STOP button in the ACC or ON position for a long time the battery will discharge Starting the engine with a smart key if equipped 1 Carry the smart key or leave it inside the vehicle 2 Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied 3 Manual Transaxle Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the transaxle into Neutral Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal depressed while starting the engine Automatic transaxle Place the transaxle shift lever in P Park Depress the brake pedal fully You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N Neutral position _ __ lt Driving your vehicle 4 Press the ENGINE START STOP button while depressing the brake pedal It should be started without depressing the accelerator 5 Do not wait for the engine to warm up while the vehicle remains sta tionary Start driving at moderate engine speeds Steep accelerating and decelerating should be avoided Even if the smart key is in the vehi cle if it is far away from you the engine may not start When the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC position or above if any door is opened the system checks for the smart key If the smart key is not in the vehicle
88. indicator light in the instrument cluster illuminated the cruise control can be switched on accidentally Keep the cruise con trol system off CRUISE indicator light OFF when the cruise control is not in use to avoid inadvertently setting a speed e Use the cruise control system only when traveling on open highways in good weather Do not use the cruise control driv ing in heavy or varying traffic or on slippery rainy icy or snow cov ered or winding roads or over 6 up hill or down hill roads NOTICE e During normal cruise control opera tion when the SET switch is activat ed or reactivated after applying the brakes the cruise control will ener gize after approximately 3 seconds The delay is normal e To activate cruise control depress the brake pedal at least once after turning the ignition switch to the ON position or starting the engine This is to check if the brake switch which is important part to cancel cruise control is in normal condition Driving your vehicle Cruise control switch OPS053016 CRUISE Turns cruise control sys tem on or off CANCEL Cancels cruise control operation RES Resumes or increases cruise control speed SET Sets or decreases cruise con trol speed To set cruise control speed OPS053017 1 Press the CRUISE button on the steering wheel to turn the system on The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster will illumi nate 2 Acceler
89. inflate rapidly The speed of the air bag inflation is a consequence of extremely short time in which to inflate the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occu pant impacts those structures This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or life threatening injuries and is thus a necessary part of the air bag design However air bag inflation can also cause injuries which can include facial abrasions bruises and bro ken bones because the inflation speed also causes the air bags to expand with a great deal of force There are even circumstances under which contact with the steering wheel or passenger air bag can cause fatal injuries especially if the occupant is positioned excessively close to the steering wheel or passenger air bag Safety features of your vehicle Noise and smoke When inflated the air bags make a loud noise and leave smoke and powder in the air inside the vehicle This is normal and is a result of the ignition of the air bag inflator After the air bag inflates you may feel sub stantial discomfort in breathing due to the contact of your chest with both the seat belt and the air bag as well as from breathing the smoke and powder Open your doors and or windows as soon as possible after impact in order to reduce discom fort and prevent prolonged expo sure to the smoke and powder Though smoke and powder are non toxic it may cause irritation to the skin eyes
90. is in the ignition switch and any front door is opened Features of your vehicle If a power door lock ever fails to func tion while you are in the vehicle try one or more of the following tech niques to exit Operate the door unlock feature repeatedly both electronic and manual while simultaneously pulling on the door handle Operate the other door locks and handles front and rear e Lower a front window and use the key to unlock the door from out side e Move to the cargo area and open the tailgate With central door lock switch Driver s door I l Pa b senger s door Pas SP S043015 Operate by pressing the central door lock switch e When pressing the front portion 1 of the switch all vehicle doors will lock e When pressing the rear portion 2 of the switch all vehicle doors will unlock e If the key is in the ignition switch and any front door is opened the doors will not lock even though the front portion 1 of the central door lock switch is pressed Features of your vehicle Impact sensing door unlock system In the event of air bag deployment resulting from a vehicle impact all doors will automatically unlock Auto door lock unlock feature if equipped e All doors will automatically lock when the transaxle shift lever is shifted out of P Park e All doors will automatically unlock when the transaxle shift lever is shifted into P Park
91. is installed improperly or if an excessively powerful type of system is used other electronic systems may be adversely affected To avoid damage to your vehicle consult an Authorized Kia Dealer concerning the proper equipment and installation Kia motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all applicable safety standards For your safety however we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in this Owner s Manual particu larly the information under the headings NOTICE CAUTION and WARNING If after reading this manual you have any questions regarding the operation of your vehicle safety issues and defects please contact your Kia s toll free Consumer Assistance hot line as below National Consumer Affairs Manager Kia Motors America Inc P O Box 52410 Irvine CA 92619 2410 1 800 333 4Kia 4542 Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS U S ONLY If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Kia Motors America Inc If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy cam paign However NHTSA cannot become involved in indi vidual problems between you
92. it 9 Switch off the compressor 10 Detach the hoses from the sealant bottle connector and from the tire valve Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its stor age location in the vehicle Distributing the sealant 11 Immediately drive approximately 4 6miles 7 10km or about 10min to evenly distribute the sealant in the tire Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph 80 km h If possible do not fall below a speed of 12 mph 20 km h While driving if you experience any unusual vibration ride disturbance or noise reduce your speed and drive with caution until you can safely pull off of the side of the road Call for road side service or towing When you use the Tire Mobility Kit the tire pressure sensors and wheel may be damaged by sealant remove the sealant stained with tire pressure sensors and wheel and inspect in authorized dealer _ __ lt What to do in an emergency Checking the tire inflation pres sure 1 After driving approximately 4 6miles 7 10km or about 10min stop at a safety location 2 Connect connection hose 9 of the compressor directly to the tire valve 3 Plug the compressor power cord into the vehicle power outlet 4 Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the recommended tire inflation With the ignition switched on
93. key Select Contacts Phone 12 00 Jonh Smith Osa If My Wife g Scott John U The list of saved phone book entries is displayed NOTE Find a contact in an alphabetical order press the key Phone 12 00 Sort by ABC d DEF b e Up to 1 000 contacts saved in your Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone can be downloaded into the car contacts Contacts that have been downloaded to the car cannot be edited or deleted on the phone Mobile phone contacts are man aged separately for each paired Bluetooth Wireless Technology device max 5 devices x 1 000 con tacts each Previously down loaded data is maintained even if the Bluetooth Wireless Technology device has been disconnected However the contacts and call his tory saved to the phone will be delet ed if a paired phone is deleted It is possible to download contacts during Bluetooth streaming audio When downloading contacts the icon will be displayed within the status bar e It is not possible to begin down loading a contact list when the con tact download feature has been turned off within the Bluetooth Wireless Technology device In addition some devices may require device authorization upon attempting to download contacts If downloading does not normally occur check the Bluetooth Wireless Technology device set tings or the screen state The contacts download feature may not be supported in some mobile phones For mo
94. line is staffed from 5 00 AM to 6 00 PM PST Monday through Friday and is accessible by dialing 1 800 333 4Kia 4542 For more information regarding assistance available please refer to your Kia Warranty amp Consumer Information Manual Emergency roadside assistance Kia s toll free Roadside Assistance hot line is staffed 24 hours a day 365 days a year and Is accessible by dialing 1 800 333 4Kia 4542 Please note that you must provide your Vehicle Identification Number VIN to verify coverage at the time of your call The VIN can be found on the dash of your vehicle on the driver s side on the door jamb of the dri vers door your vehicle s registration or proof of insur ance card Kia utilizes a network of over 17 000 roadside assistance providers Should you accidentally run out of fuel require a battery jump or need help changing a tire a Kia Roadside Assistance Representative will dispatch some one to deliver a small quantity of gas change a flat tire with your inflated spare or arrange a battery jump to allow you to proceed to your destination We have access to a network of over 10 000 locksmiths to help you should you become locked out of your Kia In the event that mechanical difficulty renders your vehi cle undriveable due to a warranty related concern Kia s Roadside Assistance Representative will arrange to transport your vehicle to the nearest Kia dealer or to an alternative service location __ _
95. may not be properly displayed in some mobile phones When a call is answered with the mobile phone the call mode will automatically revert to Private mode Favorites Press the key Select Favorites 12 00 Favorites Smith John Add favorite 1 Saved favorite contact Connects call upon selection 2 To add favorite Downloaded con tacts be saved as favorite e To save Favorite contacts should be downloaded e Contact saved in Favorites will not be automatically updated if the contact has been updated in the phone To update Favorites delete the Favorite and create a new Favorite Call History Press the key Select Call History 12 00 Call History Smith John my wife A list of incoming outgoing and missed calls is displayed e Call history may not be saved in the call history list in some mobile phones Calls received with hidden caller ID will not be saved in the call history list Calling through the call history is not possible when there is no call histo ry stored or a Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone is not connected Up to 50 received dialed and missed calls are stored in Call History Time of received dialed calls and call time information are not stored in Call History ee e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e ee e e e e e eee eee e g l l e e e e e e e Features of your vehicle Contacts Press the
96. mirror or the left side mirror then press a cor responding point on the mirror adjust ment control to position the selected mirror up down left or right After the adjustment put the switch into the neutral center position to prevent inadvertent adjustment Folding the outside rearview mirror Zz OPS043037 Manual type To fold the outside rearview mirror grasp the housing of the mirror and then fold it toward the rear of the vehicle Features of your vehicle OPS043038 Electric type The outside rearview mirror can be folded or unfolded by pressing the switch as below Left 1 The mirror will unfold Right 2 The mirror will fold Center AUTO 3 The mirror will fold or unfold auto matically as follows Without smart key system The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the transmitter With smart key system The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the smart key The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the button on the outside door handle The mirror will unfold when you approach the vehicle all doors closed and locked with a smart key in possession if equipped 4 CAUTION Electric type outside rearview mirror The electric type outside rearview mirror operates even though the ignition switch is in the OFF position However to prevent unnecessary battery dischar
97. mobile phone e The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology e Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio can be used only when the Audio Streaming of Phone is turned COn X Setting Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio Streaming Press the key Select Phone Select Audio Streaming through the TUNE knob Set Con YC Features of your vehicle Starting Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio e Press the key to change the mode in order of USB AUX My Music BT Audio If BT Audio is selected Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio will start playing Audio may not automatically start playing in some mobile phones Using the Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio features e Play Stop Press the TUNE knob to play and pause the current song BT Audio G 0 AA 12 00 2 No Artist fAMusic_Olmp3 The title artist info may not be supported in some mobile phone When it is not supported no title no artist will be displayed Previous Next song SEEK SEEK Press or to play previous or next song X The previous song next song play pause functions may not be Supported in some mobile phones _ __
98. mounted wheel should be deactivated If the TPMS sensor on the original mounted wheel locat ed in the spare tire carrier still acti vates the tire pressure monitoring system may not operate properly Have the tire with TPMS serviced or replaced by an authorized Kia deal er What to do in an emergency You may not be able to identify a low tire by simply looking at it Always use a good quality tire pressure gauge to measure the tire s inflation pressure Please note that a tire that is hot from being driven will have a higher pressure measurement than a tire that is cold from sitting station ary for at least 3 hours and driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km during that 3 hour period Allow the tire to cool before measur ing the inflation pressure Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure Do not use any tire sealant if your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System The liq uid sealant can damage the tire pressure sensors e The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors such as nails or road debris e If you feel any vehicle instability immediately take your foot off the accelerator apply the brakes grad ually and with light force and slow ly move to a safe position off the road NOTICE Protecting TPMS Tampering with modifying or dis abling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS components may interfere wi
99. moves when the engine is cranked Do not allow the jumper cables to contact anything except the correct battery terminals or the correct ground Do not lean over the bat tery when making connections WARNING Battery cables Do not connect the jumper cable from the negative terminal of the booster battery to the negative terminal of the dis charged battery This can cause the discharged battery to over heat and crack releasing bat tery acid What to do in an emergency 5 Start the engine of the vehicle with Push starting the booster battery and let it run at 2 000 rpm then start the engine of the vehicle with the discharged battery If the cause of your battery discharg ing is not apparent you should have your vehicle checked by an author ized Kia dealer Vehicles equipped with automatic transaxle lock system cannot be push started Follow the directions in this section for jump starting _ __ lt What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS If your temperature gauge indicates overheating you experience a loss of power or hear loud pinging or knocking the engine will probably be too hot If this happens you should 1 Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so 2 Place the shift lever in P Park
100. nose and throat etc If this is the case wash and rinse with cold water immediately and consult a doctor if the symptom persists Safety features of your vehicle Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger s seat 1JBH3051 Never place a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger s seat If the air bag deploys it would impact the rear facing child restraint Causing serious or fatal injury In addition do not place front facing child restraints in the front passen gers seat either If the front passen ger air bag inflates it could cause serious or fatal injuries to the child Air bag warning light PY W7 147 The purpose of air bag warning light in your instrument panel is to alert you of a potential problem with your air bag system which could include your side and or curtain air bags used for rollover protection Safety features of your vehicle When the ignition switch is turned ON the warning light should illumi nate for approximately 6 seconds then go off Have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer ship if The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds The light comes on while the vehi cle is in motion The light blinks when the ignition switch is in ON position SRS components and functions 1 5 172 93 4 OPS034060N Q The SRS consists of the following
101. not receive immediate attention the fabric can be stained and its color can be affected Also its fire resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not proper ly maintained Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabrics appearance and fire resistant properties Cleaning the lap shoulder belt webbing Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Follow the instructions provided with the soap Do not bleach or re dye the webbing because this may weaken it Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehicle become fogged that is cov ered with an oily greasy or waxy film they should be cleaned with a glass cleaner Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container 4 CAUTION Rear window Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window This may result in damage of the rear window defroster grid Maintenance _ ___ _r r rr r ____ __ __ _ r __ T WQCU lt Eegrggrged EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM The emission control system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty Please see the warranty information contained in the Warranty amp Maintenance booklet in your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system to meet all applicable emission regulations Th
102. not use any alkaline or acid detergents It may damage and cor rode the aluminum or chrome wheels coated with a clear protec tive finish it has Corrosion protection Protecting your vehicle from corro sion By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corrosion we produce vehicles of the highest quality However this is only part of the job To achieve the long term corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver the owner s cooperation and assistance is also required Common causes of corrosion The most common causes of corro sion on your vehicle are Road salt dirt and moisture that is allowed to accumulate underneath the vehicle e Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones gravel abra sion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unprotected metal exposed to corrosion High corrosion areas If you live in an area where your vehi cle is regularly exposed to corrosive materials corrosion protection is particularly important Some of the common causes of accelerated cor rosion are road salts dust control chemicals ocean air and industrial pollution Moisture breeds corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to occur For example corrosion is accelerated by high humidity partic ularly when temperatures are just above freezing In such conditions the corrosive material is kept in con tact with the vehicle s surface by moistu
103. of air pressure in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kilo pascals kPa before a tire has built up heat from driving Curb Weight This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation motor vehicle safety standards The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric des ignator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Front Axle GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Rear axle Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corre sponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated The maxi mum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum per missible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weigh
104. off or if the power steer ing system becomes inoperative the vehicle may still be steered but it will require increased steering effort The motor driven power steering is controlled by a power steering con trol unit which senses the steering wheel torque and vehicle speed to command the motor The steering becomes heavier as the vehicle s speed increases and becomes lighter as the vehicle s speed decreases for optimum steer ing control Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation have the power steering checked by an authorized Kia dealer e If the Electric Power Steering System does not operate normally the warning light will illuminate on the instrument cluster The steering wheel may require increased steering effort Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the vehicle checked as soon as possible e When you operate the steering wheel in low temperature noise may occur If temperature rises the noise will likely disappear This is a normal condition When the vehicle is stationary when the steering wheel is turned all the way to the left or right con tinuously the steering wheel becomes harder to turn The power assist is limited to protect the motor from overheating As time passes the steering wheel return to its normal condition Xx NOTICE The following symptoms may occur during normal vehicle operation e The EPS warning ligh
105. on the condition of the external USB device the connected external USB device can be unrecognizable When the formatted byte sector setting of External USB device is not either 512BYIE or 2048BYTE then the device will not be recognized Use only a USB device format ted to FAT 12 16 32 USB devices without USB I F authentication may not be recog nizable Make sure the USB connection terminal does not come in con tact with the human body or other objects If you repeatedly connect or dis connect the USB device in a short period of time it may break the device Continued Continued You may hear a strange noise when connecting or disconnect ing a USB device If you disconnect the external USB device during playback in USB mode the external USB device can be damaged or may malfunction Therefore discon nect the external USB device when the audio is turned off or in another mode e g Radio Depending on the type and capacity of the external USB device or the type of the files stored in the device there is a difference in the time for recogni tion the device Do not use the USB device for purposes other than playing music files Playing videos through the USB is not supported Use of USB accessories such as rechargers or heaters using USB I F may lower performance or cause trouble Continued ___
106. other foreign materials Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean Insects tar tree sap bird droppings industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle s finish if not removed immediately Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits A mild soap safe for use on painted surfaces may be used After washing rinse the vehicle thor oughly with lukewarm or cold water Do not allow soap to dry on the fin ish After washing the vehicle test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water If braking performance is impaired dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed P 7800 ee 0 1803 4 CAUTION Wetting engine Water washing in the engine compartment including high pressure water washing may cause the failure of electrical circuits located in the engine compartment Never allow water or other liq uids to come in contact with electrical electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them g Waxing Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing Use a good quality liquid or paste wax and follow the manufacturer s instructions Wax all metal trim to protect it and to main tain its luster Removing oil tar and similar materi als with a spot r
107. passenger and rear seat 3 point system with combination locking retractor To fasten your seat belt Combination retractor type seat belts are installed in the rear seat posi tions to help accommodate the installation of child restraint systems Although a combination retractor is also installed in the front passenger seat position it is strongly recom mended that children always be seated in the rear seat NEVER place any infant restraint system in the front seat of the vehicle This type of seat belt combines the features of both an emergency lock ing retractor seat belt and an auto matic locking retractor seat belt To fasten your seat belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab into the buckle There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle When not securing a child restraint the seat belt operates in the same way as the driver s seat belt Emergency Locking Retractor Type lt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion of the seat belt is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips When the seat belt is fully extended from the retractor to allow the instal lation of a child restraint system the seat belt operation changes to allow the belt to retract but not to extend Automatic Locking Retractor Type Refer to Using a child restraint sys tem in this section NOTICE Although the combination retractor provides the s
108. personal injury Owner s responsibility NOTICE Maintenance Service and Record Retention are the owner s responsi bility You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in accor dance with the scheduled mainte nance service charts shown on the following pages You need this infor mation to establish your compliance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle war ranties Detailed warranty information is pro vided in your Warranty amp Consumer Information manual Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered We recommend you have your vehi cle maintained and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer An authorized Kia dealer meets Kia s high service quality standards and receives tech nical support from Kia in order to pro vide you with a high level of service satisfaction Maintenance Owner maintenance precau tions Improper or incomplete service may result in problems This section gives instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform As explained earlier in this section several procedures can be done only by an authorized Kia dealer with spe cial tools NOTICE Improper owner maintenance dur ing the warranty period may affect warranty coverage For details read the separate Warranty amp Consumer Information manual provided with
109. phone fea ture after parking the vehicle A WARNING Audio System Do not disassemble assemble or modify the audio system Such acts could result in fire or electric shock A WARNING Antenna Do not touch the antenna dur ing thunder or lightening as such acts may lead to lightning induced electric shock A CAUTION Refrain from use if the screen is blank or no sound can be hear as these signs may indicate product malfunction Features of your vehicle Adjust the volume to levels that allow the driver to hear sounds from outside of the vehicle Driving in a state where external sounds cannot be heard may lead to acci dents Pay attention to the volume setting when turning the device on A sud den output of extreme volume upon turning the device on could lead to hearing impairment Adjust the volume to a suitable levels before turning off the device A CAUTION Turn on the car ignition before using the audio system Do not operate the audio system for long periods of time with the ignition turned off as such operations may lead to battery discharge Do not subject the device to severe shock or impact Direct pressure onto the front side of the monitor may cause dam age to the LCD or touch screen When cleaning the device make sure to turn off the audio system and use a dry and smooth cloth Never use tough materials chemical cloths or solvents alcohol benzene thinners etc as
110. position but can be slid freezing conditions while in a tilt position e After a vehicle is washed or in a rainstorm be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it 4 CAUTION Sunroof control Do not continue to pull or push the sunroof glass control lever after the sunroof is fully opened closed or tilted Damage to the motor or system components could occur OPS043028 If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof glass con trol lever located on the overhead console 1 The sunroof can only be opened closed or tilted when the ignition switch is in the ON position Features of your vehicle Sunroof open warning if equipped OPS043120 If the driver removes the ignition key smart key turns off the engine when the sunroof is not fully closed the warning chime will sound for a few seconds and a message will appear on the LCD display or warn ing indicator will illuminate Close the sunroof securely when leaving your vehicle Sliding the sunroof OPS043029 When the sunshade is closed If you pull the sunroof control lever backward both the sunshade and sunroof glass will slide all the way open To stop the sunroof movement at any point pull or push the sunroof control glass lever momentarily When the sunshade is opened If you pull the sunroof glass control lever backward the sunroof glass will s
111. precautionS cccccccccccccccses 3 27 Care of Seat DEMS 54 ie are cs a ws eee sense 3 28 Child restraint system 0 000000000000 3 29 e Using a child restraint system 008 3 30 e Tether anchor system ccccccscccscccses 3 34 Lower anchor system 3 35 Air bag advanced supplemental restraint system 3 37 e How does the air bag system operate 3 38 e Do not Installing a child restraint on a front Passenger s scatti 3 40 Air bag warning light nia ila 3 40 e SRS components and functions 3 41 e Occupant Detection System ODS 3 44 e Driver s and passenger s front air bag 3 49 s Side air DAO sr 3 52 eC Ure DA ere ra 3 53 Inflation and non inflation conditions of the air bag 3 54 SRS Care a a a 3 59 e Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag equipped vehicle 000000 3 60 Air bag warning label cranio 3 60 Safety features of your vehicle SEATS Front seat A N 1 Forward and backward 2 Seatback angle Manual seat if I y 3 Seat cushion height Driver s seat 4 Lumbar support Driver s seat 5 Headrest Rear seats 6 Seatback folding 7 Headrest OPS033001N Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Loose objects Do not place anything in the dri ver s foot well or under the front seats Loose objects in the dri ver s foot area could interfere with the op
112. ra 5 65 W Marmo HONE cried e 4 72 Washer Lidia oe wie arnt wes ty asd eee fa eter 7 34 Wheel alignment and tire balance 7 49 Wheel replacement scritti 7 51 NWWAINCIOW So ace aie ees ioni 4 24 Power window lock button 4 28 Windshield defrosting and defogging 4 123 Automatic climate control system 4 124 DEO COINS NOOO oe be ins oh She eos oR ewer 4 125 Manual climate control system 4 123 Windshmeld Washers gazc assonanza 4 91 Windshield wiper washer nnn nnannnnnnnnnn 4 90 Wimdshield Wipers renne eni ira 4 90 Winter GNVING seeds iaia 5 55 Carry emergency equipment s 222444 se cktans 5 58 Change to winter weight oll 5 57 Check battery and cables 44 5 ecendiawax stone 5 57 Check spark plugs and ignition system 5 57 Don t let your parking brake freeze 5 58 Don t let ice and snow accumulate underneath 5 58 Snowy or icy conditions weed xs cordawenedy eae 5 55 To keep locks from freezing 5 57 Use approved window washer anti freeze in system 5 57 Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant 5 57 Wiper Dlades 2 a4 xs ani a a eed ew wee eas 7 39 Wipers and Washers 0000 ee eee eee 4 90 Rear window wiper and washer switch 4 92 Rear window wiper washer 4 90 Windshield Washers a a caw 2 o s weds omnes ade 4 9 Windshield wiper washer
113. safety defects Volume MT 5 39 US at 5 1 1 1 6 Engine K Mixture of antifreeze and distilled water A T 5 29 US at 5 0 l curi 18 Engine HF qt Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum M T 5 39 US at 5 1 J 2 0 Engine Ls Classification radiator 5 29 US at 5 0 l Brake Clutch fluid eae FMVSS116 DOT 3 or DOT 4 14 26 US gal 54 1 Refer to Fuel requirements in chapter 1 _ __ lt Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects Recommended SAE viscosity number Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug drain plug or dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be damaged Engine oil viscosity thickness has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operating engine start and engine oil flowability Lower viscosi ty engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather perform ance however higher viscosity engine oils are required for satisfac tory lubrication in hot weather Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could result in en
114. seat belt This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an acci dent _ __ lt Safety features of your vehicle Do not lie down To reduce the chance of injuries in the event of an accident and to achieve maximum effectiveness of the restraint system all passengers should be sitting up and the front and rear seats should be in an upright position when the vehicle is moving A seat belt cannot provide proper protection if the person is lying down in the rear seat or if the front and rear seats are in a reclined position Care of seat belts Seat belt systems should never be disassembled or modified In addi tion care should be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges doors or other abuse Periodic inspection All seat belts should be inspected periodically for wear or damage of any kind Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible Keep belts clean and dry Seat belts should be kept clean and dry If belts become dirty they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solu tion and warm water Bleach dye strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric When to replace seat belts The entire in use seat belt assembly or assemblies should be
115. sions If the system senses excessive ten sion on the driver or passenger s seat belt when the pre tensioner sys tem activates the load limiter inside the retractor pre tensioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt ___ 0Ps033036N 0 The seat belt pre tensioner system consists mainly of the following com ponents Their locations are shown in the illustration 1 SRS air bag warning light 2 Retractor pre tensioner assembly 3 SRS control module 4 Emergency fastening device EFD Safety features of your vehicle Both the driver s and front passen ger s seat belt pre tensioner sys tem may be activated not only in certain frontal collision but also in certain side collision or rollover if the vehicle is equipped with a side or curtain air bag Because the sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pre tensioner seat belt the SRS air bag warning light 2 on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position and then it should turn off If the pre tensioner seat belt system are not working properly this warn ing light will illuminate even if there is no malfunction of the SRS air bag If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it remains illuminated after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds or if it illu minates wh
116. such materials may damage the device panel or cause color quality deterioration Continued Continued e Do not place beverages close to the audio system Spilling beverages may lead to system malfunction e In case of product malfunc tion please contact your place of purchase or After Service center Placing the audio system within an electromagnetic environment may result in noise interference e Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume and cosmet ic oil from contacting the dashboard because they may cause damage or discol oration Features of your vehicle USING THE USB DEVICE To use an external USB device make sure the device is not con nected when starting up the vehicle Connect the device after starting up If you start the engine when the USB device is connected it may damage the USB device USB flashdrives are very sensitive to electric shock If the engine is started up or turned off while the external USB device is connected the external USB device may not work The System may not play unau thenticated MP3 or WMA files 1 It can only play MP3 files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps 2 It can only play WMA music files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps Take precautions for static elec tricity when connecting or discon necting the external USB device Continued Continued An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not recognizable Depending
117. the ESC is turned off with the button ee e e e e e l e l e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e a e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e eee eee eee ee eee qr e e e e e e e e Driving your vehicle ESC OFF usage NOTICE A CAUTION ites na l When driving e When operating the vehicle on a Driving with varying tire OF ESC should be turned on for daily dynamometer ensure that the wheel sizes may cause the ESC driving whenever possible ESC is turned off ESC OFF light system to malfunction When illuminated If the ESC is left on replacing tires make sure the e To turn ESC off while driving press a the ala size as vour ori i the ESC OFF button while driving it may prevent the vehicle speed nal tires y g from increasing and result in false on a flat road surface i diagnosis Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS or brake system opera tion Driving your vehicle Vehicle stability management VSM This system provides o further enhancements to vehicle stability and steering responses when a vehi cle is driving on a slippery road or a vehicle detects changes in coeffi cient of friction between right wheels and left wheels when braking VSM operation When the VSM is in operation ESC indicator light amp blinks When the vehicle stability manage ment is operating properly you can feel a slight pulsation
118. the ON position 2 Turn the mode selection knob to the defrost position W9 3 Within 10 seconds after select the defrost positon press the air intake control button lt at least 5 times within 3 seconds The indicator on the air intake button a blinks 3 times with 0 5 seconds of 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON interval It indicates that the defog position ging logic is canceled or returned to 2 Press the defrost button HY the programmed status Features of your vehicle 3 While pressing the air conditioning button A C press the air intake control button lt at least 5 times within 3 seconds The indicator on the air intake button blinks 3 times with 0 5 seconds of interval It indicates that the defog ging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed status If the battery has been discharged or disconnected it will be reset to the defog logic status CLEAN AIR IF EQUIPPED OPS043206 When the ignition switch is in the ON position the clean air function turns on automatically Also the clean air function turns off automatically when the ignition switch turns to the OFF position _ __ lt Features of your vehicle STORAGE COMPARTMENT These compartments can be used to Center console storage Gl
119. the door push the e Turn the key clockwise to lock and door by hand Make sure the doors counterclockwise to unlock are closed securely e If you lock the driver s door with a key all vehicle doors will lock auto matically for normal key only the driver s door will lock for folding key smart key Features of your vehicle OPS043012 e To lock a door without the key push the inside door lock button 1 or central door lock switch 2 to the Lock position and close the door 3 If you lock the door with the central door lock switch 2 all vehicle doors will lock automatically NOTICE Always remove the ignition key engage the parking brake close all windows and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended Operating door locks from inside the vehicle With the door lock button e To unlock a door push the door lock button 1 to the Unlock posi tion The red mark 2 on the button will be visible e To lock a door push the door lock button 1 to the Lock position If the door is locked properly the red mark 2 on the door lock button will not be visible e To open a door pull the door han dle 3 outward If the inner door handle of the dri vers or front passenger s door is pulled when the door lock button is in the lock position the button will unlock and the door will open if equipped Front doors cannot be locked if the ignition key
120. the socket clockwise 8 Reinstall the light assembly to the body of the vehicle Maintenance O1 Pull the bulb out of the socket High mounted stop light Insert a new bulb into the socket replacement 7 Install the socket into the assem Mm bly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots on the Back up light O gt m N a assembly and turning the socket RT clockwise 2 8 Reinstall the light assembly to the ii body of the vehicle OPS073032 OPS073036 Back up VIA i OPS073045 Follow the steps 1 to 3 from the pre OPS073052 vious page 1 Open the tailgate 4 Remove the socket from the 2 Remove the cover assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly _ __ lt 3 Loosen the retaining bolts Maintenance Bulb type LED type if equipped License plate light bulb replacement TRE 7a Ta da _ fa a ri OPS073053 5 Replace the LED with new one 6 Reinstall in the reverse order tabs 2 Remove the socket from the lens 3 Remove the bulb by turning it counter clockwise 4 Install a new bulb in the socket OPS073038 and install the socket to the lens 4 Pull out the module from the high 5 R
121. the wiper arm to fall against the windshield since it may chip or crack the windshield 1JBA7037 i OHM078059 Type B 1 Raise the wiper arm 4 CAUTION Wiper arms Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield since it may chip or crack the 1JBA7038 windshield 2 Compress the clip and slide the blade assembly downward 3 Lift it off the arm 4 Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal Maintenance Rear window wiper blade OHM078060 OHM078061 2 Lift up the wiper blade clip Then 3 Install the new blade assembly in OHM078062 pull down the blade assembly and the reverse order of removal remove it 1 Raise the wiper arm and pull out the wiper blade assembly Maintenance OHM078063 2 Install the new blade assembly by inserting the center part into the slot in the wiper arm until it clicks into place 3 Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slightly To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components have an authorized Kia dealer replace the wiper blade Maintenance BATTERY For best battery service a OXM079100 Keep the battery securely mount ed Keep the battery top clean and dry Keep the terminals and connec tions clean tight and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the battery immediately with a solution of water a
122. to W keys If no frequencies are received then the most recently received frequency will be broadcast Features of your vehicle SiriuSXM Satellite Radio information Satellite Radio channels Sirius XM Satellite Radio offers 150 channels with 100 commer cial free music plus sports news talk and entertainment available nationwide in your vehicle For more information and a complete list of Sirius XM Satellite Radio channels visit www siriusxm com in the United States sirius canada ca in Canada or call Sirius XM at 1 800 643 2112 Satellite Radio reception factors To receive the satellite signal your vehicle has been equipped with a satellite radio antenna located on the roof of your vehicle The vehicle roof provides the best location for an unobstructed open view of the sky a requirement of a satellite radio sys tem Like AM FM there are several factors that can affect satellite radio reception performance e Antenna obstructions For optimal reception performance keep the antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other material as far away from the anten na as possible e Terrain Hills mountains tall build ings bridges tunnels freeway over passes parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception SiriusXM Satellite Radio service SiriuSsXM Satellite Radio is a sub scription based satellite radio service that broad
123. vary enough from the country of purchase to cause addi tional problems 3 There may not be an Authorized Kia Dealer in the area in which you plan to register your vehicle You may additionally experience difficulty in obtaining services in a foreign country for any number of reasons Further we cannot assume any responsibility for prob lems that result from unsatisfactory service or lack of service outside of the United States Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT U S ONLY The electrical system of your vehicle is designed to per form under all reasonably expected operating conditions However before any additional electrical equipment is installed in your vehicle consult an Authorized Kia Dealer in order to ensure that you do not void your war ranty Certain electrical equipment or the way in which it is installed may adversely affect the operation of your vehi cle including such systems as the engine control system the audio system and the electrical charging system and thus potentially void all or part of your warranty We assume no responsibility for any expense you may incur or for any malfunction of your vehicle or any of its components or systems that may result from the installa tion of additional electrical equipment that is not supplied or recommended for installation by Kia Installation of a mobile two way radio system If a mobile two way radio system
124. vehicle When an incoming call pop up is displayed most Audio and SETUP mode features are disabled Only the call volume will operate The telephone number may not be properly displayed in some mobile phones When a call is answered with the mobile phone the call mode will automatically revert to Private mode Favorites Press the key Select Favorites 12 00 Favorites Smith John Add favorite 1 Saved favorite contact Connects call upon selection 2 To add favorite Downloaded con tacts be saved as favorite e To save Favorite contacts should be downloaded e Contact saved in Favorites will not be automatically updated if the contact has been updated in the phone To update Favorites delete the Favorite and create a new Favorite Call History Press the key Select Call History 12 00 Call History Smith John my wife A list of incoming outgoing and missed calls is displayed e Call history may not be saved in the call history list in some mobile phones Calls received with hidden caller ID will not be saved in the call history list Calling through the call history is not possible when there is no call histo ry stored or a Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone is not connected Up to 20 received dialed and missed calls are stored in Call History Time of received dialed calls and call time information are not stored in Call History e e l l e
125. ward or pull it down To stop the sliding at any point press the sunshade control switch momen tarily NOTICE Wrinkles formed on the sunshade as material characteristic are normal A CAUTION Automatic sunroof shade e Do not pull or push the sun shade by hand as such action may damage the sunshade or cause it to malfunction e Close the sunroof when driv ing in dusty environments Dust may cause a malfunction of the vehicle system Resetting the sunroof Whenever the vehicle battery is dis connected or discharged you must reset your sunroof system as follows 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Close the sunshade and sunroof completely if opened 3 Release the sunroof control lever 4 Push the sunroof control lever for ward in the direction of close about 10 seconds until the sunroof moves a little Then release the lever Features of your vehicle 5 Push the sunroof control lever for ward in the direction of close until the sunroof operates as follows again The sunshade and sunroof glass slide open The sunroof glass slide close The sunshade close Then release the lever When this is complete the sunroof system has been reset NOTICE If you do not reset the sunroof it may not work properly Features of your vehicle STEERING WHEEL Electric power steering EPS The power steering uses a motor to assist you in steering the vehicle If the engine is
126. will blink and the chime will sound two times _ __ lt Features of your vehicle e The button will only operate when the smart key is within 28 40 in 0 7 1m from the outside door handle e When the smart key is recognized in the area of 28 40 in 0 7 1m from the front outside door handle other people can also open the doors After unlocking the drivers door or all doors the door s will lock auto matically unless the door is opened Using the button on the smart key 1 Press the unlock button 2 of the smart key 2 The drivers door will unlock The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound two times 3 Press the unlock button 2 twice within 4 seconds and all doors and the tailgate will unlock The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound two times NOTICE After pressing the button the doors will lock automatically unless any door is opened within 30 seconds NOTICE You can activate or deactivate the Two Turn Unlock function Refer to User settings in this chapter Tailgate unlocking Using the tailgate handle button 1 Carry the smart key 2 Press the tailgate handle button 3 When all doors are locked the hazard warning lights will blink two times Once the tailgate is opened and t
127. 122 Automatic heating and air conditioning 4 111 Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant 4 121 Climate control air filter end eevee oeten 4 120 Manual heating and air conditioning 4 112 System operato s outta 4 118 Automatic transaxle 0 0 0 0 eee eee eee 5 17 Automatic transaxle operation 5 17 Good driving practiceS 0000 eee 5 22 Ignition key interlock system 5 22 DHIELIGEK sysels eerie oe Geode bande ceed 5 21 Index C Shift lock override 5 21 SOUS MOC abssurvsetiis netti sassi dba 5 19 Aux USB andiPod pofl susa sonia asa eta 4 145 B Base Curl Wehi creirrcsrssepe dam Enia ao 5 65 B eeen A E ees 7 43 Battery replacement Remote keyless entry 4 7 Battery replacement Smart key 4 16 Battery Saver function sss sica 4 85 Before NVINS 4 56 6420 Hoe dod edd ieee 5 4 Before entering vehicle assioni 5 4 Before Stats siasi ria 5 4 Necessary INSPECHONS 3s0 b54 eu ekeokodis dee Rens 5 4 Brake system 0 0 cece eens 5 23 Anti lock brake system ABS 5 27 Electronic stability control ESC 5 29 Good braking practices si 5 35 Hill start assist control HAC 5 34 Parking brake Hand type 5 25 Power Drakes iii eee 5 23 Vehicle stability management
128. 2 GAW Gross axle weight naaa 5 65 GAWR Gross axle weight rating 5 65 Glove DOK thou coe oe be eli ek ee ee 4 128 Giove box AMP eserse CG oe phere a ei 4 97 Gross vehicle weight cece eee 8 5 GVW Gross vehicle Werght iss reasons 5 65 GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating 5 65 Hazard warning flasher 6 2 Hazardous driving conditions 5 50 Headlamp escort nanana 4 85 Headlight bulb replacement 2 24 21442 2ci0d3ciadd4 7 75 Headlight position 4 86 Headrest TOME sesser css iniettata 3 8 Headrest rear oa we are eee de ee Ras 3 13 Heated Stecrin WHC au sy ches nad ahes 4 42 ole i ee a ee ee es ee eee re ee 4 100 Automatic climate control system 4 110 Manual climate control system 4 100 High beam operation riore eta 4 87 Hight adjustment seat belt 3 19 Highway GHViINe c004ausiiexeedimaeweneiakenss 5 54 6 Hill start assist control HAC 0 5 34 BOO Gy 4s Ae E E ee oe ee 4 29 THOU gcc ek be he eB et oe ee A d 4 42 How to use this manual 1 2 Ignition key interlock system 245 2 440464 saeeus es 5 22 Ignition switch position 5 6 Illuminated engine start stop button 5 9 Illuminated ignition switch 00055 5 6 Immobilizer system 6 xce ed coe hk ve ene ase eens 4 8 Indicator eh nc irene nina 4 79 Inside feat View MOON 20 3 denar
129. 2015 OWNER S MANUAL Kia THE COMPANY Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle As a global car manufacturer focused on building high quality vehi cles with exceptional value Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations All information contained in this Owner s Manual is accurate at the time of publication However Kia reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can be carried out This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes descrip tions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment As a result you may encounter material in this manual that is not applica ble to your specific Kia vehicle Drive safely and enjoy your Kia FOREWORD OO O_O Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle When you require service remember that your Kia dealer knows your vehicle best Your dealer has factory trained tech nicians recommended special tools and genuine Kia replace ment parts It is dedicated to your complete customer satisfac tion Because subsequent owners require this important information as well this publication should remain with the vehicle if it is sold This manual will familiarize you with operational mainte nance and safety information about your new vehicle It is sup plemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual that provides important infor
130. 39 bale nnt 7 43 For best battery service 7 43 Battery recharging ec oes ee oe Sas oe eves 7 44 Reset MEMS ean cys an 7 45 Tires and wheels 3 2 arnie 7 46 TE CAG eee asters aera a epee ep atsat a thee ye fe apaeace ets 7 46 e Recommended cold tire inflation pressures 7 46 e Checking tire inflation pressure 7 47 e Tire roan 0 se eae cate rae oe eas 7 48 e Wheel alignment and tire balance 7 49 Fire replacement 00 os oe 5s ales care 7 50 e Wheel replacement ccscccscccsccssesens 7 51 Ire GAC LION sca core ar stern cress ee ayaa toh a anaes ao oa as 7 51 Tire maintenance sensa ch eos acs ete ces 7 51 e Tire sidewall labeling 0000000000000 7 51 ISS Sete eee cn eee eee oe 7 61 e Fuse relay panel description 00006 7 66 Lizbet DUDS ee 7 74 Front light replacement 0000 7 75 e Side repeater light bulb replacement 7 81 e Rear combination light bulb replacement 7 81 High mounted stop light bulb replacement 7 83 e License plate light bulb replacement 7 84 Interior light bulb replacement 7 85 APpearance care 7 86 lt Exterier care c a ian 7 86 SM Eror CATE T e 7 91 Emission control system 00000000 7 93 California perchlorate notice 7 96 Maintenance e lOO eee ENGINE COMPARTMENT E 1 6L GDI 1 Windshield washer
131. 7 e Press the CRUISE button the CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off e Turn the ignition off Both of these actions cancel cruise control operation lf you want to resume cruise control operation repeat the steps provided in To set cruise control speed on the previous page Driving your vehicle ACTIVE ECO SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Active ECO operation Active ECO helps improve fuel effi ciency by controlling certain engine and transaxle system operating parameters Fuel efficiency depends on the driver s driving habit and road condition When the Active ECO button is pressed the ECO indicator green will illuminate to show that the Active ECO is operating OPS053030 e When the Active ECO is activated it will remain on until the Active ECO button is pressed again Active ECO does not turn off when the engine is restarted To turn off Active ECO press the Active ECO button again e If Active ECO is turned off the sys tem will return to normal mode When Active ECO is activated e The acceleration may slightly be reduced eventhough you depress the accelerator fully e The air conditioner performance may be limited e The shift pattern of the automatic transaxle may change e The engine noise may get louder The above situations are normal conditions when the active eco sys tem is activated to improve fuel effi ciency Limitation of Active ECO oper ation If
132. 7 0PS033028 OPS033029 1 SRS control module Rollover 3 Side impact sensor sensor 4 Side pressure sensor 2 Front impact sensor Safety features of your vehicle e Problems may arise if the sensor Air bag inflation conditions installation angles are changed due to the deformation of the front bumper front end module body or front doors and or B pillar where side collision sensors are installed Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia deal er Installing bumper guards or side step or running board or replacing a bumper or front door module with non genuine parts may adversely affect your vehicle s col lision and air bag deployment per Front air bags formance Front air bags are designed to inflate in a frontal collision depending on the intensity speed or angles of impact of the front collision 1VQA2084 Safety features of your vehicle OVQ036018N ap ai A We 0PS033039 The actual air bags in the vehicle may dif fer from the illustration Side and or curtain air bags Side air bags side and or curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sensors depending on the strength speed or angles of impact resulting from a side impact collision Also the side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate when a rollover is detected by a rollover sensor Although the front air bags driver s and front passenger s air bags ar
133. 9999 miles or kilometers OPS043119 This gauge indicates the current out side air temperatures by 1 F 1 C Temperature range 40 F 140 F 40 C 60 C The outside temperature on the dis play may not change immediately like a general thermometer to pre vent the driver from being inattentive To change the temperature unit from C to F or from F to C e Type A Cluster Press the RESET button on the steering wheel 5 times On the fifth press hold the RESET button down for 6 seconds until the display changes e Type B Cluster The temperature unit can be changed by using the User Settings mode of the LCD display For more details refer to LCD Display in this chapter _ __ lt Features of your vehicle Transaxle Shift Indicator Automatic Transaxle Shift Indicator E Type A be d OPS043115 E Type B OTF044125L This indicator displays which auto matic transaxle shift lever is selected Park P Reverse R Neutral N Drive D Sports Mode 1 2 3 4 5 6 Manual Transaxle Shift Indicator if equipped E Type A OPS043116 E Type B OTF044402 This indicator informs which gear is desired while driving to save fuel e Shifting up 42 43 44 45 46 e Shifting down iwi y2
134. A dealer Use only the specified brake clutch fluid Refer to Recommended lubri cants and capacities in chapter 8 Never mix different types of fluid In the event the brake clutch system requires frequent additions of fluid the vehicle should be inspected by an authorized Kia dealer When changing and adding brake clutch fluid handle it carefully Do not let it come in contact with your eyes If brake clutch fluid should come in contact with your eyes immediately flush them with a large quantity of fresh tap water Have your eyes examined by a doc tor as soon as possible Maintenance 4 CAUTION Brake clutch fluid Do not allow brake clutch fluid to contact the vehicle s body paint as paint damage will result Brake clutch fluid which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should never be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed It should be disposed of properly _ __ lt Maintenance WASHER FLUID Checking the washer fluid level E Type A _ a ge ELL WY 7 gt Tie a Aes OPS073006 y a x dA E Type B al ric a WN 0Ps073007 ue The reservoir is translucent so that you can check the level with a quick visual inspection Check the fluid level in the w
135. AUX AUX is used to play external MEDIA currently connected with the AUX terminal AUX mode will automatically start when an external device is connect ed with the AUX terminal If an external device is connected you can also press the key to change to AUX mode x AUX mode cannot be started unless there is an external device connected to the AUX terminal AUX Fully insert the AUX cable into the AUX terminal for use __ lt Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technology AUDIO if equipped What is Bluetooth Wireless Technology Bluetooth Wireless Technology allows devices to be connected in a short distance including hands free devices stereo headsets wireless remote controllers etc For more information visit the Bluetooth Wireless Technology website at www Bluetooth com Before using Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio features Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio may not be supported depending on the compatibility of your Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone In order to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio you must first pair and connect the Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone e The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners A Blu
136. CR2032 When replacing the battery make sure the battery is positioned battery 3 Install the battery in the reverse order of removal For replacement transmitters see an authorized Kia dealer for transmitter reprogramming e The transmitter is designed to give you years of trouble free use how ever it can malfunction if exposed to moisture or static electricity If you are unsure how to use your trans mitter or replace the battery contact an authorized Kia dealer Using the wrong battery can cause the transmitter to malfunction Be sure to use the correct battery To avoid damaging the transmitter don t drop it get it wet or expose it to heat or sunlight e An inappropriately disposed K battery can be harmful to the environment and may cause human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation Features of your vehicle 4 CAUTION Transmitter damage Do not drop wet or expose the keyless entry system transmit ter to heat or sunlight Immobilizer system if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with an electronic engine immobilizer system to reduce the risk of unauthorized vehicle use Your immobilizer system is com prised of a small transponder in the ignition key and electronic devices inside the vehicle With the immobilizer system when ever you insert your ignition key into the ignition switch and turn it to ON it checks and determines and verifies if the ign
137. Closing the fuel filler lid 1 To install the cap turn it clockwise until it clicks once This indicates that the cap is securely tightened 2 Close the fuel filler lid and push it in lightly making sure that it is securely closed NOTICE There may be an intermittent noise near the refueling hole while the engine is idling if the fuel cap is not closed securely This occurs normal ly with the OBD system NOTICE When refueling fully at an up hill the fuel gauge may not point to the F position It is not a malfunction If you move your vehicle to a level ground the fuel gauge will move to the full position Features of your vehicle A WARNING Refueling Always remove the fuel cap carefully and slowly If the cap is venting fuel or if you hear a hissing sound wait until the condition stops before com pletely removing the cap If pressurized fuel sprays out it can cover your clothes or skin and subject you to the risk of fire and burns Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident NOTICE Tighten the cap until it clicks once ee fuel cap open warning indicator amp light will illuminate WARNING Fire explo sion risk Read and follow all warnings posted at the gas station facili ty Failure to follow all warnings will result in severe personal injury severe burns or death due to fire or explosion A WARNING
138. DIO FM AM OR SIRIUS FMI 12 00 dv G35 6 Gal Oni ey 104 1 108 0 amp dl SEEK Press the key Briefly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Automatically searches for the next station Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds While holding the key frequency changes without stop ping When the key is released automatically searches for the next frequency from that point Preset SEEK Press the GR key Briefly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Plays the frequency saved in the corresponding key Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Pressing and holding the desired key from EG will save the currently playing broadcast to the selected key and sound a BEEP SCAN Press the key Briefly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds The broadcast frequency increases and previews each broadcast for 5 seconds each After scanning all frequencies returns and plays the current broadcast fre quency Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Previews the broad casts saved in Preset 6 for 5 seconds each Selecting through manual search Turn the TUNE knob left right to adjust the frequency e FM Changes by 200KHz e AM Changes by 10KHz _ __ lt j Features of your vehicle MENU W
139. E We SEE TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT HOMBRE DE PLACES The combined weight of occupants and cargo should rear ancsed 375 kgo 827 be La paschi iota chi Gomapata si du champomoni ra doll jamah depasiar SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR bian Tit VOB LE MANUEL ter RENSEIGNEMENTS OPS053100N OPS053104N OPS0531 02N OPS053101N OPS053103N OPS053105N The label located on the driver s door sill gives the original tire size cold tire pressures recom mended for your vehicle the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight Driving your vehicle Vehicle capacity weight 827 lbs 375 kg Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi mum combined weight of occupants and cargo If your vehicle is equipped with a trailer the combined weight includes the tongue load Seating capacity Total 5 persons Front seat 2 persons Rear seat 3 persons Seating capacity is the maximum number of occupants including a driver your vehicle may carry However the seating capacity may be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants and the weight of the cargo being carried or towed Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight or load limit including occupants and cargo the vehicle can carry Towing capacity We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing Driving your vehicle Cargo capacity The cargo capaci
140. Features of your vehicle 1 Connect Disconnect Phone Connect disconnects currently selected phone 2 Change Priority Sets currently selected phone to highest connec tion priority 3 Delete Deletes the currently selected phone 4 Return Moves to the previous screen e To learn more about whether your mobile phone supports contacts downloads refer to your mobile phone user s manual e The contacts for only the connect ed phone can be downloaded Downloading Contacts Press the key Select Phone Select Contacts Download REGNA 12 00 Phone gt Download Downloading Max 1000 Contacts 0065 As the contacts are downloaded from the mobile phone a download progress bar is displayed e Upon downloading phone con tacts the previous corresponding data is deleted This feature may not be supported in some mobile phones Voice Recognition may not operate while contacts are being down loaded Outgoing Volume Press the key Select Phone Select Outgoing Volume Setup o 12 00 Phone gt Outgoing Volume Outgoing ol 3 Min Max Use TUNE knob to adjust the out going volume level e While on a call the volume can be changed by using the key Features of your vehicle Turning Bluetooth System Off Press the key Select Phone gt Select Bluetooth System Off Once Bluetooth Wireless Technology is turned off Bluetooth Wireless Technology related features
141. ING_ASSIST_SYSTEM_SNSR SMART_PARK VOULE soa ING_ASSIST_SYSTEM_SNSR SMART_PARKING_ASSIST_SYSTEM_UNIT AIR_CONTROL_UNIT MANUAL AUTO LANE_DEPARTURE_WARNING_SYSTEM_UNIT STOP_LP_SW WATER_FUEL_SNSR Maintenance Description Fuserating Protected component JOCU toa _ SHIFT_LEVER_MODULE REAR_SEAT_WARMER_SW REAR_SEAT_WARMER DIAGNOSIS AVN 4 0 HEAD UNIT LDC_AMP 200W TMU HLLD SW HLLD ACTR OIL_LEVEL_SNSR ENGINE CONTROL UNIT AIR FLOW_SNSR START RLY COIL SMK_ UNIT SMATRA_IMMOBI ECU 7 5A LIZATION O D 2 EE LDC_AMP 200W AUDIO UVO AVN4 0_HEAD_UNIT TMU 10 D3 OUTSIDE_MIRROR_FOLDING_RLY OUTSIDE_MIRROR_FOLDING_RLY_COIL OUTSIDE_MIR ROR_UNFOLDING_RLY OUTSIDE_MIRROR_UNFOLDING_RLY_COIL CLUSTER 10A CLUSTER _SNSR MT BACK_UP_LAMP_SW OIL_PUMP_INVERTER INHIBITOR Lia OBDII POWER TPMS_UNIT POWER CLUSTER AIR_CONTROL_UNIT MANUAL AUTO BCM REAR_PARKING_ASSIST_SYSTEM_BUZZER ae ap somes peer rename AIR_CONTROL_ UNIT MANUAL MAX BLOWER AIR CONTROL UNIT AUTO BLOWER MOTOR E R_FUSE amp RELAY BOX RELAY START SUB START PDM 0 D 4 Maintenance Description Fuse rating Protected component LO D 4 7 5A GLOVE_BOX_LAMP DOOR_WARNING_SW OVER_HEAD_CONSOLE LAMP PERSONAL LAMP ua SUNVISOR_LAMP LUGGAGE_ LAMP PORTABLE _LAMP DOOR PDM 2 SMK_UNIT BATT_CPU SMATRA_IMMOBILIZATION BATT PDM 1 RESSE SMK_UNIT POWER BRAKE SWITCH 2 toa STOP_ LAMP_SW NORMAL_OPEN SMK_UNIT Maintenance engine c
142. ION Exhaust fumes relsagg 9Y tailgate safety Driving with the tailgate open is not advisable Dangerous exhaust fumes can enter the passenger compartment If you must drive with the tailgate opened keep the air vents and all windows open so that addi tional outside air can enter OPS043019 Your vehicle is equipped with an emergency tailgate safety release lever located on the bottom of the tailgate When someone is inadver tently locked in the cargo area the tailgate can be opened by pushing the release lever and pushing open the tailgate Features of your vehicle WINDOWS Pr mm 1 Driver s door power window switch 2 Front passenger s door power window switch 3 Rear door left power window switch 4 Rear door right power window switch 5 Window opening and closing 6 Automatic power window up down 7 Power window lock switch In cold and wet climates power win dows may not work properly due to freezing conditions i OPS043020 Features of your vehicle Power windows The ignition switch must be in the ON position for power windows to operate Each door has a power window switch that controls the door s win dow The driver has a power window lock button which can block the oper ation of the rear passenger windows The power windows can be operated for approximately 30 seconds after the ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK position However i
143. ION seriously damage the compact e You should drive carefully spare lea e z a A Any continuous road use of this tire should be replaced by the The compact spare should be inflat CO d result in tire failure loss of p muy KP vehicle control and possible per proper conventional tire and d to 60 psi 420 kPa sonal injury Mau aie i SORE SAILS A e Do not exceed the vehicle s maxi e The operation of this vehicle NOTICE mum load rating or the load carry is not recommended with Check the inflation pressure after ing capacity shown on the sidewall more than one compact spare installing the spare tire Adjust it to of the compact spare tire tire in use at the same time the specified pressure as necessary What to do in an emergency Avoid driving over obstacles The compact spare tire diameter is smaller than the diameter of a con ventional tire and reduces the ground clearance approximately 1 inch 25 mm which could result in damage to the vehicle Do not take this vehicle through an automatic vehicle wash while the compact spare tire is installed Do not use tire chains on the com pact spare tire Because of the smaller size a tire chain will not fit properly This could damage the vehicle and result in loss of the chain Do not use the compact spare tire on any other vehicle because this tire has been designed especially for your vehicle The compact spare tire s tread life is shorter than a regular tire I
144. If your vehicle is facing uphill turn the front wheels away from the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling If there is no curb or if it is required by other conditions to keep the vehicle from rolling block the wheels _ __ lt Driving your vehicle e Under some conditions your park ing brake can freeze in the engaged position This is most like ly to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk that the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporarily while you put the shift lever in P automatic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll Then release the parking brake Do not hold the vehicle on the upgrade with the accelerator pedal This can cause the transaxle to overheat Always use the brake pedal or parking brake Driving your vehicle CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Hi OPS053015 1 Cruise indicator 2 Cruise set indicator The cruise control system allows you to program the vehicle to maintain a constant speed without pressing the accelerator pedal This system is designed to function above approximately 20 mph 30 km h e If the cruise control is left on CRUISE
145. Incorrectly fitted child restraints may swing twist tip or separate causing death or serious injury Safety features of your vehicle Securing a child restraint seat with child seat lower anchor system ME OPS034059N Some child seat manufacturers make child restraint seats that are labeled as LATCH or LATCH com patible child restraint seats LATCH stands for Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children These seats include two rigid or webbing mount ed attachments that connect to two LATCH anchors at specific seating positions in your vehicle This type of child restraint seat eliminates the need to use seat belts to attach the child seat in the rear seats Lower Anchor Position Indicator a OXM039060N Child restraint symbols are located on the left and right 2nd row seat backs to indicate the position of the lower anchors for child restraints Install the child restraint seat fully rearward against the seatback with the seatback reclined two positions from the most upright latched posi tion Safety features of your vehicle OXM039036N LATCH anchors have been provided in your vehicle The LATCH anchors are located in the left and right out board rear seating positions Their locations are shown in the illustra tion There is no LATCH anchor pro vided for the center rear seating position The LATCH anchors are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the 2nd row seat left
146. Intermittent wipe if equipped E LO Low wiper speed OFF Off pushed upward and held HI High wiper speed l OFF Wiper is not in operation E Wash with brief wipes rear INT Wiper operates intermittently at B Intermittent wipe time adjust the same wiping intervals Use ment this mode in light rain or mist To vary the speed setting turn C Wash with brief wipes front mies eed Cooney neo LL Features of your vehicle LO Normal wiper speed Windshield washers The reservoir filler neck is located in HI Fast wiper speed the front of the engine compartment If there is heavy accumulation of Ai Om He passenger SIde snow or ice on the windshield defrost EA the windshield for about 10 minutes or until the snow and or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation N CAUTION Washer pump To prevent possible damage to the washer pump do not oper ate the washer when the fluid reservoir is empty OAM049102N In the OFF position pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield and to run the wipers 1 3 cycles Use this function when the wind shield is dirty The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever If the washer does not work check the washer fluid level If the fluid level is not sufficient you will need to add appropriate non abrasive windshield washer fluid to the washer reservoir _ __
147. N from your device to search 2 Select OK button to enter the Pair Phone screen Setup 12 00 Phone gt Pair Phone Car Name KIA MOTORS Passkey 0000 Cancel 1 Car Name Name of device as shown when searching from your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device 2 Passkey Passkey used to pair the device 3 From your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device i e Mobile Phone search and select your car audio system Non SSP supported device SSP Secure Simple Pairing 4 After a few moments a screen is displayed where the passkey is entered Enter the passkey 0000 to pair your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device with the car audio system SSP supported device 4 After a few moments a screen is displayed 6 digits passkey Check the passkey on your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device and confirm Setup 12 00 Phone gt Pair Phone Passkey 365190 5 Once pairing is complete the fol lowing screen is displayed Features of your vehicle During the pairing process make sure that all connection requests on the phone are accepted for phone book download and to allow accept ance of all future connection requests and Visit http www kia com us bluetooth for additional information on pairing your Bluetooth enabled mobile phone and to view a phone compatibility list FM 12 00 FOr using Bluetooth Need to pair or Connect Conn Cancel e If Bluetooth
148. OPS063003 The jack jack handle wheel lug nut wrench are stored in the luggage compartment Pull up the luggage box cover to reach this equipment 1 Jack handle 2 Jack 3 Wheel lug nut wrench What to do in an emergency Removing and storing the Changing tires spare tire if equipped _ b 1VQA4022 l 1 Park on a level surface and apply Turn the tire hold down wing bolt the parking brake firmly counterclockwise 2 Place the transaxle shift lever in R Store the tire in the reverse order of Reverse with manual transaxle or removal P Park with automatic transaxle To prevent the spare tire and tools 3 Activate the hazard warning flash from rattling while the vehicle is in ers motion store them properly What to do in an emergenc e To prevent vehicle movement while changing a tire always set the parking brake fully and always block the wheel diagonally oppo site the wheel being changed We recommend that the wheels of the vehicle be blocked and that no person remain in a vehicle that is being jacked OPS063004 6 Loosen the wheel lug nuts counter jack jack handle and spare tire clockwise one turn each but do from the vehicle not remove any nut until the tire 5 Block both the front and rear of the has been raised off the ground wheel that is diagonally opposite from the jack position What to do in an emergenc 9 Loosen the wheel nuts and remove them w
149. S SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT The combined wesighi of occupante and cargo should rrer troed Le psc ao ar cupe oa pe 375 kgo 827 ba SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR ACETON 100 VOR LE MAE losco oon TRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNELIS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY 4 NOMBRE DE PLACES The combined weight of pocupanes anced re peter Wh hoo Ger ha SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL IHFORMATION 140 VOIR LE MANUEL POUR PLUS DE NONE n meri RENSEIGNEMENTS TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT Se 375 kgor 827 be La pesca total dei cocaparti si du charpenent no doll jamah depasser i COLD TIRE PRESSURE FE fi e PRESSIONI DES SEE OWNER MANUAL FOA PHEUS A FROID ADDITIONAL a i no VOIR LE MA PASSO TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT The combined wright of occupants and cargo should rear ancsed Le poids total dee occupata wt du chargument ta doll jamais dipasar 272 MOF B27 bs SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOA ADDITIONAL x peas Tit von LE MANUEL eT RENSEXGNEMENTS TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT The combined wight of occupants and cargo should rear ancsed 375 kgo 827 ba La paschi ioia che Oompa si du champononi ra doll jamah depasiar GOLD TRE PRESSURE SFE OWNERS DES MANUAL FOR PHEUS A FROID ADDITIONAL DEGNE nt VOIR E MANUEL i POUR PLUS D
150. Set MRPT through the TUNE knob or key Repeats the currently playing song Press RPT again to turn repeat off Random Press the key Set ZIRDM through the TUNE knob or key Plays all songs in random order Press RDM again to turn random off Information Press the key Set Gilnfo through the TUNE knob or key Displays information of the current song Press the key to turn off info display Delete Press the key Set Delete through the TUNE knob or key Deletes currently playing file In the play screen pressing delete will delete the currently playing song Deletes file from list ee n 12 00 List Music_OUl mps fMusic_O mp3 fMusic_03 mp3 Si Select the file you wish to delete by using the TUNE knob Press the key and select the delete menu to delete the selected file Delete All Press the key Set Del All through the TUNE knob or key Deletes all songs of My Music Features of your vehicle Delete Selection Press the key gt Set 6 Del Sel through the TUNE knob or GG My Music e Even if memory is available a maximum of 6 000 songs can be key stored Songs within My Music are selected The same song can be copied up and deleted to 1 000 times Memory info can be checked in the System menu of Setup Select the songs you wish to delete from the list After selecting press key and select the delete menu
151. Stop and tail light replacement if equipped replacement 5 Tail light BTypeA a 6 Tail Stop light and side marker LED foe Mare OPS073030 i OPS073035 If the light bulb is not operating have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer OPS073029 1 Tail light and side marker 2 Rear turn signal light 3 Back up light _ __ lt Maintenance OPS073031 1 Open the tailgate 2 Loosen the light assembly retain ing screws with a philips head screwdriver 3 Remove the rear combination light assembly from the body of the vehicle Tail light and side marker Turn A amp amp Turn signal ae gt Sa Tail and stop OPS073032 ar th pr Turn rae iee signal Pat a OPS073034 4 Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly 5 Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket 6 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place 7 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly and turning
152. a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used the front of the vehicle should always be lifted not the rear dolly OXM069028 If emergency towing is necessary we recommend having it done by an authorized Kia dealer or a commer cial tow truck service Proper lifting and towing procedures are neces sary to prevent damage to the vehi cle The use of wheel dollies or flatoed is recommended What to do in an emergenc When towing your vehicle in an Removable towing hook front emergency without wheel dollies if equipped 1 Set the ignition switch in the ACC position 2 Place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral 3 Release the parking brake OUN046030 CAUTION Towing gear position Failure to place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral may cause internal damage to the transaxle OPS063009 1 Remove the towing hook from the tool case OCWOS4NSA 2 Remove the hole cover pressing the lower part of the cover on the front bumper 4 CAUTION Towing e Do not tow the vehicle back wards with the front wheels on the ground as this may cause damage to the vehicle e Do not tow with sling type equipment Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment What to do in an emergenc Emergency towing If towing service is not available in an emergency your vehicle may be temporarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency tow ing hook under the front or rear of
153. a message key is not in the vehi cle will appear on the LCD display And if all doors are closed the chime will sound for 5 seconds The indicator or warning will turn off while the vehicle is moving Always have the smart key with you 4 CAUTION Starter If the engine stalls while the vehicle is in motion do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P Park position If the traffic and road conditions per mit you may put the shift lever in the N Neutral position while the vehicle is still moving and press the ENGINE START STOP button in an attempt to restart the engine Driving your vehicle e When the stop lamp fuse is blown you can t start the engine normally Replace the fuse with a new one If it is not possible you can start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button for 10 sec onds while it is in the ACC posi tion The engine can start without depressing the brake pedal But for your safety always depress the brake pedal before starting the I 0PS053007 engine e If th i k h Do not press the ENGINE START ay i Sat STOP button for more than 10 sec can start the engine by pressing onds except when the stop lamp fuse the engine start stop button with S blown the smart key The side with the lock button should contact the engine start stop button directly When you press the engine Start stop button directly with the smart key the smart key should contact the button at a right angle
154. aded into a canister while refu eling at the gas station preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere ___ lt Maintenance E Canister Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister When the engine is running the fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are drawn into the surge tank through the purge control sole noid valve Purge Control Solenoid Valve PCSV The purge control solenoid valve is controlled by the Engine Control Module ECM when the engine coolant temperature is low during idling the PCSV closes so that evap orated fuel is not taken into the engine After the engine warms up during ordinary driving the PCSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the engine 3 Exhaust emission control system The Exhaust Emission Control System is a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions while maintaining good vehicle per formance Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate gov ernmental safety and emissions reg ulations In addition damage or performance problems resulting from any modifi cation may not be covered under warranty e If you use unau
155. ain holes Lubricate the door hinges and checks and hood hinges Lubricate the door and hood locks and latches Lubricate the door rubber weather Strips Check the air conditioning system Inspect and lubricate the automat ic transaxle linkage and controls Clean the battery and terminals Check the brake fluid level Maintenance TEE SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow the Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply If any of the follow ing conditions apply follow the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions Repeated short distance driving Driving in dusty conditions or sandy areas Extensive use of brakes Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used Driving on rough or muddy roads Driving in mountainous areas Extended periods of idling or low speed operation Driving for a prolonged period in cold temperatures and or extreme ly humid climates More than 50 driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 90 F 32 C If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions you should inspect replace or refill more fre quently than the following Normal Maintenance Schedule After 120 months or 150 000 miles continue to follow the prescribed maintenance intervals _ __
156. al braking operation returns Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no higher than the bottom of the wheel hub Drive through any water slowly Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be affected After driving through water dry the brakes by gently applying them sev eral times while the vehicle is moving slowly ee a e e e e e e e e ee eee eee eee eee eee qr tsetse Driving your vehicle Driving off road Drive carefully off road because your vehicle may be damaged by rocks or roots of trees Become familiar with the off road conditions where you are going to drive before you begin driving Highway driving Tires Adjust the tire inflation pressures to specification Low tire inflation pres sures will result in overheating and possible failure of the tires Avoid using worn or damaged tires which may result in reduced traction or tire failure Never exceed the maximum tire inflation pressure shown on the tires Fuel engine coolant and engine oil High speed travel consumes more fuel than urban motoring Do not for get to check both the engine coolant and engine oil Drive belt A loose or damaged drive belt may result in overheating of the engine Driving your vehicle WINTER DRIVING a e ae a Ges 1 VQA3005 Severe weather conditions in the winter result in greater wear and other problems To minimize the
157. alled wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 2 82 inch of tread remains UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards a tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction tempera ture and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing proce dures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Vehicle Capacity Weight The num ber of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg plus the rated cargo and luggage load Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb and accessory weight plus maximum occupant and cargo weight Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the curb weight accessory weight and normal occu pant weight and driving by 2 Vehicle Placard A label permanent ly attached to a vehicle showing the Original equipment tire size and rec ommended inflation pressure All season tires Kia specifies all season tires on some models to provide good per formance for use all year round including snowy and icy road condi tions All season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M S Mud and Snow on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires Kia specifies summer tires on some models to provide super
158. alter or adjust the immobilizer system because it could cause the immobilizer system to malfunction This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harm ful interference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference received including inter ference that may cause undesired operation NOTICE Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to changes or modifications not approved by the party responsible for compli ance it will not be covered by your manufacturer s vehicle warranty Features of your vehicle SMART KEY Record your key number The key code num ber is stamped on the key code tag attached to the key set Should you lose your keys this number will enable an authorized Kia dealer to duplicate the keys easily Remove the key code tag and store it in a safe place Also record the key code number and keep it in a safe and handy place but not in the vehicle Smart key function OXMA043316 To remove the mechanical key press and hold the release button 1 and remove the mechanical key 2 To reinstall the mechanical key put the key into the hole and push it until a click sound is heard With a smart key you can lock or unlock a door and Tai
159. ame level of protection for seated passengers in either emer gency or automatic locking modes have the seated passengers use the emergency locking feature for improved convenience The auto matic locking function is intended to facilitate child restraint installation To convert from the automatic lock ing feature to the emergency locking operation mode allow the unbuck led seat belt to fully retract Do NOT fold down the left portion of the rear seat back when the rear center seat belt is buckled ALWAYS UNBUCKLE the rear center seat belt before folding down the left portion of the rear seat back If the rear center seat belt is buckled when the left por tion of the rear seat back is folded down distortion and damage to the top portion of the seat back and seat belt garnish may result causing the seat back to lock into the folded down position Safety features of your vehicle N 4 gi IL Af UA Ma j A i hi P A B210A01NF 1 To release the seat belt The seat belt is released by pressing the release button 1 on the locking buckle When it is released the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor If this does not happen check the belt to be sure it is not twisted then try again OPS033017 The rear seat belt buckles can be stowed in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion when not in use OPS033015 Routing the seat belt webbing through the rear seat be
160. an adjust the direction of air delivered from these vents using the vent control lever as shown Temperature control E Type A Pror f AUTO OFF OPS043170 AE e OPS043171 e Type A The temperature will increase to the maximum HI by pushing the button A Features of your vehicle The temperature will decrease to the minimum Lo by pushing the button V When pushing the button the tem perature will increase or decrease by 0 5 C 1 F When set to the lowest temperature setting the air condi tioning will operate continuously Type B The temperature will increase to the maximum HI by turning the knob to the right extremely The temperature will decrease to the minimum Lo by turning the knob to the left extremely When turning the knob the tempera ture will increase or decrease by 0 5 C 1 F When set to the lowest temperature setting the air condi tioning will operate continuously Temperature scale conversion If the battery has been discharged or disconnected the temperature mode display will reset to Centigrade This is normal condition You can switch the temperature scale as fol lows While pressing the AUTO button press the OFF button for 3 seconds or more The temperature scale will change from Centigrade to Fahrenheit or from Fahrenheit to Centigrade The temperature unit from C to F or from F to C can be changed by using the U
161. and right outboard seating positions Follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions to properly install child restraint seats with LATCH or LATCH compatible attachments Once you have installed the LATCH child restraint assure that the seat Is properly attached to the LATCH and tether anchors Also test the child restraint seat before you place the child in it Tilt the seat from side to side Also try to tug the seat forward Check to see if the anchors hold the seat in place NOTICE The recommended weight for the LATCH system is under 65 Ib 30 kg How to calculate the child restraint weight Child restraint weight 65 Ib 30 kg Child weight Safety features of your vehicle AIR BAG ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM 1 2 3 4 Driver s front air bag Passenger s front air bag Side air bag Curtain air bag Na Nr SNr CO Even in vehicles with air bags you and your passengers must always wear the safety belts provided in order to minimize the risk and sever ity of injury in the event of a collision or rollover x The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OAM032026 _ __ lt Safety features of your vehicle How does the air bag system operate Air bags are activated able to inflat
162. and connection 2 Replace engine oil and filter Q Inspect fuel tank air filter Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap O Add fuel additive 6 Inspect visually the following items Every 7 500 miles or 12 months 1 Battery condition 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid Brake lines hoses and connections Brake pedal and operation Q Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear 3 4 5 Chassis body nuts and bolts 6 7 Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or a l replace Drum brake and linings if equipped Disc brakes and pads if equipped Continued Maintenance E NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 75 000 miles or 60 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter OQ Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrig erant and performance if equipped Q Inspect cooling system Q Inspect drive belt First 60 000 miles or 72 months after every 15 000 miles or 24 months Q Inspect drive shaft and boots Q Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Every 37 500 miles 60 000 km or 48 months Q Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid 3 Brake lines hoses and connections 4 Brake pedal and operation 5 Chassis body nuts and bolts 6 Drum brake and linings if equipped 7 Disc brakes and pads if equipped Continued Co
163. and left to release the tension Driving your vehicle ON The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started This is the normal running position after the engine is started Do not leave the ignition switch ON if the engine is not running to prevent battery discharge START Turn the ignition switch to the START position to start the engine The engine will crank until you release the key then it returns to the ON position The brake warning light can be checked in this position The anti theft steering column lock if equipped is not a substitute for the parking brake Before leaving the dri vers seat always make sure the shift lever is engaged in 1st gear for the manual transaxle or P Park for automatic transaxle set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement may occur if these pre cautions are not taken Starting the engine 1 Make sure the parking brake is applied 2 Manual Transaxle Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the transaxle into Neutral Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal depressed while turning the igni tion switch to the start position Automatic Transaxle Place the transaxle shift lever in P Park Depress the brake pedal fully You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N Neutral position _ __
164. andom press the key Plays all files in random order USB ALL RDM on screen e All Random pressing twice Plays all files in random order Press the key again to turn off random Features of your vehicle Changing Song File While song file is key Shortly pressing the key Plays the current song from the beginning If the key is pressed again within 2 second the previ ous song is played Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Rewinds the song playing While song key Shortly pressing the key Plays the next song Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Fast forwards the song file is playing Scan While song file is playing ISS key Shortly pressing the key Scans all songs from the next song for 10 seconds each Press the key again to turn off The SCAN function is not support ed in iPod mode Folder Search USB Mode While file is playing aS Folder Up key e Searches the next folder While file is playing RESA Folder Down key Searches the parent folder If a folder is selected by pressing the TUNE knob the first file within the selected folder will be played X In iPod mode moves to the Parent Folder Searching Songs File Turning TUNE knob Searches for songs files e Pressing TUNE knob Plays selected song file _ __
165. arch select station USB mode Folder Search USB iPod My Music mode Searches songs files by turning the knob left right i When the desired song is displayed press the knob to play the song Moves focus in all selection menus and selects menus Features of your vehicle SETUP Mode Pop up Mode Pop up gt Changes Con_ Cof selection mode Display Settings e During On state press the or key to display the mode Press the key Select Display change pop up screen through TUNE knob or key gt Select menu through TUNE knob Text Scroll Text Scroll Set COnN Maintains scroll Scrolls only one 1 time Media Display When playing an MP3 file select the desired display info from Folder File or Album Artist Song ee a e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e eee ee eee ee see g l l e e e e e e e Features of your vehicle SOUND SETTINGS Press the key Select Sound through TUNE knob or ME key Select menu through TUNE knob Sound Settings This menu allows you to set the Bass Middle Treble and the Sound Fader and Balance Select Sound Settings gt Select menu through TUNE knob Turn TUNE knob left right to set e Bass Middle Treble Selects the sound tone e Fader Balance Moves the sound fader and balance e Default Restores default settings Back While_adj
166. arking brake first apply the foot brake and pull up the parking brake lever slightly Secondly press the release button 1 and lower the parking brake lever 2 while holding the button _ __ lt Driving your vehicle If at all possible cease driving the vehicle immediately If that is not pos sible use extreme caution while operating the vehicle and only con tinue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe location or repair shop Check the brake warning light by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position Before driving be sure the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off If the brake warning light remains on after the parking brake is released while the engine is running there may be a malfunction in the brake system Immediate attention is nec essary W 75 Driving your vehicle Anti lock brake system ABS ABS or ESC will not prevent acci dents due to improper or dangerous driving maneuvers Even though vehicle control is improved during emergency braking always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during
167. as utility poles or trees where the point of impact is concentrated to one area and the full force of the impact is not delivered to the sen sors SRS Care The SRS is virtually maintenance free and so there are no parts you can safely service by yourself If the SRS air bag warning light does not illumi nate or continuously remains on have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Any work on the SRS system such as removing installing repairing or any work on the steering wheel the front passenger s panel front seats and roof rails must be performed by an authorized Kia dealer Improper handling of the SRS system may result in serious personal injury e For cleaning the air bag pad cov ers use only a soft dry cloth or one which has been moistened with plain water Solvents or clean ers could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the system If components of the air bag sys tem must be discarded or if the vehicle must be scrapped certain safety precautions must be observed An authorized Kia dealer knows these precautions and can give you the necessary informa tion Failure to follow these precau tions and procedures could increase the risk of personal injury Safety features of your vehicle Adding equipment to or modi fying your air bag equipped vehicle If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle s frame bumper system front end or si
168. asher fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces sary Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available However use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold cli mates to prevent freezing WARNING Flammable Fluid Do not allow the washer fluid to come in contact with open flames or sparks The windshield washer fluid reservoir is flamma ble under certain circumstances This can result in a fire PARKING BRAKE Checking the parking brake OPS053011 Check the stroke of the parking brake by counting the number of clicks heard while fully applying it from the released position Also the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fairly steep grade If the stroke is more or less than specified have the parking brake adjusted by an authorized Kia dealer Stroke 6 8 clicks at a force of 44 Ibs 20 kg 196 N Maintenance AIR CLEANER Filter replacement Lao i OAMO079044 A OAMO79046 0AM079043 1 Loosen the air cleaner cover 2 Wipe the inside of the air cleaner attaching clips and open the cover 3 Replace the air cleaner filter and should not be washed 4 Lock the cover with the cover It must be replaced when necessary You can clean the filter when inspect attaching clips ing the air cleaner element Clean the filter by using compressed air Maintenance Replace the filter according to the ui Schedule 3 BS CAUTION Air filte
169. ast forwards the current song 4 button Activates voice recog nition 5 button Places and transfers calls 6 button Ends calls or cancels functions Features of your vehicle Check call history and making call Briefly press under 0 8 seconds the key on the steering remote controller The call history list will be dis played on the screen Press the key again to con nect a call to the selected number Redialing the most recently called number Press and hold over 0 8 seconds the key on the steering remote controller The most recently called number is redialed Bluetooth Wireless Technology Pairing a Bluetooth Wireless Technology Device if equipped What is Bluetooth Wireless Technology Pairing Pairing refers to the process of syn chronizing your Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone or device with the car audio system for connection Pairing is necessary to connect and use the Bluetooth Wireless Technology feature The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology ee ee a e e e e e e e e ee ee eee eee eee eg tsetse Features of your vehicle Pairing Key Key on the Steering Remote Controller When No Devices
170. at some point in the life of the vehicle Cycling the headlamps on and off more than typical use will shorten HID lamps life HID lamps do not fail in the same manner as halogen incandes cent lamps If a headlamp goes out after a period of operation but will immediately relight when the head lamp switch is cycled it is likely the HID lamp needs to be replaced HID lighting components are more com plex than conventional halogen bulbs thus have higher replacement cost Maintenance Fh OPS073028 1 Turn off the engine and open the hood Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Disconnect the power connector from the back of the headlight assembly 3 Loosen the retaining bolts OPS073046 4 Pull out the end of the front bumper 5 Remove the headlight assembly from the body of the vehicle If you can reach the bulb without removing the headlight assembly you do not need to do step 3 4 and 5 Headlight bulb High E Type B OPS073026 Follow the steps 1 to 5 from the pre vious page 6 Remove the headlight bulb cover by turning it counterclockwise 7 Disconnect the headlight bulb socket connector Maintenance 8 Unsnap the headlight bulb retain Headlight bulb Low 8 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into ing wire by depressing the end and the housing and rotating in until it pushing it upward locks into place 9 Remove the bulb from the head 9 Install the headligh
171. ate to the desired speed which must be more than 20 mph 30 km h NOTICE Manual transaxle For manual transaxle vehicles you Should depress the brake pedal at least once to set the cruise control after starting the engine 3 Push the SET switch and release it at the desired speed The SET indicator light in the instrument cluster will illuminate Release the accelerator pedal at the same time The desired speed will automatically be maintained On a steep grade the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly while going uphill or downhill Driving your vehicle To increase cruise control set speed To decrease the cruising speed OPS053019 Follow either of these procedures e Push the RES switch and hold it Your vehicle will accelerate Release the lever at the speed you want e Push the RES switch and release it immediately The cruising speed will increase by 1 mph or 2km h each time you move the lever up to RES in this manner OPS053018 Follow either of these procedures e Push the SET switch and hold it Your vehicle will gradually slow down Release the lever at the speed you want to maintain Push the SET switch and release it immediately The cruising speed will decrease by 1 mph 2 km h each time you move the lever down to SET in this manner To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise cont
172. ation To reinstall the headrest To remove the headrest 1 Put the headrest poles 2 into the 1 Recline the seatback 2 with the holes while pressing the release recline lever or switch 1 button 1 2 Raise headrest as far as it can go 2 Recline the seatback 4 with the 3 Press the headrest release button recline lever or switch 3 3 while pulling the headrest up 4 3 Adjust the headrest to the appro priate height Safety features of your vehicle Rear seat adjustment Folding the rear seat The rear seatbacks can be folded to facilitate carrying long items or to increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle WARNING Folded down seatback Never allow passengers sit on top of the folded down seatback while the vehicle is moving This is nota proper seating position and no seat belts are available for use Seatback pocket if equipped A WARNING Headrest poche i egiPpoe Reinstallation To reduce the risk of injury to the head or neck always make sure the headrest is locked into position and adjusted properly after reinstalling OPS033016 The seatback pocket is provided on the back of the front passenger s seatbacks This could result in serious injury or death in case of an accident or sudden stop WARNING Seatback pockets 4 WARNING Objects Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the seatback pocket An occupant could contact such objects in a crash Heavy obje
173. automatic transaxle or Neutral manual transaxle and set the parking brake If the air condition ing is on turn it off 3 If engine coolant is running out under the vehicle or steam is com ing out from underneath the hood stop the engine Do not open the hood until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped If there is no visible loss of engine coolant and no steam leave the engine running and check to be sure the engine cool ing fan is operating If the fan is not running turn the engine off 4 Check to see if the water pump drive belt is missing If it is not missing check to see that it is tight If the drive belt seems to be satisfactory check for coolant leak ing from the radiator hoses or under the vehicle If the air condi tioning had been in use it is nor mal for cold water to be draining from it when you stop 5 If the water pump drive belt is bro ken or engine coolant is leaking out stop the engine immediately and call the nearest authorized Kia dealer for assistance 6 If you cannot find the cause of the overheating wait until the engine temperature has returned to nor mal Then if coolant has been lost carefully add coolant to the reser voir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark 7 Proceed with caution keeping alert for further signs of overheat ing If overheating happens again call an authorized Kia dealer for assistance Serious
174. away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it Water under high pres sure and steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials e When cleaning lower door panels rocker panels and frame members be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accel erate corrosion Keep your garage dry Don t park your vehicle in a damp poorly ventilated garage This cre ates a favorable environment for cor rosion This is particularly true if you wash your vehicle in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow ice or mud Even a heated garage can con tribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed Maintenance n Keep paint and trim in good con dition Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with touch up paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of corrosion If bare metal is showing through the atten tion of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended Bird droppings Bird droppings are highly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours Always remove bird droppings as soon as possible Don t neglect the interior Moisture can collect under the floor mats and carpeting and cause corro sion Check under the mats periodi cally to be sure the carpeting is dry Use particular care if you carry fertil izers cleaning materia
175. ay differ from the It is important that the correct Hustration type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used otherwise damage to the vehicle and injury may occur To prevent damage the air conditioning system in your vehicle should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians ee a e e e e e e e e e e e e eee eee ee ese qr e e e e e e e e Features of your vehicle AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED M Type A Yo AUTQs 0 Domes Cone button knob Front windshield defroster button Rear windshield defroster button Climate control display Air intake control button Air conditioning button if equipped Fan speed control button AUTO automatic control button 9 OFF button 10 Mode selection button 11 Climate control information screen selection button E Type B CON OOF W YP OPS043162 0PS043163 Features of your vehicle Automatic heating and air con m Type A NOTICE ditioning e To turn the automatic operation E Type A 7 off select any button or switch of the following Mode selection button Air conditioning button Front windshield defroster button Air intake control button Fan speed control switch The selected function will be con trolled manually while other func tions operate automatically Regardless of the temperature set ting when using automatic opera tion the air conditioning system can automatically turn on to decrease the
176. bile phone Features of your vehicle 6 PWR VOL knob Power Turns power On Off by pressing the knob Volume Sets volume by turning the knob left right 7 GB Preset Radio mode Saves frequencies channels or receives saved fre quencies channels USB iPod My Music mode Repeat Random In the Radio Media Setup and Menu pop up screen the number menu is selected PS34001N 8 Each time the button is pressed it sets the screen Off Screen On Screen Off Audio operation is maintained and only the screen will be turned Off In the screen Off state press any key to turn the screen On again 9 Radio mode Shortly press the key Previews each broadcast for 5 seconds each Press and hold the key over 0 8 seconds Previews the broadcasts saved in Preset GB for5 seconds each Press the key again to continue listening to the current frequency SAT Radio does not support the Preset scan feature USB My Music mode Briefly press the key under 0 8 seconds Previews each song file for 10 seconds each X Press the key again to continue listening to the current song file 10 Displays menus for the current mode iPod List Move to parent category _ __ lt Features of your vehicle
177. bjects directly behind the middle of the vehicle The camera does NOT cover the complete area behind the vehi cle While the camera s display is generally accurate objects can be much closer than they appear in the display screen and can be distorted in both size and proportion 4 WARNING Backing up using camera Never rely solely on the rear camera display when backing You must always use methods of viewing the area behind you including looking over both shoulders as well as continu ously checking all three rear view mirrors Due to the difficul ty of ensuring that the area behind you remains clear always back slowly and stop immediately if you even suspect that a person and especially a child might be behind you Features of your vehicle LIGHTING Headlamp escort if equipped If you turn the ignition switch to the ACC or OFF position with the head lights ON the headlights remain on for about 5 minutes However if the drivers door is opened and closed the headlights are turned off after 15 seconds The headlights can be turned off by pressing the lock button on the trans mitter or smart key twice or turning the light switch to the OFF or Auto position However if you turn the light switch to the Auto position when it is dark outside the headlights will not be turned off immediately Battery saver function The purpose of this feature is to prevent the battery from being dis charged T
178. brakes are applied D Drive This is the normal forward driving position The transaxle will automati cally shift through a 6 gear sequence providing the best fuel economy and power For extra power when passing anoth er vehicle or climbing grades depress the accelerator fully at which time the transaxle will auto matically downshift to the next lower gear i OPS053009 Sports mode Whether the vehicle is stationary or in motion sports mode is selected by pushing the shift lever from the D Drive position into the manual gate To return to D Drive range opera tion push the shift lever back into the main gate Driving your vehicle In sports mode moving the shift lever backwards and forwards will allow you to make gearshifts rapidly In contrast to a manual transaxle the sports mode allows gearshifts with the accelerator pedal depressed Up Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear Down Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one gear In sports mode the driver must execute upshifts in accordance with road conditions taking care to keep the engine speed below the red zone In sports mode only the 6 forward gears can be selected To reverse or park the vehicle move the shift lever to the R Reverse or P Park position as required In sports mode downshifts are made automatically when the vehi cle slows down When the vehicle stops ist gear is automaticall
179. c power steer ing is not operating properly the flex steering wheel will not work Steering Mode Steering Mode OPS043130 OPS043131 The steering wheel becomes heav The steering wheel becomes lighter ier The sport mode is usually used The comfort mode is usually used when driving on the highway when driving in the city or when park ing the vehicle Features of your vehicle MIRRORS Inside rearview mirror Adjust the rearview mirror so that the center view through the rear window is seen Make this adjustment before you start driving Do not place objects in the rear seat or cargo area which would interfere with your vision through the rear win dow Day night rearview mirror if equipped OAM049023 Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day night lever is in the day position Pull the day night lever toward you to reduce the glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driving Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position _ __ lt Features of your vehicle Electric chromic mirror ECM if equipped The electric rearview mirror automat ically controls the glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you in nighttime or low light driving condi tions T
180. cant cscsccecccesevens 4 108 e Air Conditioning refrigerant label 4 109 Automatic climate control system 4 110 e Automatic heating and air conditioning 4 111 e Manual heating and air conditioning 4 112 System operation sios asi iii 4 118 e Climate control air filter 0 00000 4 120 e Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant 0000000000 4 121 e Air Conditioning refrigerant label 4 122 Windshield defrosting and defogging 4 123 e Manual climate control system 4 123 e Automatic climate control system 4 124 Delogame lOG ore recer nin 4 125 Clean am e a 4 127 Storage compartment 0000000000000 4 128 e Center console storage 000000000000 4 128 e Glove DOC ae ea E E a 4 128 C ool DOS a a E E EE a EA 4 129 Sumelass MOMMGE aoo eo neen anni 4 129 e Luggage DOK oc ccc n 4 130 Interior features Luria a 4 131 Cup holder a 4 131 SUUVISOLA nie 4 132 gt SealWwallDero i na 4 132 Seat air Ventilatiom 40 wo eo oe errer 4 134 Rear seat Warmer 4 lt a seco es 4 135 POWER OME lt a 4 136 Clothes Dander ne cele 4 137 Floor mat anchor S 4 6 66 6046 ssa 40 40a os uns 4 138 e Luggage net holder ccccccccscscccses 4 139 Careoarca cover care cm cre ans he ecient al es 4 139 Exterior features lt 6 4 a ok
181. casts music sports news and entertainment programming to radio receivers which are available for installation in motor vehicles or factory installed as well as for the home portable and wireless devices and through an Internet connection on per sonal computer Vehicles that are equipped with a fac tory installed SirlusXM Satellite Radio system include Hardware and an introductory trial subscription term which begins on the date of sale or lease of the vehicle For a small upgrade fee access to SiriusXM music channels and other select channels over the Internet using any computer connected to the Internet U S customers only For information on extended sub scription terms contact SiriusXM at 1 866 635 2349 NOTE All SiriusXMTm services require a subscription sold separately or as a package after 3 month trial included with vehicle purchase or lease If you decide to continue your SiriusXMT service at the end of your trial subscription the plan you choose will automatically renew and bill at then current rates until you call us at 1 866 635 2349 to cancel See our Customer Agreement for com plete terms at www siriusxm com Other fees and taxes apply All fees and programming are subject to change Sirius satellite service is available only to those at least 18 and older in the 48 contiguous USA D C and PR with coverage limitations Our Internet radio service is available throughout our sa
182. ce and the floor Floor mode C E A D Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters Fi Floor Defrost mode A C E D Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters Defrost mode A D Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters Features of your vehicle SEU a a E n OPS043059 Instrument panel vents The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the thumb wheel Also you can adjust the direction of air delivery from these vents using the vent control lever as shown Temperature control OPS043156 The temperature control knob allows you to control the temperature of the air flow from the ventilation system To change the air temperature in the passenger compartment turn the knob to the right position for warm air or left position for cooler air OPS043159 To operate the MAX A C turn the temperature knob to extreme left Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face In this mode the air conditioning and the recirculated air position will be selected automatically Features of your vehicle Air intake control OPS043160 The air intake control is used to select the outside fresh air position or recirculated
183. ce and snow removal and dust control may collect on the underbody If these materials are not removed acceler ated rusting can occur on underbody parts such as the fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have been treated with rust protection Thoroughly flush the vehicle under body and wheel openings with luke warm or cold water once a month after off road driving and at the end of each winter Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it The lower edges of the doors rocker panels and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt trapped water in these areas can cause rust ing Maintenance N _ LL LZ T ZYHH E RIT JR R RE BRBR gt R gt R_ gt P gt gt gt E OE ODBOPFPZPAPffi _ E Aluminum or chrome wheel main tenance The aluminum or chrome wheels are coated with a clear protective finish Do not use any abrasive cleaner polishing compound solvent or wire brushes on aluminum or chrome wheels They may scratch or damage the finish e Clean the wheel when cooled Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent and rinse thoroughly with water Also be sure to clean the wheels after driving on salted roads This helps prevent corro sion e Avoid washing the wheels with highspeed vehicle wash brushes Do
184. ce to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled condi tions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C cor responds to a level of performance which all passenger vehicle tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the labora tory test wheel than the minimum required by law Tire terminology and definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilo pascal kPa Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional acces sories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transaxle power seats and air con ditioning Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Maintenance E Cold Tire Pressure The amount
185. cece aces eee 4 141 e Mounting bracket for roof carrier 4 141 Audio SYSE oe Gna 4 143 Amienmna nn 4 143 e Audio remote CONtrol 0000000000000 4 144 e Aux USB and iPod port 4 145 Speaker MoNS oe car aie ote eae ee ete es oe eel once 4 146 Features of your vehicle KEY Record your key number Key operations To unfold the key press the release i button 1 then the key will unfold The key code num pm automatically To fold the key fold a ber is stamped on nas hil the key code tag the key manually while pressing the release button 1 K j attached to the key set Should you lose your keys this number will A CAUTION enable an authorized Kia dealer to D fold the k th duplicate the keys easily Remove f o not fola the key without 0ED036001A pressing the release button This may damage the key the key code tag and store it in a safe place Also record the key code number and keep it in a safe and handy place but not in the vehicle m Type B OXMA043331 e Used to start the engine e Used to lock and unlock the doors Features of your vehicle Door Lock 1 Door Unlock 2 1 Press the unlock button 2 2 The driver s door will unlock The hazard warning lights will blink two times 3 Press the unlock button 2 twice within 4 seconds and all doors and tailgate will unlock The hazard warning lights will blink two times NOTICE
186. chnology if equipped Phone Menu Screen Phone Menus With a Bluetooth Wireless Technology device connected press the key to display the Phone menu screen G4 4 1 Favorite used contacts saved for easy access Up to 20 frequently 2 Call History Displays the call his tory list screen 3 Contacts Displays the Contacts list screen 4 Setup Displays Phone related settings e If you select the Call History but ton but there is no call history data a prompt is displayed which asks to download call history data e If you select the Contacts button but there is no contacts data stored a prompt is displayed which asks to download contacts data e This feature may not be supported in some mobile phones For more information on download support refer to your mobile phone user s manual Answering Calls Answering a Call Answering a call with a Bluetooth Wireless Technology device connect ed will display the following screen To accept the call press key on the steering wheel while the call is incoming incoming Call O Scott John 03180214621 1 Caller Displays the other caller s name when the incoming caller is saved within your contacts 2 Incoming Number Displays the incoming number Features of your vehicle When an incoming call pop up is displayed most Audio and SETUP mode features are disabled Only the call volume will operate The telephone number
187. cifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER REFRIGERANT LABEL UIPPED PRESSURE LABEL m Engine 1 6 mora IF EQ ELLET Als __ tI ORB080005 Fi Pai 0PS073040 The refrigerant label is located on the underside of the hood 3 OUNO086005 The tires supplied on your new vehi cle are chosen to provide the best performance for normal driving The tire label located on the driver s side center pillar gives the tire pres sures recommended for your vehicle E Fat iM 1 S OAM082007L The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects CONSUMER ASSISTANCE U S ONLY Roadside Assistance is provided on all new current model year Kia Vehicles from the date the vehicle is deliv ered to the first retail buyer or otherwise put into use in service date whichever is earlier for a period of 60 months or 60 000 miles whichever is earlier subject to the terms conditions and exclusions set forth in the Kia Warranty and Consumer Information Manual applicable to your model year vehicle KMA reserves the right to limit or deny services or other benefits to any owner or driver when in KMA s judgment the claims and or service requests are excessive in fre quency or type of occurrence Toll free consumer assistance Kia s toll free Consumer Assistance hot
188. components 1 Driver s front air bag module 2 Passenger s front air bag module 3 Side air bag modules 4 Curtain air bag modules 5 Retractor pre tensioner assemblies 6 Air bag warning light 7 SRS control module SRSCM Rollover sensor 8 Front impact sensors 9 Side impact sensors 10 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator Front passenger s seat only 11 Occupant detection system Front passenger s seat only 12 Driver s and front passenger s seat belt buckle sensors 13 Emergency fastening device EFD 14 Side pressure impact sensor The SRSCM continually monitors all SRS components while the ignition switch is ON to determine if a crash impact is severe enough to require air bag deployment or pre tensioner seat belt deployment _ __ lt Safety features of your vehicle W7 147 If the air bag warning light illuminat ed for more than 6 seconds after the ignition is turned on or of it illumi nates during vehicle operation an SRS component may not be func tioning properly and you should have your vehicle checked by an author ized Kia dealer If any of the following conditions occurs this indicates a malfunction in the air bag system Have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the air bag system as soon as possible The lig
189. con tact with any heat source sharp edges or moving components which might cause heat damage or mechanical wear Inspect all hose connections such as clamps and couplings to make sure they are secure and that no leaks are pres ent Hoses should be replaced immediately if there is any evidence of deterioration or damage Air cleaner filter A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is recommended when the filter is replaced Spark plugs Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range Valve clearance if equipped Inspect for excessive valve noise and or engine vibration and adjust if necessary An authorized Kia dealer should perform the operation Cooling system Check the cooling system compo nents such as the radiator coolant reservoir hoses and connections for leakage and damage Replace any damaged parts Coolant The coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the mainte nance schedule Maintenance TEE Manual transaxle fluid if equipped Inspect the manual transaxle fluid according to the maintenance sched ule Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped Automatic transaxle fluid should not be checked under normal usage conditions But in severe conditions the fluid should be changed at an authorized Kia dealer in accordance to the scheduled maintenance at the begin ning of this section NOTICE Automatic transaxle fluid color is basically red As the v
190. con will be changed back to its previous icon 2 On this mode you can change set ting of the doors lamps and so on OPS043132 Door Auto Door Lock if equipped Off The auto door lock operation will be deactivated Speed for manual transaxle All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 9 3mph 15km h Shift Lever All doors will be auto matically locked if the automatic transaxle shift lever is shifted from the P Park position to the R Reverse N Neutral or D Drive position Auto Door Unlock if equipped e Off The auto door unlock operation will be canceled Key Out or Power Off All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ignition key is removed from ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button is set to the OFF position Shift Lever All doors will be auto matically unlocked if the automatic transaxle shift lever is shifted to the P Park position Features of your vehicle Two Press Unlock if equipped e Off The two press unlock function will be deactivated Therefore all doors will unlock if the door is unlocked e On The driver s door will unlock if the door is unlocked When the door is unlocked again within 4 seconds all doors will unlock Horn Feedback if equipped e Off The Horn feedback operation will be deactivated e On After locking the door by pressing the lock button on the transmitter if you press the lock button agai
191. cts in the front passenger seatback could also interfere with the airbag sensing system Objects carried on the folded down seatback should not extend higher than the top of the front seatbacks This could allow cargo to slide forward and cause injury or damage during sudden stops Safety features of your vehicle in ees ETTE Li La ETTI OPS033017 ci OPS033015 To fold down the rear seatback 1 Insert the rear seat belt buckle in the pocket if equipped between the rear seatback and cushion and insert the rear seat belt web bing in the guide to prevent the seat belt from being damaged 2 Set the front seatback to the upright position and if necessary slide the front seat forward 3 Lower the rear headrests to the lowest position Z OPS033018 4 Pull on the seatback folding lever then fold the seat toward the front of the vehicle When you return the seatback to its upright position always be sure it has locked into position by pushing on the top of the seatback 5 To use the rear seat lift and pull the seatback backward by pulling on the folding lever Pull the seatback firmly until it clicks into place Make sure the seatback is locked in place 6 Return the rear seat belt to the proper position Safety features of your vehicle Make sure the engine is off the automatic transaxle is in P Park or the manual transaxle is in R Reverse or ist and the parkin
192. d This is the ESC performing an automatic system self check and does not indicate a problem Driving your vehicle Traction Control disabled Traction amp Stability Control disabled OPS053022 ESC off state 1 To cancel ESC operation press the ESC OFF button ESC OFF shortly ESQ OFF indicator light ESC OFF illuminates At this state the engine control function does not operate It means the trac tion control function does not oper ate Brake control function only oper ates If your vehicle is equipped with clus ter type B a message also will appear on the LCD display OPS053023 ESC off state 2 To cancel ESC operation press the ESC OFF button ESC OFF for more than 3 seconds ESC OFF indi cator light ESC OFF illuminates and ESC OFF warning chime will sound At this state the engine con trol function and brake control func tion do not operate It means the car Stability control function does not operate any more If your vehicle is equipped with clus ter type B a message also will appear on the LCD display Indicator light E ESC indicator light ee E ESC OFF indicator light ee OFF When ignition switch is turned to ON the indicator light illuminates then goes off if the ESC system is operat ing normally The ESC indicator light blinks when ever ESC is operating or illuminates when ESC fails to operate The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when
193. d neck in the event of a rear collision For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident the headrest should be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height of the center of gravity of an occupant s head Generally the center of gravity of most people s head is similar with the height of the top of their eyes Also adjust the headrest as close to your head as pos sible For this reason the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended Safety features of your vehicle ay Ss j OPS033009 Forward and rearward adjustment The headrest may be adjusted for ward to 4 different positions by pulling the headrest forward to the desired detent To adjust the head rest to its furthest rearward position pull it fully forward to the farthest position and release it Adjust the headrest so that it properly supports the head and neck E OPS033010 Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest pull it up to the desired position 1 To lower the headrest push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position 3 OYFH034205 A CAUTION If you recline the seatback towards the front with the head restraint and seat cushion raised the head restraint may come in contact with the sunvi sor or other parts of the vehicle Safety features of your vehicle OPS033049L OPS033050L Removal and install
194. d be reset after the bat tery has been discharged or the bat tery has been disconnected e Auto up down window See chapter 4 Sunroof See chapter 4 e Trip computer See chapter 4 e Climate control system See chapter 4 e Clock See chapter 4 e Audio See chapter 4 _ __ lt Maintenance TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care For proper maintenance safety and maximum fuel economy you must always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle Recommended cold tire infla tion pressures All tire pressures including the spare should be checked when the tires are cold Cold Tires means the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or driven less than one mile 1 6 km Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride vehicle handling and minimum tire wear For recommended inflation pressure refer to Tire and wheels in chapter 8 OXM079101L All specifications sizes and pres sures can be found on a label attached to the driver s side center pillar Maintenance n R gt eEe Ee f ePCzkie _ gt gt gt Underinflation also results in excessive wear poor handling and reduced fuel economy Wheel defo
195. de sheet metal or ride height this may affect the operation of your vehicle s air bag system Air bag warning label OPS033030 Air bag warning labels some required by the U S National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA are attached to the sunvisor to alert the driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system e o o o e e e e o e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e o o o o o e o oe oe e o e e o e e e e e e e o e oe o o e e oe oe e e e o e e e oe e e e e e e o e e o e oe o o e e e o e e e o e e e o e e e oe e e Battery replacement e Immobilizer system e Record your key number e Smart key function Loss of the smart key e Smart key precautions e Smart key immobilizer system e Battery replacement e Operating door locks from outside the vehicle e Operating door locks from inside the vehicle e Impact sensing door unlock system e Auto door lock unlock feature e Speed sensing door lock system e Child protector rear door lock e Opening the tailgate e Closing the tailgate o o o o o o o o e e o e e e e o e e o e e e e e o o o o o o o o o o e e e e e e o e oc o e e e e e e Emergency tailgate safety release Mode Ei e a a 4 24 Power windows inni ann 4 25 bid 4 29 Opening the hood 2 3 2 4 4 6 eas eae see saws ee ve 4 29 Josing the Dood Gra 4 29 Fuci mler Bae 4 31 Opening the fue
196. defrosting or defogging set the mode to the floor defrost position Before driving clear all snow and ice from the windshield rear win dow outside rear view mirrors and all side windows Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet in the cowl grille x f 22 to improve heater and defroster OPS043181 efficiency and to reduce the proba pn bility of fogging up inside of the 1 Select any fan speed except 0 windshield position 2 Select desired temperature 3 Select the amp or W mode 4 The outside fresh air and air con ditioning will be selected automat ically If the air conditioning and outside fresh air position are not selected automatically press the correspon ding button manually ___ lt Features of your vehicle To defrost outside windshield OPS043182 1 Set the fan speed to the highest extreme right position 2 Set the temperature to the extreme hot position 3 Select the WY position 4 The outside fresh air and air con ditioning will be selected automat ically Automatic climate control system To defog inside windshield i eB OPS043183 T Za i OPS043185 1 Set the fan speed to the desired position 2 Select desired temperature 3 Press the defrost but
197. der Searching Songs File Turning TUNE knob Searches for songs files e Pressing TUNE knob Plays selected song file _ __ lt Features of your vehicle MENU USB Press the USB mode key to set the Repeat Folder Random Folder Repeat All Random Information and Copy features WIEN a 12 00 Menu gt Repeat F ADM F RPT 4 A RDM Info 6 Copy Repeat Press the key Set MRPT through the TUNE knob or key to repeat the current song Press RPT again to turn off Folder Random Press the key Set IF RDM through the TUNE knob or key to randomly play songs within the current folder Press ERDM again to turn off Folder Repeat Press the key Set GIF RPT through the TUNE knob or key to repeat songs within the cur rent folder Press F RPT again to turn off All Random Press the key gt Set A RDM through the TUNE knob or key to randomly play all songs within the USB Press A RDM again to turn off Information Press the key Set Silnfo through the TUNE knob or key to display information of the cur rent song Press the key to turn off info display Features of your vehicle Copy Press the key Set ECopy through the TUNE knob or Gia key This is used to c
198. designa tion mean Example wheel size designation 7 0JX17 7 0 Rim width in inches J Rim contour designation 17 Rim diameter in inches Maintenance n Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif ferent speed ratings currently being used for passenger vehicle tires The speed rating is part of the tire size designation on the sidewall of the tire This symbol corresponds to that tire s designed maximum safe oper ating speed 112 mph 180 km h 118 mph 190 km h 130 mph 210 km h 149 mph 240 km h Above 149 mph 240 km h 3 Checking tire life TIN Tire Identification Number Any tires that are over 6 years old based on the manufacturing date including the spare tire should be replaced by new ones You can find the manufacturing date on the tire sidewall possibly on the inside of the wheel displaying the DOT Code The DOT Code is a series of num bers on a tire consisting of numbers and English letters The manufactur ing date is designated by the last four digits characters of the DOT code DOT XXXX XXXX OOOO The front part of the DOT means a plant code number tire size and tread pattern and the last four num bers indicate week and year manu factured For example DOT XXXX XXXX 1614 represents that the tire was produced in the 16th week of 2014 _ __
199. devices to the battery the bat calcium based battery tery may be discharged Never use If the battery becomes discharged unauthorized devices in a short time because for exam ple the headlights or interior lights were left on while the vehicle was not in use recharge it by slow charging trickle for 10 hours If the battery gradually discharges because of high electric load while the vehicle is being used recharge it at 20 30A for two hours Maintenance ELL When recharging the battery observe the following precautions The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in an area with good ventilation Do not allow cigarettes sparks or flame near the battery Watch the battery during charging and stop or reduce the charging rate if the battery cells begin gassing boiling violently or if the temperature of the electrolyte of any cell exceeds 120 F 49 C Wear eye protection when check ing the battery during charging Disconnect the battery charger in the following order 1 Turn off the battery charger main switch 2 Unhook the negative clamp from the negative battery terminal 3 Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal e Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery turn off all accessories and stop the engine e The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is disconnected Reset items Items shoul
200. ditioning system is operated by engine power so your fuel economy is reduced when you use it Open windows at high speeds can reduce fuel economy Fuel economy is less in crosswinds and headwinds To help offset some of this loss slow down when driving in these conditions Keeping a vehicle in good operating condition is important both for econ omy and safety Therefore have an authorized Kia dealer perform scheduled inspections and mainte nance _ __ lt Driving your vehicle SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions are encountered such as water snow ice mud sand or similar haz ards follow these suggestions e Drive cautiously and allow extra distance for braking e Avoid sudden braking or steering e When braking with non ABS brakes pump the brake pedal with a light up and down motion until the vehicle is stopped Do not pump the brake pedal on a vehicle equipped with ABS e If stalled in snow mud or sand use second gear Accelerate slow ly to avoid spinning the drive wheels e Use sand rock salt or other non slip material under the drive wheels to provide traction when Stalled in ice snow or mud Reducing the risk of a rollover This multi purpose passenger vehi
201. duced Overfilling also conditioner filter inspections and has a negative impact on the air con changes are required ditioning system When the air flow rate suddenly Therefore if abnormal operation is decreases the system should be ound have the system inspected by checked at an authorized Kia an authorized Kia dealer dealer A CAUTION lt is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used otherwise damage to the vehicle and injury may occur To prevent damage the air conditioning system in your vehicle should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians Features of your vehicle Air Conditioning refrigerant label E Example XXX XXg SAE J639 KID 9 IO R 134a 5 PAG OXM063009 The actual Air Conditioning refrigerant label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration Each symbols and specification on air conditioning refrigerant label means as below 1 Classification of refrigerant 2 Amount of refrigerant 3 Classification of Compressor lubri cant Refer to chapter 8 for more detail location of air conditioning refrigerant label Features of your vehicle WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING e For maximum defrosting set the Manual climate control system To defog inside windshield temperature control to the extreme right hot position and the fan speed control to the highest speed If warm air to the floor is desired while
202. ducts USING iPod DEVICE iPhone is a registered grademark of Apple inc Some iPod models may not sup port communication protocol and files may not properly play Supported iPod models iPhone 3GS 4 iPod touch 1st 4th generation iPod nano 1st 6th generation iPod classic The order of search or playback of songs in the iPod can be different from the order searched in the audio system If the iPod is disabled due to its own malfunction reset the iPod Reset Refer to iPod manual An iPod may not operate normally on low battery Continued Features of your vehicle Continued Some iPod devices such as the iPhone can be connected through the Bluetooth Wireless Technology interface The device must have audio Bluetooth Wireless Technology capability such as for stereo headphone Bluetooth Wireless Technology The device can play but it will not be controlled by the audio system To use iPod features within the audio use the cable provided upon purchasing an iPod device Skipping or improper operation may occur depending on the char acteristics of your iPod iPhone device If your iPhone is connected to both the Bluetooth Wireless Technology and USB only support iPod mode because the sound may not be properly played in Bluetooth Audio Streaming To use Bluetooth Audio Streaming disconnect iPod cable with iPhone Continued Con
203. e clear Check with the tire dealer for maximum speed recommendations Do not install studded tires without first checking local state and munic ipal regulations for possible restric tions against their use Driving your vehicle Tire chains thinner they can be damaged by mounting some types of snow chains on them Therefore the use of snow tires is recommended instead of snow chains Do not mount tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels snow chains may cause damage to the wheels If snow chains must be used use wire type chains with a thickness of less than 0 59 in 15 mm Damage to your vehicle caused by improper snow chain use is not covered by your vehicle manufacturers warranty When using tire chains install them on the front tires only CAUTION Snow chains Make sure the snow chains are the correct size and type for your tires Incorrect snow chains can cause damage to the vehicle body and suspension and may not be covered by your vehicle manufacturer warranty Chain installation When installing chains follow the manufacturer s instructions and mount them as tightly as you can Drive slowly with chains installed If you hear the chains contacting the body or chassis stop and tighten them If they still make contact slow down until it stops Remove the chains as soon as you begin driving on cleared roads When mounting snow chains park the vehicle on level ground away from t
204. e designed to inflate in frontal colli sions they also may inflate in other types of collisions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient frontal force in another type of impact Side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in certain side impact colli sions They may inflate in other type of collisions where a side force is detected by the sensors Side air bag and or curtain air bags may also inflate where rollover sensors indi cate the possibility of a rollover occurring even if none actually occurs or in other situations incluid ing when the vehicle is tilted while being towed Even where side and or curtain air bags would not provide impact protection in a rollover how ever they will deploy to prevent ejec tion of occupants especially those who are restrained with seat belts If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads the air bags may deploy Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on surfaces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment Safety features of your vehicle Air bag non inflation conditions 1VQA2086 e In certain low speed collisions the air bags may not deploy The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the pro tection of the seat belts in such col lisions OUN036087 Air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions because occu pants are moved back
205. e Emergency tOWiING scscscccscscvesesesens 6 32 What to do in an emergency ROAD WARNING Hazard warning flasher Depress the flasher switch with the ignition switch in any position The flasher switch is located in the center console switch panel All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously The hazard warning flasher oper ates whether your vehicle is run ning or not The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on Care must be taken when using the hazard warning flasher while the vehicle is being towed The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exer cise extreme caution when approaching overtaking or passing your vehicle lt should be used whenever emer gency repairs are being made or when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway What to do in an emergency IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING If the engine stalls at a cross road or crossing If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing set the shift lever in the N Neutral position and then push the vehicle to a safe place If you have a flat tire while driving If a tire goes flat while you are driv ing 1 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and let the vehicle slow down while driving straight ahead Do not apply the brakes immedi ately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause a loss of control When the vehicle has slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do so
206. e accelera tor gradually while releasing the service brakes When accelerating from a stop on a steep hill the vehicle may have a tendency to roll backwards Shifting the shift lever into 2 Second Gear will help prevent the vehicle from rolling back wards Driving your vehicle BRAKE SYSTEM Power brakes Your vehicle has power assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage In the event that the power assisted brakes lose power because of a Stalled engine or some other reason you can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than you normally would The stopping distance however will be longer When the engine is not running the reserve brake power is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted Pump the brake pedal only when necessary to maintain steering con trol on slippery surfaces Wet brakes may impair the vehicle s ability to safely slow down the vehi cle may also pull to one side when the brakes are applied Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way Always test your brakes in this fash ion after driving through deep water To dry the brakes apply them lightly while maintaining a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to normal __ _ lt
207. e are signs of engine malfunc tion such as misfire or a noticeable loss of performance e Do not misuse or abuse the engine Examples of misuse are coasting with the ignition off and descending steep grades in gear with the ignition off e Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods 5 minutes or more e Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission con trol system All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized Kia dealer Avoid driving with a extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire dam aging the catalytic converter Failure to observe these precautions could result in damage to the catalyt ic converter and to your vehicle Additionally such actions could void your warranties CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICE Perchlorate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov haz ardouswaste perchlorate Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers Perchlorate containing materials such as air bag inflators seatbelt pretensioners and keyless remote entry batteries must be disposed of according to Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384 10 a Dimensions csc ae tini 8 2 Enome i Sinn 8 2 SUSIE WALA geni 8 3 Tires and wheels ccccccvccccvccceces 8 4 Gross vehicle weight Luggage volume 8 5 Air conditioning system cccceeeeees 8 5 Recommended lubricants and capacities
208. e brakes apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal taking care to keep the vehicle under control at all times If the braking action does not return to normal stop as soon as it is safe to do so and call an authorized Kia dealer for assis tance Don t coast down hills with the vehicle out of gear This is extreme ly hazardous Keep the vehicle in gear at all times use the brakes to slow down then shift to a lower gear so that engine braking will help you maintain a safe speed Don t ride the brake pedal Resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving can be danger ous because the brakes might overheat and lose their effective ness It also increases the wear of the brake components If a tire goes flat while you are driv ing apply the brakes gently and keep the vehicle pointed straight ahead while you slow down When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so pull off the road and stop in a safe place If your vehicle is equipped with an automatic transaxle don t let your vehicle creep forward To avoid creeping forward keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped Be cautious when parking on a hill Firmly engage the parking brake and place the shift lever in P auto matic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle If your vehicle is facing downhill turn the front wheels into the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling
209. e con trol of the your vehicle A dis tance of at least 10 from your chest to the steering wheel is recommended Failure to do so can result in airbag inflation injuries to the driver WARNING Rear seat backs Always lock the rear seatback before driving Failure to do so could result in passengers or objects being thrown forward injuring vehicle occupants d WARNING Luggage and Cargo Do not stack pile or stack lug gage or cargo higher than the seatback in the cargo area In an accident the cargo could strike and injury a passenger If objects are large heavy or must be piled they must be secured in the cargo area 44 WARNING Unexpected Seat Movement After adjusting a manual seat always check that it is locked by shifting your weight to the front and back Sudden or unexpect ed movement of the driver s seat could cause you to lose control of the vehicle WARNING Seat adjust ment Do not adjust the seat while wearing seat belts Moving the seat forward will cause strong pressure on the abdomen Do not place your hand near the seat adjusting the seat Your hand could get caught in the seat mechanism Safety features of your vehicle Front seat adjustment manual Forward and backward OPS033002 To move the seat forward or back ward 1 Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up and hold it 2 Slide the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make
210. e e e e l e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e a e e e e e e o e ee e e e e e eee eee ae g l e e e e e e e e Features of your vehicle Contacts Press the key Select Contacts Phone 12 00 Jonh Smith Osa If My Wife g Scott John U The list of saved phone book entries is displayed NOTE Find a contact in an alphabetical order press the key Phone 12 00 Sort by ABC b DEF b e Up to 1 000 contacts saved in your Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone can be downloaded into the car contacts Contacts that have been downloaded to the car cannot be edited or deleted on the phone Mobile phone contacts are man aged separately for each paired Bluetooth Wireless Technology device max 5 devices x 1 000 con tacts each Previously down loaded data is maintained even if the Bluetooth Wireless Technology device has been disconnected However the contacts and call his tory saved to the phone will be delet ed if a paired phone is deleted It is possible to download contacts during Bluetooth streaming audio When downloading contacts the icon will be displayed within the status bar e It is not possible to begin down loading a contact list when the con tact download feature has been turned off within the Bluetooth Wireless Technology device In addition some devices may require device authorization upon attempting to download contacts If downloading does not norma
211. e entering vehicle cccccccccccecs 5 4 e Necessary inspections 0000000000 000000 5 4 Belore starumo inn 5 4 Kewposibions nn 5 6 e Illuminated ignition switch 00 00000 5 6 e Ignition switch position 0 000 5 6 Starumo he engime ii 5 7 Engine start stop button ccc eee eens 5 9 e Illuminated engine start stop button 5 9 Engine start stop button position 5 9 e Starting the engine with a smart key 5 11 Manual transaxle iere eee yeas ee eee secs eos 5 14 e Manual transaxle operation 06 5 14 Good driving practices ccccccccccscccces 5 16 Automatic transaxle ccccsccccsecssens 5 17 e Automatic transaxle operation 06 5 17 e Good driving practices ccc ewww ee eees 5 22 Brake system 5 23 Power Drakes cine tre ens a a rea trees 5 23 e Parking brake Hand type 0e00 5 25 e Anti lock brake system ABS 000 5 27 Electronic stability control ESC 5 29 e Vehicle stability management VSM 5 33 e Hill start assist control HAC e Good braking practices 000000 000000 Cruise control system ccccceeeees Cruise controlswiteh iii e To set cruise control speed 00000000 e To increase cruise control set speed e To decrease the cruising speed
212. e if necessary only when the ignition switch is turned to the ON or START position The appropriate air bags inflate instantly in the event of a serious frontal collision or side collision in order to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury There is no single speed at which the air bags will inflate Generally air bags are designed to inflate based upon the severity of a collision and its direction These two factors determine whether the sensors produce an electronic deployment inflation signal Air bag deployment depends on a number of factors including vehicle speed angles of impact and the density and stiffness of the vehi cles or objects which your vehicle hits in the collision The determin ing factors are not limited to those mentioned above The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident It is much more likely that you will simply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage com partments after the collision In addition to inflating in serious side collisions side and or curtain air bags will inflate if the sensing system detects a rollover When a rollover is detected cur tain air bags will remain inflated longer to help provide protection from ejection especially when used in conjunction with the seat belts In order to help provide protection the air bags must
213. e panel Description po Protected component esses po Protected component esses POWER OUTLET 2 P_OUTLET O_S_MIRR_SW AMP AUDIO UVO AVN 4 0 HEAD UNIT BCM TMU MOOD_LAMP_UNIT SMK_UNIT LDC_AMP 400W LDC_AMP 200W POWER OUTLET 1 254 ciicHT REAR_P_OUTLET e BCM DAY_RUNNNIG_LIGHT_LAMP_POWER VEDE SUNROOF MOTOR LUGGAGE_PORTABLE_LAMP CHARGE_POWER SEAT_EXTN_DRV HEAT ED REAR_SEAT IGN2 WIPER FRT 2 FRONT _WIPER_MOTOR POWER FRONT _WIPER_RLY LOW ere PE ETON SOME REAR WIPER RLY wou ran pe WIPERFRTY 104 MULTI_FUNCTION_SW WIPER BCM WASHER_MOTOR_POWER rene om een ACONI 75A AIR_CONTROL_UNIT MANUAL AUTO IONIZER PTC_RLY_COIL BLOWER_RLY_COIL HTD MIRR 10A OUTSIDE_MIRROR HEATED ECU ELEC LOAD DEFROST AIR_CONTROL_UNIT_MANUAL AUTO HEATED_SIGNAL Maintenance Description Fuse rating Protected component T GATE OPEN 6A TIGATE_ OPEN_RLY T GATE_LATCH MOTOR T GATE_OPEN RLY COIL S HEATER FRT ES FRONT_SEAT_EXTN HEATED_POWER DR LOCK DOOR_LOCK_RLY DOOR_LOCK_RLY_COIL DOOR_UNLOCK_RLY_COIL DEAD _LOCK_RLY DEAD_LOCK_RLY_COIL HAZARD_SW ESS_INDICATOR_POWER STOP_SIGNAL_ELECTRONIC_MODULE SPORTS_MODE_SW ATM_SHIFT_LOCK_SOLENOID KEY_LOCK_SOLENOID serene ane sees owe TT PWDWRH 23A FRONT_P WINDOW_SW POWER P WINDOW_SAFETY_ECU POWER PAVDWLH 2A FRONT_P WINDOW_SW POWER P WINDOW_SAFETY_ECU POWER BRAKE SWITCH 1 ABS ESP_UNIT LDC_AMP 400W LOWER_SW CENTER_SW TPMS_ UNIT REAR_PARK
214. e the engine Driving your vehicle e During cold weather shifting may be difficult until the transaxle lubri cant has warmed up This is nor mal and not harmful to the transaxle If you ve come to a complete stop and it s hard to shift into 1st or R Reverse put the shift lever in N Neutral position and release the clutch Press the clutch pedal back down and then shift into 1st or R Reverse gear position A CAUTION e To avoid premature clutch wear and damage do not drive with your foot resting on the clutch pedal Also don t use the clutch to hold the vehicle stopped on an uphill grade while waiting for a traf fic light etc Do not use the shift lever as a handrest during driving as this can result in premature wear of the transaxle shift forks Using the clutch The clutch should be pressed all the way to the floor before shifting then released slowly The clutch pedal should always be fully released while driving Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This can cause unnecessary wear Do not partially engage the clutch to hold the vehicle on an incline This causes unnecessary wear Use the foot brake or parking brake to hold the vehicle on an incline Do not operate the clutch pedal rapidly and repeat edly A CAUTION When operating the clutch pedal depress the clutch pedal down fully If you don t depress the clutch pedal fully the clutch may be damaged or no
215. e the flat tire with the spare tire N CAUTION Repair agents NEVER use a puncture repair ing agent to repair and or inflate a low pressure tire The tire sealant can damage the tire pressure sensor If used you will have to replace the tire pres sure sensor Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem You must use TPMS specific wheels It is rec ommended that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized Kia dealer Even if you replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire the Low Tire Pressure telltale will remain on until the low pressure tire is repaired and placed on the vehicle After you replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire the TPMS malfunction indicator may illuminate after a few minutes because the TPMS sensor mounted on the spare wheel is not initiated Once the low pressure tire is reinflat ed to the recommended pressure and installed on the vehicle or the TPMS sensor mounted on the replaced spare wheel is initiated by an authorized Kia dealer the TPMS malfunction indicator and the low tire pressure telltale will extinguish within a few minutes of driving If the indicator is not extinguished after a few minutes of driving please visit an authorized Kia dealer If an original mounted tire is replaced with the spare tire the TPMS sensor on the replaced spare wheel should be initiated and the TPMS sensor on the original
216. e the paint finish Driving your vehicle Don t let your parking brake freeze Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporarily while you put the gear shift lever in P Park automatic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll Then release the parking brake Don t let ice and snow accu mulate underneath Under some conditions snow and ice can build up under the fenders and interfere with the steering When driving in severe winter conditions where this may happen you should periodically check underneath the vehicle to be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering components are not obstructed Carry emergency equipment Depending on the severity of the weather you should carry appropri ate emergency equipment Some of the items you may want to carry include tow straps or chains flash light emergency flares sand shov el jumper cables window scraper gloves ground cloth coveralls blan ket etc TRAILER TOWING We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing Driving your vehicle VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT Tire and loading information label TRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENT
217. e valid the engine will start If the key is determined to be invalid the engine will not start To deactivate the immobilizer system Turn the engine start stop button to the ON position by pressing the but ton while carrying the smart key To activate the immobilizer system Turn the engine start stop button to the OFF position The immobilizer system activates automatically Without a valid smart key for your vehicle the engine will not start In order to prevent theft of your vehi cle do not leave spare keys any where in your vehicle Your Immobilizer password is a customer unique password and should be kept confidential Do not leave this num ber anywhere in your vehicle Features of your vehicle Xx NOTICE When starting the engine do not use the key with other immobilizer keys around Otherwise the engine may not start or may stop soon after it starts Keep each key separate in order to avoid a starting malfunction Do not put metal accessories near the smart key The engine may not start because the metal accessories may interrupt the transponder signal from transmit ting normally NOTICE If you need additional keys or lose your keys contact an authorized Kia dealer A CAUTION Immobilizer damage Do not expose your immobilizer system to moisture static elec tricity and rough handling This may damage your immobilizer A CAUTION Immobilizer alterations Do not change
218. ealed using the tire mobility kit Do not use on motorcycles bicycles or any other type of tires When the tire and wheel are dam aged do not use Tire Mobility Kit for your safety Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not be effective for tire damage larger than approximately 0 24 in 6 mm Please contact the nearest Kia dealership if the tire cannot be made roadworthy with the Tire Mobility Kit Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a tire is severely damaged by driving run flat or with insufficient air pres sure Do not remove any foreign objects such as nails or screws that have penetrated the tire Provided the car is outdoors leave the engine running Otherwise operating the compressor may eventually drain the car battery Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit unattended while it is being used Do not leave the compressor run ning for more than 10 min at a time or it may overheat Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if the ambient temperature is below 22 F 30 C What to do in an emergency Components of the Tire Mobility Kit 9 Hose to connect compressor and sealant bottle or compressor and wheel Connectors cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing OAM060015L 0 Speed restriction label 4 Holder for the sealant bottle 1 Sealant bottle and label with 5 Compressor Strictly follow the specified speed restriction 6 On off switch sequence otherwise the sealant 2 Filling hose fr
219. eather is extremely cold The transmitter is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio sub station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter When the transmitter does not work correctly open and close the door with the ignition key If you have a problem with the transmit ter contact an authorized Kia deal er If the transmitter is in close proxim ity to your mobile phone the signal could be blocked by your mobile phones normal operational signals This is especially important when the phone is active such as making and receiving calls text messag ing and or sending receiving emails Avoid placing the transmit ter and your mobile phone in the same pants or jacket pocket and always try to maintain an adequate distance between the two devices Features of your vehicle A CAUTION Keep the transmitter away from water or any liquid as it can become damaged and not func tion properly NOTICE If the keyless entry system is inoper ative due to exposure to water or liq uids it will not be covered by your manufacturer s vehicle warranty Battery replacement OYDDCO2005 The transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium battery which will normally last for several years When replacement is necessary use the following proce dure 1 Insert a slim tool into the slot and gently pry open the transmitter center cover 2 Replace the battery with a new battery
220. eats 11 times with an interval of 24 seconds If the driver s seat belt is buckled the light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately 2 The light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately Seat belt Driver s 3 point system with emergency locking retractor ya KI E B180A01NF 1 To fasten your seat belt To fasten your seat belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab 1 into the buckle 2 There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips If you lean forward in a slow easy motion the belt will extend and let you move around lf there is a sud den stop or impact however the belt will lock into position It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly If you are not able to pull out the seat belt from the retractor firmly pull the belt out and release it Then you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly Safety features of your vehicle Release the button to lock the anchor into position Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position Front seat t l L E OXM039026 Height adjustment You can adjust the height of the shoul der belt anchor to one of the 3 posi tions for maximum comfort and safety The height of the adjusting seat bel
221. ecked Low tire pressure tell tale When the tire pressure monitoring system warning indicators are illumi nated one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If the telltale illuminates immediately reduce your speed avoid hard cor nering and anticipate increased stop ping distances You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible Inflate the tires to the proper pres sure as indicated on the vehicle s placard or tire inflation pressure label located on the driver s side center pil lar outer panel If you cannot reach a service station or if the tire cannot hold the newly added air replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire Then the Low Tire Pressure telltale may flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated after restarting and about 20 minutes of continuous driving at speed above 15 5 mph 25 km h before you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle In winter or cold weather the low tire pressure telltale may be illuminated if the tire pressure was adjusted to the recommended tire inflation pressure in warm weather It does not mean your TPMS is malfunctioning because the decreased temperature leads to a proportional lowering of tire pressure When you drive your vehicle from a warm area to a cold area or from a cold area to a warm area or the out side temperature is greatly higher or lower you should check the tire infla
222. ect various devices within a certain distance Supported within PCs external devices Bluetooth phones PDAs various electronic devices and automotive environments Bluetooth allows data to be trans mitted at high speeds without hav ing to use a connector cable Bluetooth Handsfree refers to a device which allows the user to conveniently make phone calls with Bluetooth mobile phones through the audio system Bluetooth Handsfree may not be supported in some mobile phones To learn more about mobile device compatibility visit www kia com Precautions for Safe Driving Bluetooth Handsfree is a feature that enables drivers to practice safe driving Connecting the head unit with a Bluetooth phone allows the user to conveniently make and receive calls and use contacts Before using Bluetooth carefully read the contents of this user s manual Excessive use or operations while driving may lead to negligent driv ing practices and result in acci dents Refrain from excessive operations while driving Viewing the screen for prolonged periods of time is dangerous and may lead to accidents When driv ing view the screen only for short periods of time When connecting a Bluetooth Phone Before connecting the head unit with the mobile phone check to see that the mobile phone sup ports Bluetooth features Even if the phone supports Bluetooth the phone will not be found during device searches i
223. ected SiriusXM channel 0 223 Media Moves to the most recently played media screen USB Plays USB music iPod Plays iPod music Features of your vehicle e FM AM radio commands Commands available during Satellite radio commands Commands that can be FM AM radio operation used while listening to Satellite Radio Command Function Command Function Preset 1 6 Plays the broadcast station saved in Preset 1 6 Channel 0 223 Plays the selected Satellite Radio channel Scan Scans receivable frequencies from the current Scan Scans receivable channels from the current broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each Preset Scan Moves to the next preset from the current Preset 1 6 Plays the broadcast saved in Preset 1 6 present and plays for 10 seconds each Information Displays the information of the current broad Information Displays the information of the current broad cast cast This feature can be used when receiving RBDS broadcasts Features of your vehicle e USB commands Commands available during USB e iPod Commands Commands available during iPod operation operation Command Function Command Function Random Randomly plays the files within the current Random Randomly plays the songs within the current folder category Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential Random Off Cancels random play to play songs in sequen order tial order Repeat Repeats the current f
224. edia is connected or inserted USB iPod AUX while copying is in progress copying is canceled Music will not be played while copying is in progress MENU iPod In iPod mode press the key to set the Repeat Random Information and Search features 12 00 Menu gt Aepeat Bilnto APT Search Repeat Press the key Set MRPT through the TUNE knob or key to repeat the current song Press RPT again to turn repeat off Random Press the key Set IZIRDM through the TUNE knob or key Plays all songs within the currently playing category in random order Press RDM again to turn off Information Press the key Set Gilnfo through the TUNE knob or key Displays information of the current song Press the key to turn off info display Search Press the key gt Set Search through the TUNE knob or key Displays iPod category list Searching iPod category is key pressed move to par ent category _ __ lt Features of your vehicle MENU My Music Mode In My Music mode press the key to set the Repeat Random Information Delete Delete All and Delete Selection features 12 00 USB Menu gt Repeat RDM Info 6 Del Sel 4 Delete Del All Repeat Press the key
225. ehicle is driven the auto matic transaxle fluid will begin to look darker It is the normal condition and you should not judge the need to replace the fluid based upon the changed color 4 CAUTION Transaxle fluids The use of a non specified fluid could result in transaxle mal function and failure Brake hoses and lines Visually check for proper installation chafing cracks deterioration and any leakage Replace any deteriorat ed or damaged parts immediately Brake clutch if equipped fluid Check the brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir The level should be between MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification Parking brake Inspect the parking brake system including the parking brake lever or pedal and cables _ __ lt Maintenance ii Brake discs pads calipers and rotors Check the pads for excessive wear discs for run out and wear and calipers for fluid leakage For more information on checking the pads or lining wear limit we rec ommend you to refer to the Kia web site http www kiatechinfo com Exhaust pipe and muffler Visually inspect the exhaust pipes muffler and hangers for cracks dete rioration or damage S
226. einstall the lens securely mounted stop light assembly by pulling both clips 5 Replace the bulbs by pulling it out 6 Reinstall in the reverse order Maintenance Interior light bulb replacement 1 Using a flat blade screwdriver gently pry the lens from the interi or light housing 2 Remove the bulb by pulling it Straight out 44 WARNING Interior lights Prior to working on the Interior Lights ensure that the OFF button is depressed to avoid burning your fingers or receiv ing an electric shock 3 Install a new bulb in the socket 4 Align the lens tabs with the interior light housing notches and snap the lens into place A CAUTION Be careful not to dirty or dam age the lens lens tab and plas tic housings OPS073041 0PS073042 0PS073043 OPS073044 OXM079041 Maintenance E ll wiaoa e APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label Finish maintenance Washing To help protect your vehicle s finish from rust and deterioration wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water If you use your vehicle for off road driving you should wash it after each off road trip Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt dirt mud and
227. emental to the driver s and the passenger s seat belt systems and is not a sub stitute for them Therefore your seat belts must be worn at all times while the vehicle is in operation For best protection from the side air bag system and to avoid being injured by the deploying side air bag both front seat occupants should sit in an upright position with the seat belt properly fas tened The driver s hands should be placed on the steering wheel at the 9 00 and 3 00 positions The passenger s arms and hands should be placed on their laps Safety features of your vehicle 44 WARNING Deployment Do not install any accessories including seat covers on the side or near the side impact air bag as this may affect the deployment of the side air bags If seat or seat cover is damaged have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia deal er Inform the dealer that your vehi cle is equipped with side air bags and an occupant detection system 44 WARNING Flying objects Do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door and the front seat Such objects may become dan gerous projectiles if the side airbag inflates Curtain air bag OPS033038 The actual air bags in the vehicle may dif fer from the illustration Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors They are designed to help protect occupants in certain side im
228. emover will usually strip the wax from the finish Be sure to re wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need wax ing Maintenance 4 CAUTION Drying vehicle e Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish Do not use steel wool abra sive cleaners acid detergents or strong detergents contain ing high alkaline or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may result in damage to the protective coating and cause discoloration or paint deterioration Maintenance IS _ __ Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replace ment be sure the body shop applies anti corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced Bright metal maintenance e To remove road tar and insects use a tar remover not a scraper or other sharp object To protect the surfaces of bright metal parts from corrosion apply a coating of wax or chrome preser vative and rub to a high luster During winter weather or in coastal areas cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preservative If necessary coat the parts with non corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound Underbody maintenance Corrosive materials used for i
229. en installing ANY floormat to the vehicle Ensure that the floormats are securely attached to the vehicle s floormat anchor s before driving the vehicle Do not use ANY floormat that can not be firmly attached to the vehi cle s floormat anchors Do not stack floormats on top of one another e g all weather rub ber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat Only a single floormat should be installed in each position IMPORTANT Your vehicle was manufactured with driver s side floor mat anchors that are designed to securely hold the floormat in place To avoid any interference with pedal operation Kia recommends that only the Kia floormat designed for use in your vehicle be installed Features of your vehicle Luggage net holder if equipped Cargo area cover if equipped S04195 Use the cargo area cover to hide To keep items from shifting in the items stored in the cargo area Cargo area you can use the holders located in the cargo area to attach the luggage net If necessary contact your authorized Kia dealer to obtain a luggage net To prevent damage to the goods or the vehicle care should be taken when carrying fragile or bulky objects in the luggage compartment Features of your vehicle OPS043200 To use the cargo area cover insert the 4 edges into the slots 4 CAUTION Luggage Since the cargo area cover may be damaged or malformed do not apply excessive force to the co
230. en traveling on smooth level road When stopping listen and check for unusual sounds pulling to one side increased brake pedal travel or hard to push brake pedal If any slipping or changes in the operation of your transaxle occurs check the transaxle fluid level Check the automatic transaxle P Park function Check the parking brake Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle water dripping from the air conditioning system during or after use is normal _ __ lt Maintenance IS _ ____ At least monthly Check the coolant level in the engine coolant reservoir Check the operation of all exterior lights including the stoplights turn signals and hazard warning flash ers Check the inflation pressures of all tires including the spare At least twice a year i e every Spring and Fall Check the radiator heater and air conditioning hoses for leaks or damage Check the windshield washer spray and wiper operation Clean the wiper blades with clean cloth dampened with washer fluid Check the headlight alignment Check the muffler exhaust pipes shields and clamps Check the lap shoulder belts for wear and function Check for worn tires and loose wheel lug nuts At least once a year Clean the body and door dr
231. engine If it is near or at L add enough oil to 1 Be sure the vehicle is on level Do not spill engine oil when Pring the level to F Do not overfill ground adding or changing engine mn 1 l i low i oil If you drop the engine oil Use a funnel to help prevent oi i PRA aa er on the engine room wipe it off from being spilled on engine com ture immediately ponents ___ lt Maintenance Use only the specified engine oil Changing the engine oil and Refer to Recommended lubricants filter and capacities in chapter 8 Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorized Kia dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter Maintenance ENGINE COOLANT The high pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year round antifreeze coolant The reservoir is filled at the factory Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level at least once a year at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling to a colder cli mate Checking the coolant level Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Use extreme care when removing the radiator cap Wrap a thick towel around it and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling sy
232. entarily pull up the switch to the opposite direction of the window movement Pressing or pulling up the power win dow switch momentarily to the sec ond detent position 6 completely lowers or raises the window even when the switch is released To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation pull up or press down and release the switch If the power window does not oper ate normally the automatic power window system must be reset as fol lows Features of your vehicle Automatic reversal If the upward movement of the win dow is blocked by an object or part of the body the window will detect the resistance and will stop upward movement The window will then lower approximately 11 8 in 30 cm to allow the object to be cleared The distance may vary based on the size or position of the window If the window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously the window will stop upward movement then lower approximately 1 in 2 5 cm And if the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reversal feature the automatic window rever sal will not operate The automatic reverse feature for the driver s window is only active when the auto up feature is used by fully pulling up the switch The automatic reverse feature will not operate if the window is raised using the halfwa
233. er use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window If you want to defrost and defog the front windshield refer to Windshield defrosting and defogging in this sec tion Rear window defroster E Type A E Type B The defroster heats the window to remove frost fog and thin ice from the rear window while the engine is running To activate the rear window defroster press the rear window defroster button located in the center facia switch panel The indicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window brush it off before operating the rear defroster The rear window defroster automati cally turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off To turn off the defroster press the rear window defroster but ton again Features of your vehicle Outside rearview mirror defroster if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with the outside rearview mirror defrosters they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster Front wiper deicer if equipped The front wiper deicer will operate at the same time you turn on the front windshield defroster e To turn off the wiper deicer press the front windshield defroster but ton again The front wiper deicer automatical ly turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ig
234. eration of the foot pedals 44 WARNING Uprighting seat Do not press the release lever on a manual seatback without holding and controlling the seatback The seatback will spring upright possibly impact ing you or other passengers 44 WARNING Driver respon sibility for passengers KMN3662 The driver must advise the pas senger to keep the seatback in an upright position whenever the vehicle is in motion If a seat is reclined during an accident the occupant s hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt applying great force to the unprotected abdomen WARNING Seat cushion Occupants should never sit on seat cushions The passenger s hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt during an accident or a sudden stop _ __ lt Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Driver s seat Never attempt to adjust the seat while the vehicle is mov ing This could result in loss of control Do not allow anything to inter fere with the normal position of the seatback Storing items against a seatback or in any other way interfering with prop er locking of a seatback could result in serious or fatal injury in a sudden stop or collision Sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel while still maintaining comfortabl
235. ere are three emission control systems as follows 1 Crankcase emission control sys tem 2 Evaporative emission control sys tem 3 Exhaust emission control system In order to assure the proper function of the emission control systems it is recommended that you have your vehicle inspected and maintained by an authorized Kia dealer in accor dance with the maintenance sched ule in this manual Caution for the Inspection and Maintenance Test With Electronic Stability Control ESC system e To prevent the vehicle from mis firing during dynamometer test ing turn the Electronic Stability Control ESC system off by pressing the ESC switch e After dynamometer testing is completed turn the ESC system back on by pressing the ESC switch again 1 Crankcase emission control system The positive crankcase ventilation system is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow by gases being emitted from the crankcase This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose Inside the crankcase the fresh air mixes with blow by gases which then pass through the PCV valve into the induction system 2 Evaporative emission con trol including ORVR Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery system The Evaporative Emission Control System is designed to prevent fuel vapors from escaping into the atmos phere The ORVR system is designed to allow the vapors from the fuel tank to be lo
236. erse order tem You can damage a 12 volt starting motor ignition system and other electrical parts beyond repair by use of a 24 volt power supply either two 12 volt batteries in series or a 24 volt motor generator set What to do in an emergency d WARNING Battery Keep all flames or sparks away from the battery The battery produces hydrogen gas which will explode if exposed to flame or sparks WARNING Sulfuric acid risk When jump starting your vehi cle be careful not to get acid on yourself your clothing or on the vehicle Automobile batteries contain sulfuric acid This is poisonous and highly corro sive Jump starting procedure 1 Make sure the booster battery is 12 volt and that its negative termi nal is grounded 2 If the booster battery is in another vehicle do not allow the vehicles to come in contact 3 Turn off all unnecessary electrical loads 4 Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illus tration First connect one end of a Jumper cable to the positive termi nal of the discharged battery 1 then connect the other end to the positive terminal of the booster battery 2 Proceed to connect one end of the other Jumper cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery 3 then the other end to a solid sta tionary metallic point for example the engine lifting bracket away from the battery 4 Do not con nect it to or near any part that
237. est speed 4 CAUTION Excessive A C When using the air conditioning system monitor the engine coolant closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when out side temperatures are high Air conditioning system operation may cause engine overheating and potential engine damage Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air conditioning sys tem off if the engine coolant temperature gauge indicates engine overheating _ __ lt Features of your vehicle Air conditioning system operation tips e If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape e To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days decrease the humidity inside the vehicle by operating the air conditioning system e During air conditioning system operation you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning com pressor cycles This is a normal system operation characteristic Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system per formance When using the air conditioning system you may notice clear water dripping or even puddling on the ground under the passenger side of the veh
238. etooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology e Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio can be used only when the Audio Streaming of Phone is turned COn X Setting Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio Streaming Press the key Select Phone Select Audio Streaming through the TUNE knob Set Con YC Features of your vehicle Starting Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio e Press the key to change the mode in order of USB AUX My Music BT Audio If BT Audio is selected Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio will start playing Audio may not automatically start playing in some mobile phones Using the Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio features e Play Stop Press the TUNE knob to play and pause the current song BT Audio G 0 AA 12 00 2 No Artist fAMusic_Olmp3 The title artist info may not be supported in some mobile phone When it is not supported no title no artist will be displayed Previous Next song SEEK SEEK Press or to play previous or next song X The previous song next song play pause functions may not be Supported in some mobile phones ___ lt Features of your vehicle PHONE IF EQUIPPED Before using the Bluetooth Wireless Technology ph
239. f disassembly When replacing the climate control air filter install it properly Otherwise the system may produce noise and the effectiveness of the filter may be reduced Maintenance TTT WIPER BLADES Blade inspection 1JBA5122 Commercial hot waxes applied by automatic vehicle washes have been known to make the windshield diffi cult to clean Contamination of either the wind shield or the wiper blades with for eign matter can reduce the effective ness of the windshield wipers Common sources of contamination are insects tree sap and hot wax treatments used by some commer cial vehicle washes If the blades are not wiping properly clean both the window and the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent and rinse thoroughly with clean water 4 CAUTION Wiper blades To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean adequately the blades may be worn or cracked and require replacement To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components do not attempt to move the wipers manually The use of a non specified wiper blade could result in wiper malfunc tion and failure Maintenance Front windshield wiper blade 1LDA5023 Type A 1 Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper blade assembly to expose the plastic locking clip N CAUTION Wiper arms Do not allow
240. f the phone has been set to hidden state or the Bluetooth power is turned off Disable the hidden state or turn on the Bluetooth power prior to searching connecting with the Head unit If you do not want automatic con nection with your Bluetooth device turn off the Bluetooth fea ture within your mobile phone The Handsfree call volume and quality may differ depending on the mobile phone Features of your vehicle Park the vehicle when connecting the head unit with the mobile phone Bluetooth connection may become intermittently disconnect ed in some mobile phones Follow these steps to try again 1 Within the mobile phone turn the Bluetooth function off on and try again 2 Turn the mobile phone power Off On and try again 3 Reboot the audio system and try again 4 Delete all paired devices pair and try again Handsfree call quality and volume may differ depending on the model of your mobile phone Voice Recognition When using the voice recognition feature only commands listed within the user s manual are sup ported Be aware that during the operation of the voice recognition system pressing any key other than the key terminate voice recogni tion mode For superior voice recognition per formance position the microphone used for voice recognition above the head of the drivers seat and maintain a proper position when saying commands Within the following situations voice recognit
241. f the front doors are opened the power windows cannot be operated even within the 30 sec ond period NOTICE While driving with the rear windows down or with the sunroof if equipped in an open or partially open position your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation noise This noise is a nor mal occurrence and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the follow ing actions If the noise occurs with one or both of the rear windows down partially lower both front windows approximately one inch If you experience the noise with the sunroof open slightly reduce the size of the sunroof opening Window opening and closing OPS043021 The driver s door has a master power window switch that controls all the windows in the vehicle To open or close a window press down or pull up the front portion of the corresponding switch to the first detent position 5 Features of your vehicle 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Close the drivers window and continue pulling up the drivers power window switch for at least 1 second after the window is com pletely closed Auto down window if equipped Auto up down window if equipped OPS043203 Pressing the power window switch OPS043022 momentarily to the second detent position 6 completely lowers the drivers window even when the switch is released To stop the win dow at the desired position while the window is in operation mom
242. fluid reservoir 2 Engine oil filler cap 3 Engine oil dipstick 4 Engine coolant reservoir 5 Radiator cap 6 Brake clutch fluid reservoir 7 Positive battery terminal 8 Negative battery terminal 9 Fuse box 10 Air cleaner The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OPS073001 Maintenance OOO 6 E 2 0L GDI Windshield washer fluid reservoir Engine oil filler cap Engine oil dipstick Engine coolant reservoir Radiator cap Brake clutch fluid reservoir Positive battery terminal Negative battery terminal Fuse box 0 Air cleaner O ON Oa AS DUNN The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OPS073002 Maintenance N ee EET MAINTENANCE SERVICES You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever per forming any maintenance or inspec tion procedures Should you have any doubts con cerning the inspection or servicing of your vehicle we strongly recom mend that you have an authorized Kia dealer perform this work An authorized Kia dealer has factory trained technicians and genuine Kia parts to service your vehicle proper ly For expert advice and quality serv ice see an authorized Kia dealer Inadequate incomplete or insuffi cient servicing may result in opera tional problems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage an accident or
243. for more than 1 5 seconds with the seat warmer operating the seat warmer will turn OFF NOTICE With the seat warmer switch in the ON position the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature N CAUTION Seat damage e When cleaning the seats do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner ben zene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may damage the sur face of the heater or seats To prevent overheating the seat warmer do not place any thing on the seats that insu lates against heat such as blankets cushions or seat covers while the seat warmer is in operation Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warmers Damage to the seat warming components could occur Be careful not to spill liquid such as water or beverages on the seat If you spill some liq uid wipe the seat with a dry towel Before using the seat warmer dry the seat com pletely Features of your vehicle Seat air ventilation if equipped wW OPS033014 The temperature setting of the seat changes according to the switch position If you want to cool your seat cush ion press the switch blue color Each time you press the button the airflow will change as follows OFF a NU MIDDLE 2 m M l LOW Bf When pressing the switch for more than 1 5 seconds with the seat air ventilation operating the seat air ventilation
244. force To avoid damaging the hook do not pull from the side or at a verti cal angle Always pull straight ahead OPA067014 Use a towing strap less than 16 feet 5 m long Attach a white or red cloth about 12 inches 30 cm wide in the middle of the strap for easy visibility Drive carefully so that the towing strap is not loose during towing Emergency towing precautions Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the steering wheel isn t locked Place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral Release the parking bake Press the brake pedal with more force than usual since you will have reduced brake performance More steering effort will be required because the power steer ing system will be disabled If you are driving down a long hill the brakes may overheat and brake performance will be reduced Stop often and let the brakes cool off If the car is being towed with all four wheels on the ground it can be towed only from the front Be sure that the transaxle is in neutral Be sure the steering is unlocked by placing the ignition switch in the ACC position A driver must be in the towed vehicle to operate the steering and brakes _ __ lt What to do in an emergency A CAUTION e To avoid serious damage to the automatic tran
245. g brake is securely applied whenever loading or unloading cargo Failure to take these steps may allow the vehi cle to move if the shift lever is inad vertently moved to another position Headrest OPA039053 The rear seat s is equipped with headrests in all the seating positions for the occupant s safety and com fort The headrest not only provides com fort for passengers but also helps protect the head and neck in the event of a collision For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident the headrest should be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height as the center of gravity of an occupant s head Generally the center of gravity of most people s head is similar with the height of the top of their eyes Also adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible For this rea son the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended _ __ lt Safety features of your vehicle Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest 1 Pull it up to the desired position 1 To lower the headrest 1 Push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest support 2 Lower the headrest to the desired position 3 Removal and installation To remove the headrest 1 Raise i
246. g inflation with two levels A first stage level is pro vided for moderate severity impacts A second stage level is provided for more severe impacts The passengers front air bag is designed to help reduce the injury of children sitting close to the instru ment panel in low speed collisions However children are safer if they are restrained in the rear seat According to the impact severity and seat belt usage the SRSCM SRS Control Module controls the air bag inflation Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Additionally your vehicle is equipped with an occupant detection system in the front passenger s seat The occu pant detection system detects the presence of a passenger in the front passenger s seat and will turn off the front passenger s air bag under cer tain conditions For more detail see Occupant detection system in this section Safety features of your vehicle Manufacturers are required by gov ernment regulations to provide a contact point concerning modifica tions to the vehicle for persons with disabilities which modifications may affect the vehicle s advanced air bag system That contact is Kia s toll free Customer Assistance center at 1 800 333 4Kia However Kia does not endorse nor will it support any changes to any part or structure of the vehicle that could affect the advanced air bag system including the occupant detection sy
247. g your vehicle e The Vehicle Stability Management system is not a substitute for safe driving practices but a supplemen tary function only It is the respon sibility of the driver to always check the speed and the distance to the vehicle ahead Always hold the steering wheel firmly while driving Your vehicle is designed to activate according to the driver s intention even with installed VSM Always follow all the normal precautions for driving at safe speeds for the conditions including driving in clement weather and on a slippery road Hill start assist control HAC A vehicle has the tendency to roll back on a steep hill when it starts to go after stopping The Hill start Assist Control HAC prevents the vehicle from rolling back by applying the brakes automatically for about 2 seconds The brakes are released when the accelerator pedal is depressed or after about 2 seconds The HAC is activated only for about 2 seconds so when the vehicle is starting off always depress the accel erator pedal Driving your vehicle Good braking practices e Check to be sure the parking brake is not engaged and the parking brake indicator light is out before driving away e Driving through water may get the brakes wet They can also get wet when the vehicle is washed Wet brakes can be dangerous Your vehicle will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet Wet brakes may cause the vehicle to pull to one side To dry th
248. ge do not adjust the mirrors longer than necessary while the engine is not running In case it is an electric type out side rearview mirror don t fold it by hand lt could cause motor failure _ __ lt Features of your vehicle INSTRUMENT CLUSTER E Type A n oo CARE IG 1 Tachometer 20 ras 1207 E 5068A Sag te 2 Speedometer 4883 BBBBBO 3 Engine coolant temperature gauge 4 Fuel gauge 5 LCD display 6 Warning and indicator lights if equipped E Type B 7 Turn signal indicator lights The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration For more details refer to the Gauges in this chapter pei ROR Bo CRUEL SET si ei Si DE OPS043100N OPS043101N Features of your vehicle Instrument Cluster Control Adjusting Instrument Cluster Illumination T A OPS043039 The brightness of the instrument panel illumination is changed by pressing the illumination control button or when the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop button is ON or the tale lights are turned on E Type A OPS043117 E Type B Illumination MAX OTF044112L e If you hold the illumination control button or the brightness will be changed continuously e If the brightness reaches to the maxim
249. ger ant and performance if equipped Q Inspect cooling system Q Inspect drive shaft and boots Q Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid Brake lines hoses and connections Brake pedal and operation Chassis body nuts and bolts Drum brake and linings if equipped Disc brakes and pads if equipped Exhaust pipe and muffler n Front suspension ball joints 3 4 5 6 T 8 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes 3 Steering operation and linkage 14 Suspension mounting bolts Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Continued Continued Q Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Q Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace K Inspect Maintenance _r 1r lt 0000t t 000 1 0 00 0 00000000 00 0 0 0 6666_00iIif J cc EEE NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 30 000 miles or 24 months Q Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrig erant and performance if equipped Q Inspect cooling system Q Inspect drive shaft and boots Q Inspect fuel filter 2 Inspect fuel line hoses and connection Q Inspect fuel tank air f
250. ger front air bag is controlled by the Occupant Detection System Do not put anything in front of the passenger air bag aj indicator Safety features of your vehicle Main components of the occu pant detection system e A detection device located within the front passenger seat cushion An electronic system which deter mines whether the passenger air bag systems should be activated or deactivated A indicator light located on the instrument panel which illuminates the words PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicating the front passen ger air bag system is deactivated The instrument panel air bag warn ing light is interconnected with the occupant detection system If the front passenger seat is occupied by a person that the system deter mines to be of appropriate size and he she sits properly sitting upright with the seatback in an upright posi tion centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator will turn off and the front pas senger s air bag will be able to inflate if necessary in frontal crashes You will find the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator on the center facia panel This system detects the conditions 1 4 in the following table and activates or deactivates the front passenger air bag based on these conditions Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly
251. gine damage When choosing an oil consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be operated in before the next oil change Proceed to select the rec ommended oil viscosity from the chart Temperature Range for SAE Micia delizie Temperature C30 20 FE 10 0 Gasoline Engine Oil the engine oil viscosity chart 10 20 ze i 10W 30 5W 20 5W 30 1 For better fuel economy it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W 20 API SM ILSAC GF 4 However if the engine oil is not avail able in your country select the proper engine oil using ua T20 Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects OUNO088001 The vehicle identification number VIN is the number used in register ing your vehicle and in all legal mat ters pertaining to its ownership etc The number is punched on the floor under the front passenger seat To check the number remove the cover 1 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN OVQ076002N The VIN is also on a plate attached to the top of the dashboard The number on the plate can easily be seen through the windshield from outside VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL r OUN086004 The vehicle certification label attached on the drivers side center pillar gives the vehicle identification number VIN ee ee e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e ee eee e e e e e eee e g l l e e e e e e e Spe
252. gine to misfire and dam age the catalytic converter if equipped _ __ lt Features of your vehicle Low Tire Pressure Warning Light C1 This warning light illuminates e Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off e When one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated For more details refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in chapter 6 This warning light remains on after blinking for approximately 60 seconds or repeats blinking and off at the intervals of approximately 3 seconds e When there is a malfunction with the TPMS In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible For more details refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in chapter 6 The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors If you notice any vehicle instability immediately take your foot off the accelerator pedal apply the brakes gradually with light force and slow ly move to a safe position off the road Features of your vehicle Door Ajar Warning Light Aa This warning light illuminates When a door is not closed securely ome
253. gnition and Phone Contact Tips The Kia Voice Recognition System may have difficulty understanding some accents or uncommon names When using Voice Recognition to place a call speak in a moderate tone with clear pronun ciation To maximize the use of Voice Recognition consider these guide lines when storing contacts Do not store single name entries e g Bob Mom etc Instead always use full names including first and last names for these con tacts e Do not use special characters e g amp etc e Do not use abbreviations i e use Lieutenant instead of Lt or acronyms i e use County Finance Department instead of C F D Be sure to say the name exactly as it is entered in the con tacts list Do not use acronyms i e use County Finance Department instead of CFD If a name is not recognized from the contact list change it to a more descriptive name e g use Grandpa Joseph instead of Pa Joe Features of your vehicle Illustration on using voice commands More Help Here are some examples of mode commands e Starting voice command You can say a radio type like FM AM or Satellite Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds You can also say a media source like USB My Music or iPod Please say a command after Additionally there are phone commands like the beep BEEP Contacts Call History or
254. h the vehicle may be driven damage the emission system and cause multiple issues such as hard starting If an excessive amount of foreign matter accumulates in the fuel tank the filter may require replacement more frequently After installing a new filter run the engine for several minutes and check for leaks at the connections Fuel filters should be installed by an authorized Kia dealer Fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections Check the fuel lines fuel hoses and connections for leakage and dam age Have an authorized Kia dealer replace any damaged or leaking parts immediately Vapor hose and fuel filler cap The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those inter vals specified in the maintenance schedule Make sure that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is cor rectly replaced _ __ lt Maintenance E Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses if equipped Inspect the surface of hoses for evi dence of heat and or mechanical damage Hard and brittle rubber cracking tears cuts abrasions and excessive swelling indicate deterio ration Particular attention should be paid to examine those hose surfaces nearest to high heat sources such as the exhaust manifold Inspect the hose routing to assure that the hoses do not come in
255. have been Paired 1 Press the key or the key on the steering remote controller 2 Select OK button to enter the Pair Phone screen 1 Car Name Name of device as shown when searching from your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device 2 Passkey Passkey used to pair the device 3 From your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device i e Mobile Phone search and select your car audio system Non SSP supported device SSP Secure Simple Pairing 4 After a few moments a screen is displayed where the passkey is entered Enter the passkey 0000 to pair your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device with the car audio system SSP supported device 4 After a few moments a screen is displayed 6 digits passkey Check the passkey on your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device and confirm 5 Once pairing is complete the fol lowing screen is displayed Features of your vehicle During the pairing process make sure that all connection requests on the phone are accepted for phonebook download and to allow acceptance of all future connection requests and Visit http www kia com us bluetooth for additional information on pairing your Bluetooth enabled mobile phone and to view a phone compatibility list FM 12 00 For using Bluetooth Need to pair or connect CELEUS 2 Conn Cancel e If Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices are paired but none are currently connected pressi
256. he FM radio on Other Other in Contacts maintains the current state Ex Call John Smith on Other e When listening to a different mode displays Phone Provides guidance on Phone related com the most recently played FM screen ale oe bait a sie n FM1 FM One Displays the FM1 screen avorites Call History Contacts or Dia l Number execute corresponding functions FM2 FM Two 21S PAS the FM2 screen Favorites Display the Favorite screen AM Displays the AM screen Call History Displays the Call History screen Features of your vehicle Command Function Command Function FM Preset 1 6 Plays the most recently played broadcast My Music Plays the music saved in My Music saved in FM Preset 1 6 AUX Auxiliary Plays the connected external device AM Preset 1 6 Plays the broadcast saved in AM Preset 1 6 Bluetooth Audio Plays the music saved in connected Bluetooth FM 87 5 107 9 Plays the FM broadcast of the corresponding device frequency Please repeat Repeats the most recent comment AM 530 1710 Plays the AM broadcast of the corresponding Mute Mutes the sound f l 3 T dic act T Cancel Exit Ends voice command SiriusXM e When currently listening to the SiriusXM Satellite maintains the current state e When listening to a different mode displays the most recently played SiriusXM screen SiriusXM Satellite Displays the selected SiriusXM screen 158 SiriusXM Channel Plays the sel
257. he front passenger seat This can adversely affect the A DI Dale occupant detection system 2 Child restraint system Deactivated 4 There is a malfunction Activated in the system 1 occupant detection system The ODS system uses a field to evaluate a person s size to determine whether the air bag should deploy It is possible for a child to be detected and activate the ODS thus allowing the air bag to deploy To maximize safety do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat 2 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat Safety features of your vehicle Continued OVQ036013N 1KMN3663 1KMN3665 Never put a heavy load or an Never sit with hips shifted Never place feet on the dash active electronic device on towards the front of the seat board the front passenger seat or seatback pocket OVQ036014N 1KMN3662 1KMN3664 Never place feet on the front Never excessively recline the Never lean on the door or cen ter console Never sit on one side of the front passenger seat passenger seatback front passenger seatback Safety features of your vehicle Proper position B990A010 When an adult is seated in the front passenger seat if tte PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator is on turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion and ask the passenger to sit properly sitting upright with the seat back in an upright position centered o
258. he sensor mounted in the mir ror senses the light level around the vehicle and automatically controls the headlight glare from the vehicles behind you When the engine is running the glare is automatically controlled by the sensor mounted in the rearview mirror Whenever the shift lever is shifted into reverse R the mirror will auto matically go to the brightest setting in order to improve the drivers view behind the vehicle A CAUTION Cleaning mirror When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror It may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing Sensor Indicator OAM042349L To operate the electric rearview mirror The mirror defaults to the ON posi tion whenever the ignition switch is turned on Press the ON OFF button 1 to turn the automatic dimming func tion off The mirror indicator light will turn off Press the ON OFF button 1 to turn the automatic dimming func tion on The mirror indicator light will illuminate Features of your vehicle Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust the mirror angles before driving Your vehicle is equipped with both left hand and right hand outside rearview mirrors The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch The mirror heads can be fold ed back to prevent damage during an automatic vehicle wash or when passing through a
259. he system automatically turns off the parking lights when the driver removes the ignition key and opens the driver side door in that order With this feature the parking lights will turn off automatically if the driv er parks on the side of the road at night If necessary to keep the lights on when the ignition key is removed perform the following 1 Open the driver side door 2 Turn the parking lights OFF and ON again using the light switch on the steering column Daytime running light if equipped Daytime Running Lights DRL may help make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day DRL can be helpful in many dif ferent driving conditions and it is especially helpful after dawn and before sunset The DRL system turns OFF when 1 The front fog light or headlight low beam switch is ON 2 The engine is OFF 3 The parking brake is applied _ __ lt Features of your vehicle Lighting control OXM0491 10 The light switch has a Headlight and a Parking light position To operate the lights turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the following positions 1 OFF position 2 Parking light position 3 Headlight position 4 Auto light position if equipped Parking light positi
260. hen Power is OFF Select Clock Disp Pwr Off gt Set Con Coff through TUNE knob Displays time date on screen Turn off eee l e e e e l e e e l e l e e e e l e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e eee e e e e e e e e e ese ae g l l e e e e e e e Features of your vehicle SYSTEM SETTINGS Press the key Select System gt Select menu through TUNE knob Memory Information Displays currently used memory and total system memory Select Memory Information gt OK The currently used memory is dis played on the left side while the total system memory is displayed on the right side Prompt Feedback This feature is used to change voice command feedback between Normal and Expert modes Select Prompt Feedback gt Set through TUNE knob e On This mode is for beginner users and provides detailed instructions during voice command operation e Off This mode is for expert users and omits some information during voice command operation When using Expert mode guidance instructions can be heard through the Help or Menu commands Language This menu is used to set the display and voice recognition language Select Language gt Set through TUNE knob The system will reboot after the language is changed Language support by region English Francais Espanol Features of your vehicle RA
261. hen closed the tailgate will lock automatically If you are within 28 40 in 0 7 1 m from the outside tailgate handle with your smart key in possession the tailgate will unlock and open when you press the tailgate handle switch Features of your vehicle Using the button on the smart key 1 Press the tailgate unlock button 3 for more than 1 second 2 When all doors are locked the hazard warning lights will blink two times Panic 1 Press the panic button 4 for more than 1 second 2 The horn sounds and hazard warning light flash for about 30 seconds Start up You can start the engine without inserting the key For detailed infor mation refer to the Engine start stop button in chapter 5 Loss of the smart key A maximum of 2 smart keys can be registered to a single vehicle If you happen to lose your smart key you will not be able to start the engine You should immediately take the vehicle and remaining key to your authorized Kia dealer tow the vehi cle if necessary to protect it from potential theft Smart key precautions e The smart key will not work if any of the following occur The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio sta tion or an airport which can inter fere with normal operation of the smart key The smart key is near a mobile two way radio system or a cellu lar phone Another vehicle s smart key is being operated close to your vehicle
262. ht does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds The light comes on while the vehi cle is in motion The light blinks when the ignition switch is in ON position Driver s front air bag 1 B240B01L The front air bag modules are locat ed both in the center of the steering wheel and in the front passenger s panel above the glove box When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle it will automatically deploy the front air bags Safety features of your vehicle Driver s front air bag 2 B240B02L Upon deployment tear seams mold ed directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags Further opening of the covers then allows full inflation of the air bags Driver s front air bag 3 B240B03L A fully inflated air bag in combina tion with a properly worn seat belt slows the driver s or the passenger s forward motion reducing the risk of head and chest injury After complete inflation the air bag immediately starts deflating enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other controls Passenger s front air bag B240B05L Safety features of your vehicle e If an air bag deploys there may be a loud noise followed by a fine dust released in the vehicle These con ditions are normal and are no
263. humidity inside the vehicle even if the temperature is set to warm E Type B E Type B OPS043171 2 Push the temperature control but ton to set the desired temperature Type A OPS043165 1 Push the AUTO button It is indi cated by AUTO on the display The Turn the temperature control knob modes fan speeds air intake and Type B P l air conditioning will be controlled yP automatically by temperature set ting Features of your vehicle O ops043071 Never place anything over the sensor located on the instrument panel to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system Manual heating and air condi tioning The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pushing buttons other than the AUTO button In this case the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons selected When pressing any button or turning any knob except AUTO button while automatic operation the functions not selected will be controlled auto matically 1 Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired posi tion 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 6 If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning system on Press the AUTO button in order to convert to full automatic control of the system Mode selection E Type A
264. i 4 45 Instrument cluster 2 sein 4 50 CONE 4 52 Instrument panel illumination 4 51 LCD Display Control casi pielsgiaia rensas 4 51 Transaxle Shift Indicator 4 56 Instrument panel TUSE sai ev eee iaia 7 62 Instrument panel overview 2000000 0 2 5 IM CUIOF CAC nt iatale lai oi 7 91 Interior features iii 4 131 OPOR KE air ee E 4 140 Clothes hanger si 4 137 CUP HONIG 22 santa dae oe tee 4 131 Floor mat anchor s 0 0000 c eee eee 4 138 Ie ace net NOMI cae hd oe ee es oe oe 4 139 Index Power OUNCE eked ee eda accesa eretti 4 136 RCo Seal Water o risa iaia 4 135 Seat air ventilation 5 6532442050200 43 0nd eae ons 4 134 Ned Wael sae ces ee eR OMe wee oR ee 4 132 DUNVISOL ove ae ee ainsi 4 132 Interior kmp auto CU 40 dy esi 4 93 Intenor TON iow chm Reed oe he oe eo eee eee ee 4 93 Glove DOx lamp iii eae ene eee 4 97 Interior lamp auto cut 4 93 Luggage room lampione 4 95 Map lamp ee tse se ee ak ee a kB ek ee e Ai 4 93 Portable lamp Usagers socere ed emcee dee sR eens 4 95 Room lampi perenni eae eee eed 4 94 Vamty Mirror lamp ess ise aaa a es bes a 4 97 Interior overview cbs ox bac ats cadence Gea Gav bbe us 2 4 ISG dle Stop and Go system iii 5 43 Auto start irta 5 44 PMO SION css ee eerie id eee ee eae eee 5 43 Condition of ISG system operation 5 45 ISG system deactivation 44 05 iaia ia 5 46 ISG system malfunction
265. icle This is a normal sys tem operation characteristic Operating the air conditioning sys tem in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling how ever continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale During cooling operation you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake This is a normal system operation characteristic Climate control air filter if equipped Outside air Blower Heater core Climate control air filter Evaporator core 1LDA5047 The climate control air filter installed behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the vehicle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of time the air flow from the air vents may decrease resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside fresh air position is selected If this happens have the cli mate control air filter replaced by an authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle NOTICE Checking the amount of air e Replace the filter every 15 000 conditioner refrigerant and miles or once a year compressor lubricant If the vehicle is being driven in When the amount of refrigerant is severe conditions such as dusty or low the performance of the air con rough roads more frequent air ditioning is re
266. ies the use of a child seat or infant seat is required The child seat or infant seat should be of appropriate size for the child and should be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions Safety features of your vehicle For safety reasons we recommend that the child restraint system be used in the rear seats Never place a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger seat because of the danger an inflating passenger side air bag could impact the rear facing child restraint and kill the child Since all passenger seat belts move freely under normal conditions and only lock under extreme or emer gency conditions emergency lock mode you must manually change these seat belts to the auto lock mode to secure a child restraint If the seat belt does not operate as described in this section have the system checked immediately by your authorized Kia dealer Placing a passenger seat belt into the auto lock mode E2MS103005 The auto lock mode will help prevent the normal movement of the child in the vehicle from causing the seat belt to loosen and compromise the child restraint system To secure a child restraint system use the following procedure Safety features of your vehicle OEN036101 To install a child restraint system on the outboard or center rear seats do the following 1 Place the child restraint system in the seat and route the lap shoul der belt around or thr
267. ifting gears On a slippery surface an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control Always buckle up In a collision an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning High speed cornering and turning increase the risk of vehicle rollover Rollover accidents are violent and unpredictable Never exceed posted speed limits Driving your vehicle AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED Automatic transaxle operation The automatic transaxle has 6 for ward speeds and one reverse speed The individual speeds are selected automatically depending on the position of the shift lever NOTICE The first few shifts on a new vehicle if the battery has been disconnected may be somewhat abrupt This is a normal condition and the shifting sequence will adjust after shifts are cycled a few times by the TCM Transaxle Control Module or PCM Powertrain Control Module p R N D p R N D ze Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting If the shift lock system is not equipped it is not necessary to depress the brake pedal However it is recommended to depress the brake pedal to avoid inadvertent movement of the vehicle Press the lock release button when shifting gt The shift lever can be shifted freely OPS053008
268. ile Repeat Repeats the current song Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play songs in sequen order tial order Information Displays the information screen of the current file Next Folder Play the first file in the next folder Previous Folder Play the first file in the previous folder Features of your vehicle e Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio Commands Commands available during Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio streaming from mobile phone oper ation Command Operation e My Music Commands Commands available during My Music operation Command Function Random Randomly plays all saved files Command Function Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential Play Plays the currently paused song order Pause Pauses the current song Repeat Repeats the current file Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential order Delete Deletes the current file You will bypass an additional confirmation process Features of your vehicle Sirius XM M service requires a subscription sold separately after 3 month trial included with vehicle purchase If you decide to continue your SiriusXM service at the end of your trial sub scription the plan you choose will automatically renew and bill at then current rates until you call us at 1 866 635 2349 to cancel See our Customer Agreement for complete terms at www siriusxm com Other fees and taxes
269. ile the vehicle is being driven have an authorized Kia deal er inspect the pre tensioner seat belt and SRS air bag system as soon as possible Pre tensioners are designed to oper ate only one time After activation pre tensioner seat belts must be replaced If the pre tensioner must be replaced contact an authorized Kia dealer Safety features of your vehicle Seat belt precautions Infant or small child All 50 states have child restraint laws You should be aware of the specific requirements in your state Child and or infant seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat For more information about the use of these restraints refer to Child restraint system in this section NOTICE Small children are best protected from injury in an accident when properly restrained in the rear seat by a child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Before buying any child restraint system make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 The restraint must be appropriate for your child s height and weight Check the label on the child restraint for this information Refer to Child restraint system in this section Larger children Children who are too large for child restraint systems should always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap shoulder belts The lap portion should be fastened a
270. ilter Q Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Every 37 500 miles 60 000 km or 48 months Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Q Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid 3 Brake lines hoses and connections 4 Brake pedal and operation 5 Chassis body nuts and bolts 6 Drum brake and linings if equipped 7 Disc brakes and pads if equipped 8 Exhaust pipe and muffler 9 Front suspension ball joints 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges Continued Continued 12 Parking brakes 13 Steering operation and linkage 14 Suspension mounting bolts Q Replace air cleaner filter Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Q Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Q Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance E NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 45 000 miles or 36 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrig erant and performance if equipped Q Inspect cooling system Q Inspect drive shaft and boots Q Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid Brake lines hoses and con
271. in good condi tion For better fuel economy and reduced maintenance costs main tain your vehicle in accordance with the maintenance schedule in section 7 If you drive your vehicle in severe conditions more frequent maintenance is required See sec tion 7 for details Keep your vehicle clean For maxi mum service your vehicle should be kept clean and free of corrosive materials It is especially important that mud dirt ice etc not be allowed to accumulate on the underside of the vehicle This extra weight can result in increased fuel consumption and also contribute to corrosion Travel lightly Don t carry unneces sary weight in your vehicle Weight reduces fuel economy Don t let the engine idle longer than necessary If you are waiting and not in traffic turn off your engine and restart only when you re ready to go Driving your vehicle Remember your vehicle does not require extended warm up After the engine has started allow the engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds prior to placing the vehicle in gear In very cold weather however give your engine a slightly longer warm up period Don t lug or over rev the engine Lugging is driving too slowly in a very high gear resulting in engine bucking If this happens shift to a lower gear Over revving is racing the engine beyond its safe limit This can be avoided by shifting at the recommended speed Use your air conditioning sparingly The air con
272. in the vehicle and or abnormal steering responses EPS This is only the effect of brake and EPS control and indicates noth ing unusual The VSM does not operate when Driving on bank road such as gra dient or incline Driving in reverse ESC OFF indicator light 8 remains on the instrument cluster EPS indicator light remains on the instrument cluster VSM operation off If you press the ESC OFF button to turn off the ESC the VSM will also cancel and the ESC OFF indicator light amp illuminates To turn on the VSM press the button again The ESC OFF indicator light goes out Malfunction indicator The VSM can be deactivated even if you don t cancel the VSM operation by pressing the ESC OFF bution It indicates that a malfunction has been detected somewhere in the Electric Power Steering system or VSM system If the ESC indicator light 2 or EPS warning light remains on take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked NOTICE e The VSM is designed to function above approximately 13 mph 22 km h on curves The VSM is designed to function above approximately 6 mph 10 km h when a vehicle is braking on a split mu road The split mu road is made of surfaces which have dif ferent friction forces _ __ lt Drivin
273. inates for approximately 3 seconds It remains on if the parking brake is applied When the parking brake is applied When the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low lf the warning light illuminates with the parking brake released it indicates the brake fluid level in reservoir is low If the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low 1 Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle 2 With the engine stopped check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required For more details refer to Brake Fluid in chapter 7 Then check all brake components for fluid leaks If any leaks in the brake system is still found the warning light remains on or the brakes do not operate properly do not drive the vehicle In this case have your vehicle towed to an authorized Kia dealer and inspected Dual diagonal braking system Your vehicle is equipped with dual diagonal braking systems This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the dual sys tems should fail With only one of the dual systems working more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure are required to stop the vehicle Also the vehicle will not stop in as short a distance with only a portion of the brake system working If the brakes fail while you are driv ing shift to a lower gear for addition al engine braking and stop the vehi cle as soon as it is safe to do so _ __
274. ing brakes 3 Steering operation and linkage n Suspension mounting bolts 2 WN O Q Replace air cleaner filter Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped LI Replace engine coolant First 120 000 miles or 120 months after every 30 000 miles or 24 months Q Replace engine oil and filter Every 7 500 miles or 12 months U Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Q Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance ee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 135 000 miles or 108 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrig erant and performance if equipped Q Inspect cooling system Q Inspect drive belt First 60 000 miles or 72 months after every 15 000 miles or 24 months Q Inspect drive shaft and boots Q Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid Brake lines hoses and connections Brake pedal and operation Chassis body nuts and bolts Drum brake and linings if equipped Disc brakes and pads if equipped Exhaust pipe and muffler Front suspension ball joints 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses 1 Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 a 3 Steering operation and linkage 4 Suspension mounting bolts
275. ing speed at more than approximately 20 mph 30 km h 5 40 To set cruise control speed repeat 5 38 To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on 5 39 To turn cruise control off do one of the following 5 41 Cup holder 2 iL 4 131 CURCAIO AI DAS 4 nce eee eee ome enna 3 53 14 I Dashboard illumination see instrument panel illumination iii na 4 51 Dashboard see instrument cluster 4 50 Day night rearview Mirror 4 45 Daytime running ght nee eve chews eee se vend 4 85 Defogging 6 ARR skaat er ah eee 8 ae 4 125 Deb gency es be ass oe ee ee 4 98 Front wiper deicer iui 4 99 Outside rearview mirror defroster 4 99 Rear window defroster 00008 4 98 Doro dicon cere eet ee tae wees 4 123 Dimensions sirene ea 8 2 Display illumination see instrument panel illumination 4 51 Displays see instrument cluster 4 50 Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger S SCAl stat eee hans Ade eda mendes 3 40 00 JOCKS cee cue shee seat iena 4 17 Central door lock switch 4 19 Child protector rear door lock 4 21 Drinks holders see cup holders 4 131 Driver s and passenger s front air bag 3 49 Driving at night oc ca iis aaa 5 52 Driving in Hooded arncaSucissselsasatide ca sasa 5 53 Driving in the tal iii ian 5 53 Drivin off road siano pia 5 54 ii HH Econ
276. ink 3 5 or 7 times You can choose one touch lane change blinking function in One touch turn lamp of User setting Refer to User setting in chapter 4 NOTICE If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow the bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit Front fog light if equipped OAM049046N Fog lights are used to provide improved visibility when visibility is poor due to fog rain or snow etc The fog lights will turn on when the fog light Switch 1 is turned to the on position after the headlight is turned on To turn off the fog lights turn the fog light switch 1 to the OFF position When in operation the fog lights consume large amounts of vehicle electrical power Only use the fog lights when visibility is poor _ __ lt Features of your vehicle WIPERS AND WASHERS Windshield wiper washer Rear window wiper washer Windshield wipers if equipped OAM049101N Operates as follows when the igni OAM049100N OAM049048N tion switch is turned ON A Wiper speed control D Rear wiper washer control MIST For a single wiping cycle push MIST Single wipe ON Continuous wipe the lever upward and release OFF Off INT Intermittent wipe it with the lever in the OFF INT
277. intenance ECESUZS0I4 3 Pull the suspected fuse straight out Use the fuse puller provided on the engine compartment fuse panel cover 4 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown Spare fuses are provided in the engine compartment fuse panel 5 Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an authorized Kia dealer If you do not have a spare use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle such as the power outlet fuse If the headlights or other electrical components do not work and the fuses are OK check the fuse panel in the engine compartment If a fuse is blown it must be replaced Fuse switch o Ming gna OPS073015 Always put the fuse switch at the ON position If you move the switch to the OFF position some items such as audio and digital clock must be reset and transmitter or smart key may not work properly Maintenance NOTICE Engine compartment fuse If you need to park your vehicle for replacement prolonged periods more than 1 month move the transportation fuse Switch to the OFF position to pre vent the battery being discharged 4 CAUTION Fuse panel covers After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment securely install the fuse panel cover with using cover locking sound If not electrical failures iiaa I a7 may occur fro
278. ion OFF Not illuminated e With manual transaxle To turn off the engine START RUN position or vehicle power ON posi tion stop the vehicle then press the engine start stop button e With automatic transaxle To turn off the engine START RUN position or vehicle power ON posi tion press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the P Park position When you press the ENGINE START STOP button without the shift lever in the P Park position the ENGINE START STOP button will not change to the OFF position but to the ACC position In an emergency situation while the vehicle is in motion you are able to turn the engine off and to the ACC position by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button for more than 2 seconds or 3 times successively within 3 seconds If the vehicle is still moving you can restart the engine without depressing the brake pedal by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the N Neutral position _ __ lt Driving your vehicle ACC Accessory e With manual transaxle Press the engine start stop button when the button is in the OFF posi tion without depressing the clutch pedal e With automatic transaxle Press the ENGINE START STOP button while it is in the OFF position without depres
279. ion may not function properly due to external sound When the windows and sunroof are open When the blower AC heater is set to high When entering and passing through tunnels Continued Continued When driving on rugged and uneven roads During severe rain heavy rains windstorms Phone related voice commands can be used only when a Bluetooth Wireless Technology device is connected When making calls by stating a name the corresponding contact must be downloaded and stored within the audio system After downloading the Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone book It takes some times to convert the phone book data into voice infor mation During this time voice recognition may not properly oper ate Pronounce the voice commands naturally and clearly as if in a nor mal conversation Features of your vehicle The Bluetooth and Voice Recognition Manual is provided in two versions due to software version differences Before reading the manual check the following Press the key Select Phone 1 If you CANNOT find Audio Streaming menu gt Go to 157 page 2 If you CAN find Audio Streaming menu gt Go to 201 page Features of your vehicle m AUDIO AM1A0B2AN AM1A0B2KN POWER PS34001N Features of your vehicle SYSTEM CONTROLLERS AND FUNCTIONS Display and settings may differ depending on the selected audio Audio Head Unit e FA 1 raon 2 MEDIA
280. ior perform ance on dry roads Summer tire per formance is substantially reduced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M S Mud and Snow on the tire side wall if you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions Kia recom mends the use of snow tires or all season tires on all four wheels Maintenance sss Snow tires If you equip your vehicle with snow tires they should be the same size and have the same load capacity as the original tires Snow tires should be installed on all four wheels other wise poor handling may result Snow tires should carry 4 psi 28 kPa more air pressure than the pressure recommended for the stan dard tires on the tire label on the dri ver s side of the center pillar or up to the maximum pressure shown on the tire sidewall whichever is less Do not drive faster than 75 mph 120 km h when your vehicle is equipped with snow tires Tire chains Tire chains if necessary should be installed on the front wheels Be sure that the chains are installed in accordance with the manufactur er s instructions To minimize tire and chain wear do not continue to use tire chains when they are no longer needed When driving on roads covered with snow or ice drive at less than 20 mph 30 km h Use the SAE S class or wire chains If you hear noise caused by chains contacting the body retighten the chain to avoid contact with the vehic
281. ise 10 Reinstall the light assembly to the body of the vehicle Maintenance Front side marker TRI OPS0730 Follow the steps 1 to 5 from the pre vious page 6 Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly 7 Pull the bulb out of the socket 8 Insert a new bulb into the socket 9 Install the socket into the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots on the assembly and turning the socket clockwise Front fog lamp bulbs if equipped OPS073027 1 Remove the front bumper under cover 2 Reach your hand into the back of the front bumper 3 Disconnect the power connector from the socket 4 Remove the bulb socket from the housing by turning the socket counter clockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the housing 5 Install the new bulb socket into the housing by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the housing Push the socket into the housing and turn the socket clock wise 6 Connect the power connector to the socket 7 Reinstall the front bumper under cover NOTICE If the headlight aiming adjustment is necessary after the headlight assembly is reinstalled consult an authorized Kia dealer Maintenance TO TTT U _IE amp fiol l E Rw el MPI Side repeater light bulb Rear combination light bulb 4
282. ise may occur __ _ lt Driving your vehicle Downshifting When you must slow down in heavy traffic or while driving up steep hills downshift before the engine starts to labor Downshifting reduces the chance of stalling and gives better acceleration when you again need to increase your speed When the vehi cle is traveling down steep hills downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life Good driving practices e Never take the vehicle out of gear and coast down a hill This is extremely hazardous Always leave the vehicle in gear e Don t ride the brakes This can cause them to overheat and mal function Instead when you are driving down a long hill slow down and shift to a lower gear When you do this engine braking will help slow down the vehicle e Slow down before shifting to a lower gear This will help avoid over revving the engine which can cause damage e Slow down when you encounter cross winds This gives you much better control of your vehicle e Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into reverse The transaxle can be damaged if you do not To shift into reverse depress the clutch move the shift lever to neutral then shift to the reverse position Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface Be especially careful when braking accelerating or sh
283. ist ede bag iaia 4 89 Headlamp CSCOP nd ut enen e eee eR eens 4 85 Headlight position 000s 4 86 High beam operation ss 7 gn 5 noha tus wees 4 87 Lighting control pene te oe es Ae es Ae eae ee 4 86 One touch lane change function 4 89 Parking light position 00 cee 4 86 Turn signals and lane change signals 4 88 Lighting control 26 avis piana ira 4 86 Lower anchor SySteii cvctlevesdemns neues amp weds 3 35 Lubricants and capacities 00 cece eee 8 6 RL NOX eree artes hee eae eos 4 130 Luggage net holders 0 2c4s204s8 ead Rha daw abe 4 139 Luggage room ANID rionale 4 95 Luggage volume ciccione 8 5 Maintenance Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 23 Maintenance Services i 7 5 Owner MAMMINA ire esa 7 7 Scheduled maintenance service 7 9 Tire mamtenance eros overnet 7 51 Maintenance schedule 7 10 Maintenance Services aston ai 7 5 Manual climate control system 4 100 Air Conditioning refrigerant label 4 109 Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant 4 108 Climate control air filter 4 108 Heating and air conditioning 4 101 System operation ce eee eee 4 106 Manual transaxle isabella 5 14 Good driving practiceS 000 ee eee 5 16 Manual transaxle operation
284. ith your fingers Slide the wheel off the studs and lay it flat so it cannot roll away To put the wheel on the hub pick up the spare tire line up the holes with the studs and slide the wheel onto them If this is difficult tip the wheel slightly and get the top hole in the wheel lined up with the top stud Then jiggle the wheel back and forth until the assure wheel can slide over the other studs 8 Insert the jack handle into the jack and turn it clockwise raising the vehicle until the tire just clears the ground This measurement is approximately 1 in 80 mm Before removing the wheel lug nuts make sure the vehicle is sta ble and that there is no chance for OPS063005 movement or slippage 7 Place the jack at the front 1 or rear 2 jacking position closest to the tire you are changing Place the jack at the designated locations under the frame What to do in an emergency Wheels may have sharp edges 10 To install the wheel hold it on the Handle them carefully to avoid possi studs put the wheel nuts on the ble severe injury Before putting the studs and tighten them finger wheel into place be sure that there tight Jiggle the tire to be sure it is is nothing on the hub or wheel such completely seated then tighten as mud tar gravel etc that pre the nuts as much as possible vents the wheel from fitting solidly with your fingers again against the hub 11 Insert the wrench into the jack and lower
285. ithin key are the A Store Auto Store and Info functions FM 12 00 Menu gt Auto Store m A Store Press the key Set A Store through TUNE knob or key Saves broadcasts with superior reception to W keys If no frequencies are received then the most recently received frequency will be broadcast Features of your vehicle SiriuSXM Satellite Radio information Satellite Radio channels Sirius XM Satellite Radio offers 150 channels with 100 commer cial free music plus sports news talk and entertainment available nationwide in your vehicle For more information and a complete list of Sirius XM Satellite Radio channels visit www siriusxm com in the United States sirius canada ca in Canada or call Sirius XM at 1 800 643 2112 Satellite Radio reception factors To receive the satellite signal your vehicle has been equipped with a satellite radio antenna located on the roof of your vehicle The vehicle roof provides the best location for an unobstructed open view of the sky a requirement of a satellite radio sys tem Like AM FM there are several factors that can affect satellite radio reception performance e Antenna obstructions For optimal reception performance keep the antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other material as far away from the anten na as possible e Terrain Hills mountains tall build ings bridges tunnels freeway over passes pa
286. ition key is valid If the key is determined to be valid the engine will start If the key is determined to be invalid the engine will not start To activate the immobilizer sys tem Turn the ignition key to the OFF posi tion The immobilizer system acti vates automatically Without a valid ignition key for your vehicle the engine will not start To deactivate the immobilizer system Insert the ignition key into the key cylinder and turn it to the ON position In order to prevent theft of your vehi cle do not leave spare keys any where in your vehicle Your Immobilizer password is a customer unique password and should be kept confidential Do not leave this num ber anywhere in your vehicle Features of your vehicle NOTICE When starting the engine do not use the key with other immobilizer keys around Otherwise the engine may not start or may stop soon after it starts Keep each key separate in order to avoid a starting malfunction Do not put metal accessories near the ignition switch Metal accessories may interrupt the transponder signal and may prevent the engine from being started NOTICE If you need additional keys or lose your keys contact an authorized Kia dealer 4 CAUTION Immobilizer damage Do not expose your immobilizer system to moisture static elec tricity and rough handling This may damage your immobilizer 4 CAUTION Immobilizer alterations Do not change
287. ivate the ESC sys tem by pressing the ESC OFF but ton For more details refer to Electronic Stability Control ESC in chapter 5 ECOMINDER indicator Active ECO system ECO This indicator light illuminates When the Active ECO button is pressed the ECOMINDER indicator green will illuminate to show that the Active ECO is operating For more detailed information refer to Active ECO in chapter 5 Immobilizer Indicator Light Without Smart Key id if equipped This indicator light illuminates e When the vehicle detects the immobilizer in your key properly while the ignition switch is ON At this time you can start the engine The indicator light goes off after starting the engine This indicator light blinks e When there is a malfunction with the immobilizer system In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle Immobilizer Indicator Light With Smart Key id If equipped This indicator light illuminates for up to 30 seconds e When the vehicle detects the smart key in the vehicle properly while the Engine Start Stop Button is ACC or ON At this time you can start the engine The indicator light goes off after starting the engine This indicator light blinks for a few seconds When the smart key is not in the vehicle At this time you can not start the engine This indicator light illuminates for 2 sec
288. ject to change Sirius satellite service is available only to those at least 18 and older in the 48 contiguous USA D C and PR with coverage limitations Our Internet radio service is available throughout our satellite service area and in AK and HI Certain channels are not available on our Internet radio service or on mobile devices 2013 Sirius XM Radio Inc Sirius XM and all related marks and logos are trademarks of SiriusXM Radio Inc All rights reserved Features of your vehicle SiriusXM RADIO Using SiriusXM Satellite Radio Your Kia vehicle is equipped with a 3 month complimentary period of Sirius XM Satellite Radio so you have access to over 220 channels of music information and entertain ment programming 12 00 164 4 Entertain Preview 2 SIRIUS Asong Activation In order to extend or reactivate your subscription to SiriusxM Satellite Radio you will need to contact SiriusxM Customer Care at 1 800 643 2112 Have your 12 digit SID Sirius Identification Number ESN Electronic Serial Number ready To retrieve the SID ESN turn on the radio press the RADIO button and tune to channel zero Please note that the vehicle will need to be turned on in Sirius mode and have an unobstructed view of the sky in order for the radio to receive the activation signal SEEK Press the key Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds select previous or next channel Pressi
289. l also tells you the maxi mum weight that can be supported by the front and rear axles called Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles you need to go to a weigh station and weigh your vehicle Your dealer can help you with this Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the center line The label will help you decide how much cargo and installed equipment your vehicle can carry If you carry items inside your vehicle like suitcases tools packages or anything else they are moving as fast as the vehicle If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash the items will keep going and can cause an injury if they strike the driv er or a passenger Driving your vehicle NOTICE Overloading your vehicle may cause damage Repairs would not be cov ered by your warranty Do not over load your vehicle Driving your vehicle VEHICLE WEIGHT GLOSSARY This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and or trailer to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capa bility with or without a trailer Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of the vehi cle design performance Before load ing your vehicle familiarize yourself with the following terms for determin ing your vehicle s weight ratings with or without a trailer from the vehicle s specifications and the certification label
290. l as mini mize exhaust emissions and spark plug fouling Never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified Consult an authorized Kia dealer for details NOTICE Tighten the cap until it clicks one time otherwise the fuel cap open warning indicator RS light or LCD display will illuminate Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol Gasohol a mixture of gasoline and ethanol also Known as grain alcohol and gasoline or gasohol containing methanol also known as wood alco hol are being marketed along with or ge of leaded or unleaded gaso ine Pursuant to EPA regulations ethanol may be used in your vehicle Do not use gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol Ethanol provides less energy than gasoline and it attracts water and it is thus likely to reduce your fuel efficien cy and could lower your MPG results Methanol may cause drivability prob lems and damage to the fuel system Discontinue using gasohol of anykind if drivability problems occur Vehicle damage or drivability problems may not be covered by the manufacturer s warranty if they result from the use of 1 Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol 2 Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol ___ lt
291. l filler lid 4 31 e Closing the fuel filler lid 0 ccscscsccsscvess 4 31 Panoramic sunrool sare 4 34 e Sunroof open Warning 00 0000 cecco 4 35 e Sliding the sunroof ccccccssccssceceees 4 35 lt Tilting the sunToof a inca ii it 4 36 Sunshade eee e a E are a erare 4 37 Resetting the sunroof ccccscscscscsccess 4 38 Slechine Wheelie ee ee 4 40 e Electric power steering EPS 4 6 4 40 e Tilt and telescopic steering 200008 4 41 e Heated steering wheel ccceceeeeees 4 42 Hong nn 4 42 SELEX SACE E cn 4 43 Minosse ea 4 45 e Inside rearview mirror ccc cece eee eee 4 45 e Outside rearview Mirror 0 cece wees 4 47 instrument Cluster 2 4 44 sek ae ee 4 50 Instrument Cluster Control 0000 4 51 LCD Display Control c s 624 64 eee os ie os 4 51 GAM GES enna 4 52 e Transaxle Shift Indicator 00000 4 56 LCD Display e 4 58 ECDModes Sart si teas easements aha tes 4 58 SERVICE Node 4 59 e User Settings Mode ccceccssccsscccccess 4 60 CAN Mode e eoe Gean apes oe ee 4 62 Turn By Turn Mode sro 4 62 Warning Messages cea 95 s aie ae aera ee ore 4 63 Tripicromputer ai inno 4 68 OVERVIEW oes yee ge en eee eae 4 68 Inps 4 69 EuelEconomyx ae cio o ene ounce elas hater necator 4 70 Warning and indicator lights 4 72 WV arin lights nn 4 72
292. l filler lid Panoramic sunroof Steering wheel Mirrors Instrument cluster Lighting Wipers amp Washers Climate control system Audio system Etc Driving your vehicle Before driving Engine start stop button Transaxle Brake system Cruise control system Active ECO system ISG Idel Stop and Go system Winter driving Vehicle load limit Etc What to do in an emergency Road warning Emergency while driving Emergency starting Engine overheat TPMS Flat tire Towing Etc Maintenance Engine compartment Maintenance service Engine oil Engine coolant Brake fluid Washer fluid Parking brake Air cleaner Wiper blades Battery Tire and wheels Fuses Light bulbs Etc Specifications Consumer information and Reporting safety defects sPofnpofapapofn How to use this manual cccceces 1 2 Fuel requirements cccccccsceccscssvens 1 3 e Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol 1 3 Do not use methanol seses sce ces cee we eee wae 1 4 Fuel Additives c c a 1 4 Vehicle handling instructions 1 5 Vehicle Break In PIOCESS et 1 5 Vehicle data collection and event data recorders 1 6 Introduction OO HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehicle Your Owners Manual can assist you in many ways We strong ly recommend that you read the entire manual
293. l for more than 1 sec ond when the average vehicle speed is displayed 248 9 mi 64 mpH 3 ai 23 47 OPS043127N X NOTICE e The average vehicle speed is not dis played if the driving distance is less than 0 03 miles 50 meters or the driving time is less than 10 seconds since the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop button is turned to ON e Even if the vehicle is not in motion the average vehicle speed keeps going while the engine is running Elapsed Time 3 e The elapsed time is the total driv ing time since the last elapsed time reset Time range hh mm 00 00 99 59 e To reset the elapsed time press the RESET V button on the steer ing wheel for more than 1 second when the elapsed time is dis played x NOTICE Even if the vehicle is not in motion the elapsed time keeps going while the engine is running __ lt Features of your vehicle Fuel Economy Range 1 E Type A RANGE O JHS aos OPS043123 E Type B RANGE Avg 576 mi 20 4 mpH or 0 10 20 30 OPS043128N The range to empty is the estimat ed distance the vehicle can be driven with the remaining fuel Distance range 30 1999 mi or 50 1999 km If the estimated distance is below 30 mi 50 km the trip computer will display as distance to empty If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has bee
294. lant brake fluid and Position the seat so that all con clean washer fluid should be checked on a trols are easily reached Check the condition of the tires regular basis at the exact interval Cece under n veida for an depending on the fluid Further Buckle your seat belt l Sie i e venice for any details are provided in chapter 7 Adjust the inside and outside sign Of leaks Maintenance rearview mirrors Be sure there are no obstacles Be sure that all lights work behind you if you intend to back up Check all gauges Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Release the parking brake and make sure the brake warning light goes out For safe operation be sure you are familiar with your vehicle and its equipment Driving your vehicle WARNING Fire risk When you intend to park or stop the vehicle with the engine on be careful not to depress the accelerator pedal for a long period of time It may overheat the engine or exhaust system and cause fire WARNING Check sur roundings Always check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for peo ple especially children before putting a vehicle into D Drive or R Reverse WARNING Loose objects Securely store items in your vehicle When you make a sud den stop or turn the steering wheel rapidly loose objects may drop on the floor and it could interfere with the opera tion of the foo
295. le Changing Priority What is Priority It is possible to pair up to five Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices with the car audio system The Change Priority feature is used to set the connection priority of paired phones Press the key Select Phone Select Phone List From the paired phone list select the phone you want to switch to the highest priority then select Change Priority button from the Menu The selected device will be changed to the highest priority Priority icon will be displayed when the selected phone is set as a pri ority phone Features of your vehicle Disconnecting a Device Deleting a Device e When deleting the currently con nected device the device will auto matically be disconnected to pro Press the key Select Press the key Select ceed with the deleting process Phone Select Phone List Phone Select Phone List If a paired Bluetooth Wireless Technology device is deleted the device s call history and contacts data will also be deleted To re use a deleted device you must pair the device again From the paired phone list select the From the paired phone list select the currently connected device and device you want to delete and select select Disconnect button Delete button _ __
296. le body To prevent body damage retighten the chains after driving 0 3 0 6 miles 0 5 1 0 km Do not use tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels In unavoidable circumstance use a wire type chain Use wire chains less than 0 59 inches 15 mm to prevent damage to the chain s connection Maintenance n R gt eEe Ee f ePCzkie _ gt gt gt Radial ply tires Radial ply tires provide improved tread life road hazard resistance and smoother high speed ride The radi al ply tires used on this vehicle are of belted construction and are selected to complement the ride and handling characteristics of your vehicle Radial ply tires have the same load carrying capacity as bias ply or bias belted tires of the same size and use the same recommended inflation pressure Mixing of radial ply tires with bias ply or bias belted tires is not recommended Any combina tions of radial ply and bias ply or bias belted tires when used on the same vehicle will seriously deteriorate vehicle handling The best rule to fol low is Identical radial ply tires should always be used as a set of four Longer wearing tires can be more susceptible to irregular tread wear It is very important to follow the tire rotation interval shown in this section to achieve the tread life potential of these tires Cuts and punctures in radial ply tires are repairable only in the tread area because of sidewall flexing Consult your ti
297. lectrical systems The devices should draw less than 10 amps with the engine running Features of your vehicle Use the power outlet only when the engine is running and remove the accessory plug after use Using the accessory plug for prolonged peri ods of time with the engine off could cause the battery to discharge Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 10A Driver s side or 15A Passenger s side in electric capacity Adjust the air conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet Close the cover when not in use Some electronic devices can cause upper portion of hanger electronic interference when a plugged into a vehicle s power out Be careful when opening and closing let These devices may cause the doors Clothes etc may get excessive audio static and malfunc caught between the door gap tions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle A CAUTION Hanging clothing Do not hang heavy clothes since those may damage the hook Clothes hanger if equipped PPCCLLLLO POI PO n ORP042186 To use the hanger pull down the Features of your vehicle Floor mat anchor s E Driver s side I Passenger s side ai OTFNCO2001 When using a floor mat on the floor carpet make sure it attaches to the floor mat anchor s in your vehicle This keeps the floor mat from sliding forward The following must be observed wh
298. lgate and start the engine Refer to the following for more details Door Lock OPS043010 Using the door handle button 1 Carry the smart key 2 Close all doors engine hood and tailgate 3 Press the button of the outside door handle 4 The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once 5 Make sure that doors are locked by pulling the outside door handle Features of your vehicle The button will only operate when the smart key is within 28 40 in 0 7 1m from the outside door han dle Even though you press the outside door handle button the doors will not lock and the chime will sound for 3 seconds if any of following occur e The smart key is in the vehicle e The engine start stop button is in ACC or ON position e Any door except the tailgate is open OXMA043316 Q Using the button on the smart key 1 Close all doors engine hood and tailgate 2 Press the lock button 1 3 The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once 4 Make sure that doors are locked by pulling the outside door handle Unlocking Using the door handle button 1 Carry the smart key 2 Press the button of the driver s outside door handle 3 The driver s door will unlock The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will Sound two times 4 Press the button twice within 4 seconds and all doors and the tail gate will unlock and the hazard warning lights
299. lide all the way open To stop the sunroof glass movement at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily To close the sunroof glass pull or push the sunroof glass control lever downward or forward e Type A When you push the sunroof glass control lever forward or pull it downward the sunshade will be closed halfway and glass will be closed at the same time And then sunshade will be fully closed final ly e Type B When you push the sunroof glass control lever forward or pull it downward while the sunshade opened the glass will be closed Features of your vehicle Automatic reversal OXM049029 If an object or part of the body is detected while the sunroof is closing automatically it will reverse the direc tion and then stop The auto reverse function does not work if a tiny obstacle is between the sliding glass and the sunroof sash You should always check that all pas sengers and objects are away from the sunroof before closing it Tilting the sunroof 0PS043030 Before opening or closing the sun roof open the sunshade refer to the following page for instructions on how to use the sunshade To tilt up the sunroof Push the sunroof glass control lever upward When you push the sunroof glass control lever upward while the sunshade closed the sunshade will be opened halfway and then glass will be tilt up To tilt down or close the sunroof Push the sunr
300. lize tread wear it is recom mended that the tires be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km or sooner if irregular wear develops During rotation check the tires for cor rect balance When rotating tires check for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tire pres sure improper wheel alignment out of balance wheels severe braking or severe cornering Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of tire Replace the tire if you find either of these conditions Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible After rotation be sure to bring the front and rear tire pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness Refer to Tire and wheels in chapter 8 Maintenance Without a spare tire s x lt ss _ S2BLA790A Directional tires if equipped EBe_ SS lt EB E CBGQ0707A Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tires are rotated Rotate radial tires that have an asymmetric tread pattern only from front to rear and not from right to left e Do not use the compact spare tire if equipped for tire rotation Wheel alignment and tire bal ance The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance In most cases you will not need to have your wheels aligned again However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the o
301. lly occur check the Bluetooth Wireless Technology device set tings or the screen state The contacts download feature may not be supported in some mobile phones For more informa tion of supported Bluetooth devices and function support refer to your phone s user manual Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technology Setting The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology Pairing a New Device Press the key Select Phone gt Select Pair Phone 12 00 Phone Heturn 4 Pair Phone Phone List 2 5 gt Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices can be paired with the audio system For more information refer to the Pairing through Phone Setup sec tion within Bluetooth Wireless Technology 00 Lonn Return Viewing Paired Phone List Press the key Select Phone gt Select Phone List DD 12 00 Phone gt Phone List John Smith s A Bluetooth Phone b 12 00 2List gt Connect Phone Priori Q3 Delete This feature is used to view mobile phones that have been paired with the audio system Upon selecting a paired phone the setup menu is dis played For more information refer to the Setting Bluetooth Wireless
302. loss of coolant indicates there is a leak in the cooling system and this should be checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer What to do in an emergency TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS 1 Low tire pressure telltale TPMS malfunction indicator Each tire including the spare if pro vided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehi cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac ard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pres sure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pres sure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a signifi cantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a Substitute for proper tire mainte nance and it is the driver s responsi bility to maintain correct ti
303. ls or chemi cals in the vehicle These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up flushed with clean water and thoroughly dried Interior care Interior general precautions Prevent chemicals such as perfume cosmetic oil sun cream hand clean er and air freshener from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration If they do contact the interior parts wipe them off immediately If neces sary use a vinyl cleaner see product instructions for correct usage 4 CAUTION Electrical components Never allow water or other liq uids to come in contact with electrical electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Maintenance 4 CAUTION Leather When cleaning leather products steering wheel seats etc use neutral detergents or low alco hol content solutions If you use high alcohol content solutions or acid alkaline detergents the color of the leather may fade or the surface may get stripped off Cleaning the upholstery and inte rior trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fab ric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean with a mild soap solu tion recommended for upholstery or carpets Remove fresh spots imme diately with a fabric spot cleaner If fresh spots do
304. lt guides will help keep the belts from being trapped behind or under the seats After inserting the seat belt tighten the belt webbing by pulling it up 4 CAUTION Seat belt guide Remove the seat belt from the guides before using If you pull on the seat belt when it is stored in the guides it may damage the guides and or belt webbing Safety features of your vehicle 3 Point rear center belt ORP032074 2 Pull the tongue plate B and insert TA the tongue plate B into the open To fasten the rear center belt end of the buckle D until an audi 1 Insert the mini tongue A into the ble click is heard indicating the open end of the anchor connector latch is locked Make sure the belt C until an audible click is heard is not twisted indicating the latch is locked Make When using the rear center seat sure the belt is not iwisted belt the buckle with the CENTER mark must be used Safety features of your vehicle There will be an audible click when the tab locks in the buckle The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt is adjusted manually so that it fits snug ly around your hips if you lean for ward in a slow easy motion the belt will extend and let you move around If there is a sudden stop or impact the belt will lock into position It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly When using the rear seat center
305. luetooth Wireless Technology devices with the car audio system The Change Priority feature is used to set the connection priority of paired phones Press the key Select Phone Select Phone List From the paired phone list select the phone you want to switch to the highest priority then select Change Priority button from the Menu The selected device will be changed to the highest priority Priority icon will be displayed when the selected phone is set as a pri ority phone Features of your vehicle Disconnecting a Device Deleting a Device e When deleting the currently con nected device the device will auto matically be disconnected to pro Press the key Select Press the key Select ceed with the deleting process Phone Select Phone List Phone Select Phone List If a paired Bluetooth Wireless Technology device is deleted the device s call history and contacts data will also be deleted To re use a deleted device you must pair the device again From the paired phone list select the From the paired phone list select the currently connected device and device you want to delete and select select Disconnect button Delete button _ __ lt Features of your vehicle USING Bluetooth Wireless Te
306. ly 1 If your vehicle has an automatic transaxle be sure the shift lever is in N Neutral or P Park and the emergency brake is set 2 Check the battery connections to be sure they are clean and tight 3 Turn on the interior light If the light dims or goes out when you operate the starter the battery is dis charged 4 Check the starter connections to be sure they are securely tight ened 5 Do not push or pull the vehicle to Start it See instructions for Jump starting If engine turns over normally but does not start 1 Check the fuel level 2 With the ignition switch in the LOCK position check all connec tors at the ignition coils and spark plugs Reconnect any that may be disconnected or loose 3 Check the fuel line in the engine compartment 4 If the engine still does not start call an authorized Kia dealer or seek other qualified assistance What to do in an emergenc EMERGENCY STARTING Jumper Cables y a m Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly Therefore to avoid harm to yourself or damage to your vehicle or battery follow these jump starting procedures If in doubt we strongly recommend that you have a competent technician or towing serv ice jump start your vehicle Discharged Booster battery battery F Ne z i 4 CAUTION 12 volt battery Connect cables in numerical order Use only a 12 volt jumper sys and disconnect in rev
307. m water contact Jove vox wf gt ml wa O OPS073016 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off 2 Remove the fuse panel cover by pressing the tab and pulling the cover up 3 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown To remove or insert the fuse use the fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse panel 4 Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an authorized Kia dealer Maintenance Multi fuse P E OPS073039 If the multi fuse is blown it must be removed as follows 1 Turn off the engine 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable Remove the nuts shown in the pic ture above Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating Reinstall in the reverse order of removal aoa A O NOTICE If the multi fuse is blown consult an authorized Kia dealer Maintenance Fuse relay panel description 2 5 POWER A BAGIZ IHS MODUL wie ee monuka OPS073014 Inside the fuse relay panel covers you can find the fuse relay label describing fuse relay name and USE THE DESIGNATED P NO 91941 82620 capacity FUSE ONLY NOTICE OPS073018 Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle It is accurate at the time of printing When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle refer to the fuse panel label Maintenance Inner fus
308. mation on all warranties regarding your vehicle We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow the recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation of your new vehicle Kia offers a great variety of options components and features for its various models Therefore some of the equipment described in this manual along with the various illustrations may not be applicable to your particular vehicle The information and specifications provided in this manual were accurate at the time of printing Kia reserves the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation If you have questions always check with your Kia dealer We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle 2014 Kia MOTORS AMERICA Inc All rights reserved May not be reproduced or translated in whole or in part without the written consent of Kia Motors America Inc Printed in Korea TABLE OF CONTENTS J Introduction How to use this manual Fuel requirements Vehicle break in process Vehicle data collection and event data recorders Your vehicle at a glance Exterior overview Interior overview Instrument panel overview Engine compartment Safety features of your vehicle Seats Seat belts Child restraint system Air bag Features of your vehicle Keys Door locks Tailgate Windows Hood Fue
309. me time Doing so may damage the power seat motor or electrical components When in operation the power seat consumes a large amount of electri cal power To prevent unnecessary charging system drain don t adjust the power seat longer than neces sary while the engine is not running Safety features of your vehicle Forward and backward Push the control switch forward or backward to move the seat to the desired position Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position Seatback angle OPS033006 Push the control switch forward or backward to move the seatback to the desired angle Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position Seat height for driver s seat OPS033007 Pull the front portion of the control switch up to raise or press down to lower the front part of the seat cush ion Pull the rear portion of the con trol switch up to raise or press down to lower the rear part of the seat cushion Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position Safety features of your vehicle Lumbar support for driver s seat OPS033008 The lumbar support can be adjusted by pressing the button Headrest for front seat OPS034058N The driver s and front passenger s seats are equipped with a headrest for the occupant s safety and comfort The headrest not only provides com fort for the driver and front passenger but also helps protect the head an
310. ment Manual 3 5 Front seat adjustment power 3 6 Hodder ea 3 8 Headrest rear ee ee 3 13 Rear Seat adjustment iis a 4204 44 eb0ens 3 11 Seatback pocket assisi atrata 3 11 SENIO ME hs utile woe sR i 4 59 Shift lock system 5 21 SM OCK OVEMIGG 44 4046y cho eE ot kom bak 2 5 21 Side All DAS tow ceeds Meecha ew krack eae teks 3 52 DIE KEV ney os oe ees Ce hee eee 4 10 13 Smooth cornering LL 5 52 SUOW SUC RR CRE OST use ohne ue SOTTO cae 5 55 Spata ened eh Rook ed eed oo oe ee a 6 15 Chane me TCS silenti 6 15 Compact spare tire 1 eee eee 6 20 Compact spare tire replacement 7 50 Removing and storing the spare tire 6 15 Special driving conditions us bone da awe bows 5 50 Driving at might s2 c8secekeeedde ina 5 52 Driving in flooded areas lt b ecinigededvendaadns 5 53 Driving in the rain 5 53 Driving off road 6 eee see tere eae bee Bare 5 54 Hazardous driving conditions 5 50 Michway dios st sutiee ch taccdianchagae 5 54 Reducing the risk of a rollover 5 50 ROCKING Ne vehicle 25s eodesd era desse 5 51 Smooth cornering 2 0 cece eee 5 52 SPeCCOMelCh 44 eu uba kudha dah eae beta hs be 4 52 Sports mode 5s 054 weak oe beta dee bande sda weneds 5 19 SRS components and functions 3 41 Starting difficulties see engine will not start 6 4 Starting the engine with a Key giu
311. mode press the key to set the Repeat Random Information Delete Delete All and Delete Selection features 12 00 USB Menu gt Repeat RDM Info 4 Delete Del All Del Sel Repeat Press the key Set MRPT through the TUNE knob or key Repeats the currently playing song Press RPT again to turn repeat off Random Press the key Set ZIRDM through the TUNE knob or key Plays all songs in random order K Press RDM again to turn random off Information Press the key Set Gilnfo through the TUNE knob or key Displays information of the current song Press the key to turn off info display Delete Press the key Set Delete through the TUNE knob or key Deletes currently playing file In the play screen pressing delete will delete the currently playing song e Deletes file from list ME m faux 12 00 List t MUSIic_0l mp3 fMusic_02 mp3 fMusic_03 mp3 Select the file you wish to delete by using the TUNE knob Press the key and select the delete menu to delete the selected file Delete All Press the key Set EDEI AII through the TUNE knob or key Deletes all songs of My Music Features of your vehicle Delete Selection Press the key gt Set 6 Del Sel through the TUNE knob or GG My Music e Even if memory is available a maximum of 6 000 songs can be key stored Songs within My Music are selected The same
312. mps FESTOON Interio O Leo If equipped Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects TIRES AND WHEELS Inflation pressure bar psi kPa Ti Wh Normal load Maximum load Wheel lug nut torque ire Size eel SiIzee tit fitti Ib ft Nemk g m By 205 60R16 6 5JX16 Full size tire 215 55R17 6 54X17 33 230 33 230 33 230 33 230 235 45R18 7 54X18 69 79 9 11 882107 Compact spare tire 1125 80D16 4 0TX16 60 420 60 420 60 420 60 420 if equipped A CAUTION When replacing tires use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects CAPACITY WEIGHT Gross vehicle weight vehicle weig Lo 3 836 1 740 3 902 1 770 3 902 1 770 4 100 1 860 Luggage volume VDA Min 24 2 686 cu ft Max 61 3 1 735 Min Back seat upright without luggage under tray Max Back seat folded without luggage under tray AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM item o Weight of volume Classification Refrigerant 550g R 134a Compressor lubricant 110g FD46XG IDEMITSU We recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer for more details _ __
313. n When the pop up screen is dis played use the TUNE knob or keys W to select the desired mode 2 Changes to USB iPod AUX My Music BT Audio mode Each time the key is pressed the mode is changed in order of USB iPod AUX My Music BT Audio In Setup gt Display the media pop up screen will be displayed when Mode Pop up is turned Con When the pop up screen is dis played use the TUNE knob or keys to select the desired mode 3 Operates Phone Screen When a phone is not connected the connection screen is dis played 4 Briefly press the key under 0 8 sec onds Moves to the Display Sound Clock Phone System setting modes Press and hold the key over 0 8 sec onds Move to the Time setting screen 5 Radio Mode Automatically search es for broadcast frequencies USB iPod My Music modes Briefly press the key under 0 8 seconds Moves to next or previ ous song file Press and hold the key over 0 8 seconds Rewinds or fast forwards the current song BT Audio mode Moves to next or previous song file The Play Pause feature may oper ate differently depending on the mobile phone Features of your vehicle 6 PWR VOL knob Power Turns power On Off by pressing the knob Volume Sets volume by turning the knob left right 7 GB Preset Radio mode Saves frequencies channels or receives saved fre quencies channels
314. n interrupted the distance to empty function may not operate correctly The distance to empty may differ from the actual driving distance as it is an estimate of the available driving distance The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 6 liters 1 6 gallons of fuel are added to the vehicle The fuel economy and distance to empty may vary significantly based on driving conditions driving habits and condition of the vehicle Average Fuel Economy 2 e The average fuel economy is calcu lated by the total driving distance and fuel consumption since the last average fuel economy reset Fuel economy range 0 0 99 9 MPG or L 100km e The average fuel economy can be reset both manually and automati cally Manual reset To clear the average fuel economy manually press tte RESET V but ton on the steering wheel for more than 1 second when the average fuel economy is displayed Features of your vehicle Automatic reset To make the average fuel economy be reset automatically whenever refu eling select the Auto Reset mode in User Setting menu of the LCD display Refer to LCD Display Under Auto Reset mode the aver age fuel economy will be cleared to zero when the vehicle speed exceeds 1 km h after refueling more than 1 6 gallons 6 liters NOTICE The average fuel economy is not dis played for more accurate calculation if the vehicle does not drive more
315. n within 4 seconds the warning sound will operate once to indicate that all doors are locked Lamp One Touch Turn Lamp if equipped If this item is checked the lane change signals will blink 3 5 or 7 times when the turn signal lever is moved slightly Head Lamp Delay if equipped If this item is checked the headlamp delay function will be activated Settings Language Choose the language you prefer within the LCD Temperature Unit Convert the temperature unit from C to F or from F to C Welcome Sound If this item is checked the welcome sound function will be activated AVG Fuel Eco Reset e Auto Reset The average fuel economy will reset automatically when refueling e Manual Reset The average fuel economy will not reset automatically whenever refu eling For more details refer to Trip Computer in this chapter Features of your vehicle Service Interval A V Mode if equipped Turn By Turn Mode if equipped Service Interval Back Off On 2000 mi 36 month Y Move Select OPS043133 OTF044129 OPS043208N On this mode you can activate the This mode displays the state of the This mode displays the state of the service interval function with mileage A V system navigation mi or km and period months Features of your vehicle Warning Messages Low Key Battery Press brake pedal to start engine Shift to P position for smart key for smart key system for smart key
316. n drive cautiously on the tire distance up to 200 km 120 miles at a max speed of 80 km h in order to reach a service station or tire dealer for the tire replacement _ __ lt What to do in an emergency It is possible that some tires espe cially with larger punctures or dam age to the sidewall cannot be sealed completely Air pressure loss in the tire may adversely affect tire performance For this reason you should avoid abrupt steering or other driving maneuvers especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in use The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed or intended as a permanent tire repair method and is to be used for one tire only This instruction shows you step by step how to temporarily seal the puncture simply and reliably Read the section Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit Notes on the suggested use of the Tire Mobility Kit Park your car at the side of the road so that you can work with the Tire Mobility Kit away from moving traf fic To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you re on fairly level ground always set your park ing brake Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for sealing inflation passenger car tires Only punctured areas located with in the tread region of the tire can be s
317. n the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor Restart the engine and have the person remain in that position This will allow the system to detect the person and to enable the passenger air bag If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator is still on ask the passen ger to move to the rear seat NOTICE The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator illuminates for about 4 sec onds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or after the engine is started If the front passenger seat is occupied the occu pant detection sensor will then clas sify the front passenger after several more seconds Safety features of your vehicle Any child age 12 and under should ride in the rear seat Children too large for child restraints should use the available lap shoulder belts No matter what type of crash children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat If the occupant detection system is not working properly the SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate because the passenger s front air bag is connect ed with the occupant detection sys tem If there is a malfunction of the occupant detection system the PAS SENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator will not illuminate and the passen ger s front air bag will inflate in frontal impact crashes even if there is no occupant in the front passenger s seat Driver s and passenger s fro
318. nance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter Put a thick cloth around the radiator cap before refilling the coolant in order to prevent the coolant from overflowing into engine parts such as the alternator For mixture percentage refer to the following table Mixture Percentage volume Ambient Temperature Ae i ae f is u Se ep 5 F 15 0 13 F 25 C 31 F 35 C Water __ o o pr o o ee e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e o e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e eee e e e eee eee eee qr l e e e e e e e Maintenance BRAKE CLUTCH FLUID Checking the brake clutch fluid level OXM079008 Check the fluid level in the reservoir periodically The fluid level should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake clutch fluid clean the area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake clutch fluid contamination if equipped 4 CAUTION Proper fluid Only use brake fluid in brake system Small amounts of improper fluids such as engine oil can cause damage to the brake system If the level is low add fluid to the MAX level The level will fall with accumulated mileage This is a nor mal condition associated with the wear of the brake linings and or clutch disc if equipped If the fluid level is excessively low have the brake clutch system checked by an authorized KI
319. narrow street The right outside rearview mirror is convex Objects seen in the mirror are closer than they appear Use your interior rearview mirror or direct observation to determine the actual distance of following vehicles when changing lanes 4 CAUTION Rearview mirror Do not scrape ice off the mirror face this may damage the sur face of the glass If ice should restrict the movement of the mir ror do not force the mirror for adjustment To remove ice use a deicer spray or a sponge or soft cloth with very warm water If the mirror is jammed with ice do not adjust the mirror by force Use an approved spray de icer not radiator antifreeze to release the frozen mechanism or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt Features of your vehicle l PAME Conto 4 CAUTION Outside mirror e The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjusting angles but the motor continues to operate while the switch is pressed Do not press the switch longer than necessary the motor may be damaged Do not attempt to adjust the outside rearview mirror by hand Doing so may damage the parts OPS043035 Electric type The electric remote control mirror switch allows you to adjust the position of the left and right outside rearview mirrors To adjust the position of either mirror the ignition switch should be in the ACC position Move the switch 1 to RorL to select the right side
320. nd snugged on the hips and as low as possible Check if the belt fits period ically A child s squirming could put the belt out of position Children are given the most safety in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint system in the rear seat If a larger child over age 12 must be seated in the front seat the child should be securely restrained by the available lap shoul der belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position Children age 12 and under should be restrained securely in the rear seat NEVER place a child age 12 and under in the front seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in the front seat of a vehicle Safety features of your vehicle If the shoulder belt portion slightly touches the child s neck or face try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to a child restraint system Restraint of pregnant women Pregnant women should wear lap shoulder belt assemblies when ever possible according to specific recommendations by their doctors The lap portion of the belt should be worn AS SECURELY AND LOW AS POSSIBLE Injured person A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported When this is necessary you should consult a physician for recommenda tions One person per belt Two people including children should never attempt to use a single
321. nd baking soda If the vehicle is not going to be used for an extended time discon nect the battery cables WARNING Risk of explosion Keep lit cigarettes and all other flames or sparks away from the battery The battery contains hydrogen a highly combustible gas which will explode if it comes in contact with a flame or spark Keep batteries out of the reach of children because batteries con tain highly corrosive SULFURIC ACID and electrolytes Do not allow battery acid to contact your skin eyes clothing or paint finish Wear eye protection when charging or work ing near a battery Always provide ventila tion when working in an enclosed space Always read the following instructions carefully when handling a battery If any electrolyte gets into your eyes flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immedi ate medical attention If electrolyte gets on your skin thoroughly wash the contacted area If you feel pain or burning sensation get medical attention imme diately An inappropriately disposed X battery can be harmful to the environment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation Never attempt to recharge the bat tery when the battery cables are con nected gt Maintenance OO ZZZ NOTICE Battery recharging If you connect unauthorized elec Your vehicle has a maintenance free tronic
322. nderinflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Maintenance E Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gauge firm ly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tire and loading information label no further adjust ment is necessary If the pressure is low add air until you reach the rec ommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gauge Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and mois ture Inspect your tires frequently for proper inflation as well as wear and damage Always use a tire pres sure gauge Tires with too much or too little pressure wear unevenly causing poor handling loss of vehicle con trol and sudden tire failure leading to accidents injuries and even death The recommended cold tire pressure for your vehicle can be found in this manual and on the tire label located on the driver s side center pillar e Remember to check the pressure of your spare tire Kia recommends that you check the spare every time you check the pressure of the other tires on your vehicle Tire rotation To equa
323. nections Brake pedal and operation Chassis body nuts and bolts Drum brake and linings if equipped Disc brakes and pads if equipped Exhaust pipe and muffler Front suspension ball joints 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses 1 Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 7 3 Steering operation and linkage 4 Suspension mounting bolts Continued Continued Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped UO Replace engine oil and filter Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Q Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles or 12 months O Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Every 7 500 miles or 12 months K Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance E eee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 60 000 miles or 48 months Continued O Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrig 8 Exhaust pipe and muffler erant and performance if equipped 9 Front suspension ball joints Q Inspect cooling system 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges Q Inspect drive belt 12 Parking brakes First 60 000 miles or 72 months 13 Steering operation and linkage after every 15 000 miles or 24 months 14 Suspension mounting bolts Q Inspect drive shaft and boots Q Replace air cleaner filter O Inspect fuel filter Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Inspect fuel line hoses
324. ng if equipped OPS043161 Press the A C button to turn the air conditioning system on indicator light will illuminate Press the button again to turn the air conditioning sys tem off ee a e e e e e e e e e e e e eee ee eee ee eee qr l e e e e e e e Features of your vehicle System operation Ventilation 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed Heating 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 5 If dehumidified heating is desired turn the air conditioning system if equipped on e If the windshield fogs up set the mode to the amp or 447 position Operation Tips e To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the ventilation system temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position Be sure to return the control to the fresh air position when the irritation has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle This will help keep the driv er alert and comfortable Air for the heating cooling system is drawn in through the grilles just ahead of the windshield Care should be taken that these are not blocked by leaves s
325. ng and holding the key over 0 8 seconds continuously move to previous or next channel If the Category icon is displayed channels are changed within the current category SAT 12 00 Category 2 All Categor cy Pop Rock SCAN Press the key gt Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Previews each broad cast for 10 seconds each Press the key again to continue listening to the current frequency If the Category icon is displayed channels are changed within the current category Category Press the key Set through the TUNE knob e The display will indicate the catego ry menus highlight the category that the current channel belongs to e In the Category List Mode press the key to navigate cat egory list e Press the tune knob to select the lowest channel in the highlighted category If channel is selected by selecting category then the CATEGORY icon is displayed at the top of the screen Features of your vehicle Preset Press the key IS Ga Briefly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Plays the frequency saved in the corresponding key Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Pressing and holding the desired key from 6 will save the current broadcast to the selected key and sound a BEEP Troubleshooting 1 Antenna Error If this message is displayed the anten na or antenna cable is broken or unplugged Please consult wi
326. ng the key or the key on the steering wheel displays the follow ing screen Select Pair button to pair a new device or select Connect to connect a previously paired device Features of your vehicle Pairing through PHONE Setup Press the key gt Select Phone Select Pair Phone gt Select TUNE knob 12 00 naa e da DI Phone Phone List 2 5 d 1 The following steps are the same as those described in the section When No Devices have been Paired on the previous page e Bluetoothe Wireless Technology features supported within the vehi cle are as follows Some features may not be supported depending on your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device Outgoing Incoming Handsfree calls Operations during a call Switch to Private Switch to call waiting MIC on off Downloading Call History Downloading Mobile Contacts Bluetooth Wireless Technology device auto connection Bluetooth Audio Streaming Up to five Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices can be paired to the Car Handsfree system Only one Bluetooth device can be connected at a time Only one Bluetooth Wireless Technology device can be con nected at a time Other devices cannot be paired while a Bluetooth Wireless Technology device is connected Only Bluetooth Wireless Technology Handsfree and Bluetooth audio related features are supported Bluetooth related operations are possible only within devices that sup
327. ngine by pressing the Engine Start Stop Button for 10 seconds in the ACC position Features of your vehicle Shift to P or N to start engine Door Open Tailgate Open for smart key system and auto matic transaxle Shift to Por N to start engine N STOP OPS043121 OPS043122 It means that any door is open l OTF044150L e It means that the tailgate is open e This warning message illuminates if you try to start the engine with the shift lever not in the P Park or N Neutral position NOTICE You can start the engine with the shift lever in the N Neutral position But for your safety we recommend that you start the engine with the shift lever in the P Park position Features of your vehicle Sunroof Open if equipped Turn on FUSE SWITCH e The FUSE and on warning if equipped messages are displayed alternate ly for Type A e It means that you should turn the fuse switch on E Typed For more details refer to Fuses in chapter 7 OPS043120 e The warning message illuminates if you turn off the engine when the pe B sunroof is open OPS044309L Turn on FUSE SWITCH SAJ E OPS043405L e This warning message illuminates if the fuse switch on the fuse box is OFF _ __ lt Features of your vehicle
328. nition switch is turned off Features of your vehicle MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM 1 Fan speed control knob 3 Mode selection knob 5 Temperature control knob 2 Air intake control button 4 Rear window defroster button 6 Air conditioning button if equipped OPS043154 Features of your vehicle Heating and air conditioning 1 Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired posi tion For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling Heating s Cooling 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 6 If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning system if equipped on OPS043058 _ _ lt Features of your vehicle Mode selection OPS043155 The mode selection knob controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system Air can be directed to the floor dash board outlets or windshield Five symbols are used to represent Vent mode B D Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet Vent Floor mode B D C E Air flow is directed towards the fa
329. now ice or other obstructions To prevent interior fog on the wind shield set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position turn on the air conditioning system and adjust the temperature control to desired temperature Air conditioning if equipped All Kia Air Conditioning Systems are filled with R 134a refrigerant 1 Start the engine Press the air con ditioning button 2 Set the mode to the 3 position 3 Set the air intake control to the outside air or recirculated air posi tion 4 Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain maximum comfort e When maximum cooling is desired set the temperature control to the extreme left position set the mode control to the MAX A C position then set the fan speed control to the highest speed Features of your vehicle e When using the air conditioning system you may notice clear water Air conditioning system operation tips e If the vehicle has been parked in 4 CAUTION Excessive A C When using the air conditioning system monitor the engine coolant closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when out side temperatures are high Air conditioning system operation may cause engine overheating and potential engine damage Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air conditioning sys tem off if the engine coolant temperature gauge indicates engine overheating direct sunlight during h
330. nspect your compact spare tire regularly and replace worn com pact spare tires with the same size and design mounted on the same wheel e The compact spare tire should not be used on any other wheels nor should standard tires snow tires wheel covers or trim rings be used with the compact spare wheel If such use is attempted damage to these items or other vehicle com ponents may occur Do not use more than one compact Spare tire at a time Do not tow a trailer while the com pact spare tire is installed What to do in an emergenc Jack label E Example E Type A Model oo gt ae Ox CALCE Furti stenta me da ET ee ah Pia oe amp Wia i e lg EA Ce Fi OOWWAAAA MINIS NUE go Fi wo OHYK064001 EG bii bees ot en Serer eres seed 4 009 LAET TES EES E Type B MAX WEIGHT ooookgloooo lb USE ONLY TO SPECIFIED CAR AIS ASOD NES 2 CARGA MAXIMA ooookgloooo lb USELO SOLO PARA EL VEHICULO ESPECIFICADO e Max CuMmanbHaancnonn3oBaTi TONbKO Spano ace ontega st a eet sar Li 8064 Brico sno lijepi ds 110 900 marca nisi CEEE FPY3ONONbENMHOC Tb 0000Kr NAHHOrO ABTOMODUNA o AAM 0000kg c000 b ME AF W E FA Jaj 0000 ga 0000 uaki oy Barna pull laid 021 1 g ri Du OHYK064002 The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration For more detailed specifications refer to the label attached to the jack 1 Model Name
331. nt To prevent damage or loss of cargo while driving check frequently before or while driving to make sure the items on the roof are securely fastened Features of your vehicle AUDIO SYSTEM If you install aftermarket HID head Antenna if equipped lamps your vehicle s audio and elec f equipped A CAUTION Antenna tronic devices may malfunction Before entering a place with a 4 low height clearance or a car j wash remove the antenna pole f by rotating it counterclockwise If not the antenna may be dam aged e When reinstalling your roof anten na it is important that it is fully tightened and adjusted to the OHM048154N upright position to ensure proper Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to reception receive AM or and FM broadcast sig When cargo is loaded on the roof nals rack do not place the cargo near This antenna pole is removable To the antenna pole to ensure proper remove the roof antenna pole turn it reception counterclockwise To install the roof antenna pole turn it clockwise Features of your vehicle VOLUME VOL VOL 1 e Push the VOL to increase volume e Push the VOL to decrease volume Audio remote control if equipped SEEK PRESET V 2 If the SEEK PRESET button is pressed for 1 second or more it will work as follows in each mode RADIO mode It will function as the AUTO SEEK select button OPS043190 The steering wheel audio remote control button may
332. nt air bag Driver s front air bag i OPS033021 OPS033022 Your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Supplemental Restraint Air Bag System and lap shoulder belts at both the driver and passen ger seating position The indication of the system s pres ence are the letters AIR BAG embossed on the air bag pad cover on the steering wheel and the pas senger s side front panel pad above the glove box The SRS consists of air bags installed under the pad covers in the center of the steering wheel and the passenger s side front panel above the glove box The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle s driver and or the front passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt sys tem alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity The SRS uses sensors to gather information about the driver s and front passenger s seat belt usage and impact severity The seat belt buckle sensors deter mine if the driver and front passen ger s seat belts are fastened Safety features of your vehicle 4 CAUTION Seat Track Sensor Do not place any objects under neath the front seats as they could damage the seat track position sensor or interfere with the occupant detection system These sensors provide the ability to control the SRS deployment based on whether or not the seat belts are fas tened and how severe the impact is The advanced SRS offers the ability to control the air ba
333. ntinued 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes 13 Steering operation and linkage 14 Suspension mounting bolts Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter Every 7 500 miles or 12 months 0 Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Q Replace spark plugs iridium coated Q Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance __ CEE NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 120 000 miles or 96 months Q Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrig erant and performance if equipped Q Inspect cooling system Q Inspect drive belt First 60 000 miles or 72 months after every 15 000 miles or 24 months UO Inspect drive shaft and boots Q Inspect fuel filter Q Inspect fuel line hoses and connection Q Inspect fuel tank air filter Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Q Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid 3 Brake lines hoses and connections 4 Brake pedal and operation 5 Chassis body nuts and bolts 6 Drum brake and linings if equipped 7 Disc brakes and pads if equipped 8 Exhaust pipe and muffler 9 Front suspension ball joints Continued Continued e Fuel tank cap lines and hoses Lubricate all locks and hinges Park
334. ntinued 8 Exhaust pipe and muffler 9 Front suspension ball joints 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes 13 Steering operation and linkage 14 Suspension mounting bolts UO Replace climate control air filter if equipped UO Replace engine oil and filter Every 7 500 miles or 12 months O Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles or 12 months O Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance eee EEE NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 90 000 miles or 72 months Continued Q Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refriger 8 Exhaust pipe and muffler ant and performance if equipped 9 Front suspension ball joints Q Inspect cooling system 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses O Inspect drive belt 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges First 60 000 miles or 72 months after 12 Parking brakes every 15 000 miles or 24 months 13 Steering operation and linkage Q Inspect drive shaft and boots 14 Suspension mounting bolts Q Inspect fuel filter O Replace air cleaner filter Q Inspect fuel line hoses and connection O Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Inspect fuel tank air filter O Replace engine oil and filter Q Inspect valve clearance Engine 1 6 Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Every 90 000 miles o
335. nts Insurance deductibles expenses and claims paid by your insurance company or other providers are not eligible for reimbursement Fleet vehicles are excluded from reimbursement under Kia s Trip Interruption Policy Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects Registering your vehicle in a foreign country If you plan to register your vehicle in a foreign country you should confirm that it conforms to the regulations in that country Even if you successfully register the vehicle in a foreign country you may experience the following problems and should therefore consider the possibility of having to deal with them 1 The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable If other than the specified fuel is used it could cause damage to the engine the fuel injection system and other fuel related parts which may not be covered under your New Vehicle Emissions Limited Warranty 2 We must therefore clearly state that when you leave the country in which you purchased your Kia new and register it in another country problems arising from the use of fuel other than the specified fuel are not subject to manufacturers warranty Because vehicles like yours may not be marketed in the new country of reg istration parts servicing techniques and tools neces sary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be unavailable Even if vehicles like yours are sold there mechanical specifications required by the government may
336. o winter weight oil if necessary 5 57 e Check spark plugs and ignition system 5 57 e To keep locks from freezing 00000 5 57 e Use approved window washer anti freeze in ole 5 57 Don t let your parking brake freeze 5 58 e Don t let ice and snow accumulate underneath 5 58 e Carry emergency equipment 5 58 Trailer Tonina Re n 5 58 Vehicle load limit ccc ccc cc cece 5 59 e Tire and loading information label 5 59 Certification label iia tea eee es 5 63 Vehicle weight glossary cecceeeees 5 65 Base curb weiht cares wee cee os eee s 5 65 e Vehicle curbiweisht ences ec oes 5 65 C argo weight ola 5 65 e GAW Gross axle weight cececeees 5 65 e GAWR Gross axle weight rating 5 65 e GVW Gross vehicle weight e 06 5 65 e GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating 5 65 Driving your vehicle Be sure the exhaust system does not leak The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer 44 WARNING Engine exhaust Do not inhale exhaust fumes or leave your engine running in a enclosed area fo
337. o change the fan speed press the button for higher speed or push the button for lower speed To turn the fan speed control off press the OFF button and select outside fresh air position Air conditioning E Type A OPS043174 ar OPS043175 Push the A C button to turn the air conditioning system on indicator light will illuminate Push the button again to turn the air conditioning system off Features of your vehicle Blower OFF E Type A OPS043178 E Type B re OPS043179 Push the OFF button to turn off the blower However you can still operate the mode and air intake buttons as long as the ignition switch is in the position ON Climate information screen selection if equipped E Type B OPS043180 Press the climate information screen selection button to view climate infor mation in full screen mode System operation Ventilation 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed Heating 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed If dehumidified heating is desired turn the air conditioning system if equi
338. ob Turn TUNE knob left right to set e Bass Middle Treble Selects the sound tone e Fader Balance Moves the sound fader and balance e Default Restores default settings Back While_adjusting values pressing the TUNE knob will restore the parent menu Speed Dependent Volume Control This feature will gradually increase the volume as speed increases to offset outside noise Select Speed Dependent Vol Set On Off of TUNE knob Voice Recognition Volume Adjusts voice recognition volume select Voice Recognition Vol gt Set volume of TUNE knob Features of your vehicle CLOCK SETTINGS Press the key Select Clock through TUNE knob or key gt Select menu through TUNE knob Sound Settings This menu is used to set the time Select Clock Settings Set through TUNE knob Press TUNE knob Adjust the number currently in focus to set the hour and press the tune knob to set the minute and AM PM Calendar Settings This menu is used to set the date MM DD YYYY Select Calendar Settings Set through TUNE knob Press TUNE knob Adjust the number currently in focus to make the settings and press the tune knob to move to the next setting Set in order of Year Month Day Time Format This function is used to set the 12 24 hour time format of the audio system Select Time Format Set 12Hr 24Hr through TUNE knob Clock Display w
339. oil pressure is low If the engine oil pressure is low 1 Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle 2 Turn the engine off and check the engine oil level For more details refer to Engine Oil in section 7 If the level is low add oil as required lf the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not avail able have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible CAUTION Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light e If the engine does not stop immediately after the Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light is illuminated severe damage could result If the warning light stays on while the engine is running it indicates that there may be serious engine damage or malfunction In this case 1 Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so 2 Turn off the engine and check the oil level If the oil level is low fill the engine oil to the proper level 3 Start the engine again If the warning light stays on after the engine is started turn the engine off immediately In this case have your vehi cle inspected by an author ized Kia dealer Low Fuel Level Warning Light a This warning light illuminates When the fuel tank is nearly empty If the fuel tank is nearly empty Add fuel as soon as possible A CAUTION Low Fuel Level Driving with the Low Fuel Level warning light on or with the fuel level below 0 or E can cause the en
340. om press the key Plays all songs in random order USB mode FLD RDM on screen Folder Random press the key Plays all files within the current folder in random order iPod mode ALL RDM on screen All Random press the key Plays all files in random order USB ALL RDM on screen e All Random pressing twice Plays all files in random order Press the key again to turn off random Features of your vehicle Changing Song File While song file is key Shortly pressing the key Plays the current song from the beginning If the key is pressed again within 2 second the previ ous song is played Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Rewinds the song playing While song key Shortly pressing the key Plays the next song Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Fast forwards the song file is playing Scan While song file is playing ISS key Shortly pressing the key Scans all songs from the next song for 10 seconds each Press the key again to turn off The SCAN function is not support ed in iPod mode Folder Search USB Mode While file is playing aS Folder Up key e Searches the next folder While file is playing RESA Folder Down key Searches the parent folder If a folder is selected by pressing the TUNE knob the first file within the selected folder will be played X In iPod mode moves to the Parent Fol
341. om sealant bottle to 7 Pressure gauge for displaying the may escape under high pressure wheel tire inflation pressure 3 Connectors and cable for the g Screw cap for reducing tire infla power outlet direct connection tion pressure What to do in an emergenc Using the Tire Mobility Kit 1 Detach the speed restriction label 0 from the sealant bottle 1 and place it in a highly visible place inside the vehicle such as on the steering wheel to remind the driv er not to drive too fast 2 Screw connection hose 9 onto the connector of the sealant bottle 3 Ensure that screw cap 8 is closed 7 ops063008 4 do di Pilea lt 6 Ensure that the compressor is 7 Plug the compressor power cord valve of the detective wheel an switched off position 0 into the front passenger side power screw filling hose 2 of the sealant outlet of the vehicle bottle onto the valve 5 Insert the sealant bottle into the housing 4 of the compressor so that the bottle is upright What to do in an emergency 8 With the engine start stop button position on or ignition switch posi tion on switch on the compressor and let it run for approximately 5 7 minutes to fill the sealant up to proper pressure refer to the Tire and Wheels chapter 8 The infla tion pressure of the tire after filling is unimportant and will be checked corrected later Be careful not to overinflate the tire and stay away from the tire when filling
342. omical operan eden resosi age 5 48 Electric chromic mirror ECM 4 46 Electric power Steering scosese danan io ida 4 40 Electronic stability control ESC 5 29 Emergency Statin serceru seiras eme eE 6 5 Jump starting ceca 6 5 Emergency while drivymg ss siosser trade sasa 6 3 Emission control system 0000 eee 7 93 Crankcase emission control system 7 93 Evaporative emission control System 7 93 Exhaust emission control system 7 94 NOMIC 5 2 2 44 ove E ee ee ee ee oe ee a 8 2 Engine COMPOMINCN entrer 2 6 Engine coolant iii 7 29 Engine Coolant Temperature guage 4 53 Engine NUMDCE siria he cane ena 8 10 PMO Oll Sects seront 7 27 Engine OVEMMeats choww ane sa owd wade ne ceases 6 7 Engine start stop DITION atriale 5 9 Engine start stop button 5 9 Illuminated engine start stop button 5 9 Starting the engine with a smart key 5 11 EI Will not Slants a4 a2 n onsets ee eae eee 6 4 Evaporative emission control System 7 93 Exhaust emission control system 7 94 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 23 EXAM CONG tini 7 86 Exterior Teatres xi aucun ete ote coor ae ah 4 141 Mounting bracket for roof carrier 4 141 Exterior Overview 2 eee eee 2 2 Flat Ure ox vote ees ae Sees eee eee 6 13 Chamois didatta 6 15 Compact spare tire
343. ommand Features of your vehicle ENDING VOICE RECOGNITION While Voice Recognition is operating gt Press and hold the key on the steering remote controller While using voice command pressing any steering wheel con trol or a different key will end voice command e When the system is waiting for a voice command say cancel or end to end voice command e When the system is waiting for a voice command press and hold the key on the steering wheel to end voice command Voice Recognition and Phone Contact Tips The Kia Voice Recognition System may have difficulty understanding some accents or uncommon names When using Voice Recognition to place a call speak in a moderate tone with clear pronun ciation To maximize the use of Voice Recognition consider these guide lines when storing contacts Do not store single name entries e g Bob Mom etc Instead always use full names including first and last names for these con tacts e Do not use special characters e g amp etc e Do not use abbreviations i e use Lieutenant instead of Lt or acronyms i e use County Finance Department instead of C F D Be sure to say the name exactly as it is entered in the con tacts list Do not use acronyms i e use County Finance Department instead of CFD If a name is not recognized from the contact list change it to a more descrip
344. ompartment fuse panel l a i OPS073013 SOA 40A 304 USE THE DESIGNATED FUSE AND RELAY ONLY 91950 B2020 OPS073019 Maintenance Engine ae hac ac fuse panel Description e IGN_SW B1 BUTTON_START_RLY IG1 BUTTON_START_RLY ACC ORESTE RECESSO E CES nena STOP_LAMP_SW NORMAL_CLOSE 02_SNSR PURGE_CONTROL_SOLENOID_VALVE OCV We ai Maintenance Description Fuse rating Protected component e e einem som ea e amine some R ae IGN_SW IG2 BUTTON_START_RLY IG2 START_RLY ers e em Maintenance LIGHT BULBS Use only the bulbs of the specified wattage A CAUTION Light replacement Be sure to replace the burned out bulb with one of the same wattage rating Otherwise it may cause damage to the fuse or electric wiring system e If you dont have necessary tools the correct bulbs and the expertise consult an authorized Kia dealer In many cases it is difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs because other parts of the vehicle must be removed before you can get to the bulb This is especially true if you have to remove the headlight assembly to get to the bulb s Removing installing the headlight assembly can result in damage to the vehicle Do not install additional bulb or LED If you install that the lamp may not be operated properly and fuse box or electric wiring system may have problem Maintenance Headlight position light turn signal light
345. on 00 OAM049041 When the light switch is in the park ing light position 1st position the tail license and instrument panel lights will turn ON Headlight position 20 OAM049042 When the light switch is in the head light position 2nd position the head tail license and instrument panel lights will turn ON The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlights Features of your vehicle Auto light position if equipped i OMD040095 When the light switch is in the AUTO light position the taillights and head lights will be turned ON or OFF auto matically depending on the amount of light outside the vehicle e Never place anything over sensor 1 located on the instrument panel This will ensure better auto light system control e Dont clean the sensor using a win dow cleaner The cleaner may leave a light film which could inter fere with sensor operation e If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coating on the front windshield the Auto light system may not work properly High beam operation ai OAM049044 To turn on the high beam headlights push the lever away from you Pull it back for low beams The high beam indicator will light when the headlight high beams are switched on To prevent the battery from being discharged do not leave the lights on for a prolonged time while the engine is not running _ _
346. onds and goes off When the vehicle can not detect the smart key which is in the vehi cle while the Engine Start Stop Button is ON In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer This indicator light blinks e When the battery of the smart key is weak At this time you can not start the engine However you can start the engine if you press the Engine Start Stop Button with the smart key For more details refer to Starting the Engine in section 5 e When there is a malfunction with the immobilizer system In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Turn Signal Indicator Light This indicator light blinks e When you turn the turn signal light on If any of the following occurs there may be a malfunction with the turn signal system In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer The indicator light does not blink but illuminates The indicator light blinks more rapidly The indicator light does not illumi nate at all Features of your vehicle High Beam Indicator Light This indicator light illuminates e When the headlights are on and in the high beam position e When the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash to Pass position Light ON Indicator Light _ B Pali This indicator light illuminates e When the tail lights or headlights 0 This indicator light illuminates e
347. one it will not be covered by the warranty You can find out the tire infor mation on the tire sidewall Maintenance FUSES E Micro mini type Normal E Cartridge type Normal OPS073054 A vehicle s electrical system is pro tected from electrical overload dam age by fuses This vehicle has 2 or 3 fuse panels one located in the driver s side panel bolster the other in the engine com partment near the battery If any of your vehicle s lights acces sories or controls do not work check the appropriate circuit fuse If a fuse has blown the element inside the fuse will melt If the electrical system does not work first check the drivers side fuse panel Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating If the replacement fuse blows this indicates an electrical problem Avoid using the system involved and imme diately consult an authorized Kia dealer Three kinds of fuses are used micro mini type for lower amperage rating cartridge type and multi fuse for higher amperage ratings Maintenance Inner panel fuse replacement A CAUTION Leelee Do not use a screwdriver or any other metal object to remove fuses because it may cause a short circuit and damage the system NOTICE The actual fuse relay panel label may differ from equipped items OPS073014 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off 2 Open the fuse panel cover Ma
348. one features e In order to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone you must first pair and connect the Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone e If the mobile phone is not paired or connected it is not possible to enter Phone mode Once a phone is paired or connected the guid ance screen will be displayed e If Priority is set upon vehicle igni tion IGN ACC ON the Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone will be automatically connected Even if you are outside the Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone will be automatically connected once you are in the vicinity of the vehicle If you do not want automatic Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone connection set the Bluetooth Wireless Technology power to OFF Making a call using the Steering wheel mounted controls 1 WERE button Mode changes each time the button pressed 2 VOLUME button Raises or low ers speaker volume 3 button RADIO mode Briefly press the key Move to next or previous preset channel Press and hold the key Automatically searches for broadcast frequencies USB iPod My Music Modes Briefly press the key Move to next or previous song Press and hold the key Rewinds or fast forwards the current song 4 button Activates voice recog nition 5 button Places and transfers calls 6 button Ends calls or cancels functions Features of your vehicle Check call history and making call Briefly p
349. oney in both fuel and repairs e Drive smoothly Accelerate at a moderate rate Don t make jack rabbit starts or full throttle shifts and maintain a steady cruising speed Don t race between stop lights Try to adjust your speed to the traffic so you don t have to change speeds unnecessarily Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos sible Always maintain a safe dis tance from other vehicles so you can avoid unnecessary braking This also reduces brake wear Drive at a moderate speed The faster you drive the more fuel your vehicle uses Driving at a moderate speed especially on the highway is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel consumption Don t ride the brake or clutch pedal This can increase fuel con sumption and also increase wear on these components In addition driving with your foot resting on the brake pedal may cause the brakes to overheat which reduces their effectiveness and may lead to more serious Consequences Take care of your tires Keep them inflated to the recommended pres sure Incorrect inflation either too much or too little results in unnec essary tire wear Check the tire pressures at least once a month Be sure that the wheels are aligned correctly Improper align ment can result from hitting curbs or driving too fast over irregular surfaces Poor alignment causes faster tire wear and may also result in other problems as well as greater fuel consumption Keep your vehicle
350. oof glass control lever forward or pull it downward e Type A When you push the sunroof glass control lever forward or pull it downward while the sunshade opened the sunshade will be closed halfway and then glass will be tilt down and then sunshade will be fully closed finally Type B When you push the sunroof glass control lever forward or pull it downward while the sunshade opened the glass will be tilt down Do not leave the sunshade closed while the sunroof is opened Features of your vehicle Do not extend the face neck arms Sunshade or body outside the sunroof while CAUTION Sunroof motor driving damage e Periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the guide rail e If you try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice the glass or the motor could be damaged To open the sunshade Press the sunshade open button 1 To stop the sliding at any point press the sunshade control switch momen tarily Features of your vehicle To close the sunshade when the sunroof glass is closed Press the sunshade close button 2 When you press the sunshade close button 2 with the sunroof glass opened e Type A The sunshade will be closed halfway e Type B The sunshade will be closed halfway then sunroof glass will be closed and then sunshade will be fully closed finally Push the sunroof control lever for
351. opy the current song into My Music You can play the copied Music in My Music mode If another key is pressed while copying is in progress a pop up asking you whether to cancel copying is displayed If another media is connected or inserted USB iPod AUX while copying is in progress copying is canceled Music will not be played while copying is in progress MENU iPod In iPod mode press the key to set the Repeat Random Information and Search features 12 00 Menu gt Aepeat Bilnto APT Z o m Search Repeat Press the key Set MRPT through the TUNE knob or key to repeat the current song Press RPT again to turn repeat off Random Press the key Set IZIRDM through the TUNE knob or key Plays all songs within the currently playing category in random order Press RDM again to turn off Information Press the key Set Gilnfo through the TUNE knob or key Displays information of the current song Press the key to turn off info display Search Press the key Set Search through the TUNE knob or key Displays iPod category list Searching iPod category is key pressed move to par ent category _ __ lt Features of your vehicle MENU My Music Mode In My Music
352. ore driving the vehicle Driving your vehicle Electronic stability control ESC N 0PS053013 The Electronic Stability control ESC system is designed to stabi lize the vehicle during cornering maneuvers ESC checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going ESC applies the brakes on individual wheels and intervenes with the engine manage ment system to stabilize the vehicle Electronic stability control ESC will not prevent accidents Excessive speed in turns abrupt maneuvers and hydroplaning on wet surfaces can still result in serious accidents Only a safe and attentive driver can prevent accidents by avoiding maneuvers that cause the vehicle to lose traction Even with ESC installed always follow all the normal precautions for driving including driving at safe speeds for the condi tions The Electronic Stability Control ESC system is an electronic system designed to help the driver maintain vehicle control under adverse condi tions It is not a substitute for safe driv ing practices Factors including speed road conditions and driver steering input can all affect whether ESC will be effective in preventing a loss of control It is still your responsibility to drive and corner at reasonable speeds and to leave a sufficient margin of safety When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a corres
353. ot weather open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days decrease the humidity inside the vehicle by operating the air conditioning system During air conditioning system operation you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning com pressor cycles This is a normal system operation characteristic Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system per formance dripping or even puddling on the ground under the passenger side of the vehicle This is a normal sys tem operation characteristic Operating the air conditioning sys tem in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling how ever continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale During cooling operation you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake This is a normal system operation characteristic Features of your vehicle Climate control air filter if equipped Outside air Blower Heater core Climate control air filter Evaporator core 1LDA5047 The climate control air filter installed behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the vehicle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system If dust or other pollutants acc
354. ough the restraint following the restraint manufacturer s instructions Be sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted 2 Fasten the lap shoulder belt latch into the buckle Listen for the dis tinct click sound Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emer gency OEN036102 Pull the shoulder portion of the seat belt all the way out When the shoulder portion of the seat belt is fully extended it will shift the retractor to the Auto Lock child restraint mode OEN036103 Slowly allow the shoulder portion of the seat belt to retract and listen for an audible clicking or ratchet ing sound This indicates that the retractor is in the Auto Lock mode If no distinct sound is heard repeat steps 3 and 4 Safety features of your vehicle OEN036104 5 Remove as much slack from the belt as possible by pushing down on the child restraint system while feeding the shoulder belt back into the retractor 6 Push and pull on the child restraint system to confirm that the seat belt is holding it firmly in place If it is not release the seat belt and repeat steps 2 through 6 7 Double check that the retractor is in the Auto Lock mode by attempting to pull more of the seat belt out of the retractor If you can not the retractor is in the Auto Lock mode The lap shoulder belt automatically returns to the emergency lock mode
355. ough the front or side windows To use the sunvisor pull it downward To use the sunvisor for the side window pull it downward unsnap it from the bracket 1 and swing it to the side 2 Adjust the sunvisor extension for ward or backward 3 if equipped To use the vanity mirror pull down the visor and slide the mirror cover 4 To use the vanity mirror lamp switch it on if equipped The ticket holder 5 if equipped is provided for holding a tollgate ticket 4 CAUTION Vanity mirror lamp if equipped If you use the vanity mirror lamp turn off the lamp before return the sunvisor to its origi nal position It could result in battery discharge and possible sunvisor damage Seat warmer if equipped OPS033012 f OPS033013 The seat warmer is provided to warm the front seats during cold weather With the ignition switch in the ON position push either of the switches to warm the driver s seat or the front passenger s seat Features of your vehicle During mild weather or under condi tions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position Each time you press the switch the temperature setting of the seat will change as follows OFF OFF 4 J HIGH 388 t HIGH OWE de 3 4 L t NS LOW 8 MIDDLE 3 gt J I LOW gt e The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned on e When pressing the switch
356. ounds These can cause internal leakage of a OTAM041101 When replacement is necessary use the following procedure battery 1 Insert a slim tool into the slot and 5 When replacing the batteries Genny Opel tiie allel COET check the direction and insert 2 Replace the batteries with new rechargeable batteries AAA size It will not be charged if installed When replacing the batteries reversely make sure the position of batteries 6 Do not mix the rechargeable 3 Close the cover carefully batteries lt may not be charged normally eatures of your vehicle Glove box lamp if equipped OPS043057 The glove box lamp comes on when the glove box is opened To prevent unnecessary charging system drain close the glove box securely after using the glove box Vanity mirror lamp if equipped OAM042336 Pull the sunvisor downward and you can turn the vanity mirror lamp ON or OFF by pushing the button e To turn the lamp ON e O To turn the lamp OFF To prevent unnecessary charging system drain turn off the lamp by pushing the O button after using the lamp _ __ lt Features of your vehicle DEFROSTER 4 CAUTION Conductors To prevent damage to the con ductors bonded to the inside surface of the rear window nev
357. ove box store small items e To avoid possible theft do not leave valuables in the storage compartment e Always keep the storage compart ment covers closed while driving Do not attempt to place so many items in the storage compartment that the storage compartment cover cannot close securely OPS043060 OPS043062 A WARNING Flammable materials To open the glove box push the but ton and the glove box will automati cally open Close the glove box after use Always keep the glove box closed while the vehicle is in operation Do not store propane cylinders or other flammable explosive materials in the vehicle These items may catch fire and or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures for extended periods OPS043061 These compartments can be used to store small items required by the driver or front passenger To open the center console storage pull up the lever Type B Features of your vehicle Cool box if equipped di i OPS043064 You can keep beverage cans or other items cool in the glove box 1 Turn on the air conditioning 2 Slide the open close lever of the vent installed in the glove box to the open position 3 When the cool box is not used slide the lever to the closed posi tion If some items in the cool box block the vent the cooling effectiveness of the coolbox is reduced NOTICE Do not put peri
358. ow fre quencies These long distance low frequency radio waves can follow the curvature of the earth rather than travelling straight In addition they curve around obstructions resulting in better signal coverage Features of your vehicle FM radio station Mountains Pres JBM003 FM broadcasts are transmitted at high frequencies and do not bend to follow the earth s surface Because of this FM broadcasts generally begin to fade within short distances from the station Also FM signals are easily affected by buildings moun tains and obstructions This can lead to undesirable or unpleasant lis tening conditions which might lead you to believe a problem exists with your radio The following conditions are normal and do not indicate radio trouble Fading As your vehicle moves away from the radio station the signal will weaken and sound will begin to fade When this occurs we suggest that you select another stronger station Flutter Static Weak FM signals or large obstructions between the transmitter and your radio can dis turb the signal causing static or fluttering noises to occur Reducing the treble level may lessen this effect until the disturbance clears Station 2 JBM005 Station Swapping As an FM sig nal weakens another more power ful signal near the same frequency may begin to play This is because your radio is designed to lock onto the clearest signal If this occurs selec
359. pacts and to help prevent them from eject ing out of the vehicle as a result of a rollover especially when the seat belts are also in use The curtain air bags are designed to deploy during certain side impact collisions depend ing on the crash severity angle speed and point of impact The side and or curtain air bags do not only deploy on the side of the impact but also on the opposite side Also the curtain air bags on both sides of the vehicle will deploy in certain rollover situations The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies against the doors put their arms on the doors stretch their arms out of the window or place objects between the doors and passengers when they are seated on seats equipped with side impact and or cur tain air bags NOTICE Never try to open or repair any com ponents of the side and curtain air bag system This should only be done by an authorized Kia dealer Safety features of your vehicle Why didn t my air bag go off ina Airbag collision sensors collision Inflation and non infla tion conditions of the air bag There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expected to provide additional protection These include rear impacts sec ond or third collisions in multiple impact accidents as well as low speed impacts OPS033025N OPS033026 0PS03302
360. ponding sensa tion in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ESC is active NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehi cle begins to move after the engine is started These conditions are normal and indicate that the Electronic Stability Control System is function ing properly Driving your vehicle ESC operation When operating ESC operation off ESC ON condition When the ESC is in opera ESC OFF state When the ignition is turned 22 ie the ESC indicator light This car has 2 kinds of ESC ON ESC and ESC OFF inks eo Off states indicator lights illuminate for eWhen the Electronic OFF f the engine stops when approximately 3 seconds then ESC is turned on Press the ESC OFF but ton for at least half a sec ond after turning the igni tion ON to turn ESC off ESC OFF indicator will illuminate To turn the ESC on press the ESC OFF button ESC OFF Stability Control is operat ing properly you can feel a slight pulsation in the vehi cle This is only the effect of brake control and indi cates nothing unusual When moving out of the mud or driving on a slip pery road pressing the accelerator pedal may not ESC is off ESC remains off Upon restarting the engine the ESC will automatically turn on again indicator light will go off cause the engine rpm When starting the engine revolutions per minute to you may hear a slight tick Increase ing soun
361. port Handsfree or audio fea tures such as a Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone or a Bluetooth audio device If a connected Bluetooth Wireless Technology device becomes dis connected due to being out of communication range turning the device OFF or a Bluetooth Wireless Technology communica tion error corresponding Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices are automatically searched and reconnected If the system becomes unstable due to communication errors between the car Handsfree and the Bluetooth Wireless Technology device reset the device by turning off and back on again Upon reset ting Bluetooth Wireless Technology device the system will be restored Features of your vehicle e After pairing is complete a con Connecting a Device From the paired phone list select the device you want to connect and select Connect tacts download request is sent once to the mobile phone Some mobile phones may require confir Press the key Select mation upon receiving a download Phone Select Phone List request ensure your mobile phone accepts the connection Refer to your phones users manual for additional information regarding phone pairing and connections 9 2 1 Connected Phone Device that is currently connected 2 Paired Phone Device that is paired but not connected Features of your vehicle Changing Priority What is Priority It is possible to pair up to five B
362. pped ee e If the light or notice comes on con tinuously please check the opera tion condition OPS053027 If you want to deactivate the ISG system press the ISG OFF button The light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate and a message Auto Stop off will appear on the LCD display if equipped Driving your vehicle ISG system malfunction If the ISG OFF button light is not turned off by pressing the ISG OFF The system may not operate button again or if the ISG system continuously does not work cor rectly please contact an author ized Kia dealer aS soon as possi ble NOTICE If the AGM battery is reconnected or replaced ISG function will not e If the ISG related sensors or sys Operate Tine cael i tem error occurs the yellow AUTO If you want to use the ISG function STOP indicator A on the instru the battery sensor needs to be cali ment cluster will stay on after blink aL alias for SRO peel ing for 5 seconds and the light on DS Si E ae ee the ISG OFF button will illuminate the engine on and off 2 or 3 times IN 0OPS053014 Driving your vehicle ECONOMICAL OPERATION Your vehicle s fuel economy depends mainly on your style of driving where you drive and when you drive Each of these factors affects how many miles kilometers you can get from a gallon liter of fuel To operate your vehicle as economically as pos sible use the following driving sug gestions to help save m
363. pped on If the windshield fogs up set the mode to the or 447 position O1 Features of your vehicle Operation Tips To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the ventilation system temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position Be sure to return the control to the fresh air position when the irritation has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle This will help keep the driv er alert and comfortable Air for the heating cooling system is drawn in through the grilles just ahead of the windshield Care should be taken that these are not blocked by leaves snow ice or other obstructions To prevent interior fog on the wind shield set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position turn on the air conditioning system and adjust the temperature control to desired temperature Air conditioning if equipped All Kia Air Conditioning Systems are filled with R 134a refrigerant 1 Start the engine Press the air con ditioning button 2 Set the mode to the position 3 Set the air intake control to the outside air or recirculated air posi tion 4 Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain maximum comfort e When maximum cooling is desired set the temperature control to the extreme left position set the mode control to the MAX A C position then set the fan speed control to the high
364. pported Bluetooth related operations are possible only within devices that support Handsfree or audio fea tures such as a Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone or a Bluetooth audio device If a connected Bluetooth Wireless Technology device becomes dis connected due to being out of communication range turning the device OFF or a Bluetooth Wireless Technology communica tion error corresponding Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices are automatically searched and reconnected If the system becomes unstable due to communication errors between the car Handsfree and the Bluetooth Wireless Technology device reset the device by turning off and back on again Upon reset ting Bluetooth Wireless Technology device the system will be restored Features of your vehicle e After pairing is complete a con Connecting a Device From the paired phone list select the device you want to connect and select Connect tacts download request is sent once to the mobile phone Some mobile phones may require confir Press the key Select mation upon receiving a download Phone Select Phone List request ensure your mobile phone accepts the connection Refer to your phones users manual for additional information regarding phone pairing and connections 9 2 1 Connected Phone Device that is currently connected 2 Paired Phone Device that is paired but not connected Features of your vehic
365. pro ceed as follows To increase the inflation pres sure Switch on the compressor position To check the current inflation pressure setting briefly switch off the compressor NOTICE The pressure gauge may show high er than actual reading when the compressor is running To get an accurate tire pressure the compres sor needs to be turned off To reduce the inflation pres sure Loosen the screw cap 8 on the compressor hose N CAUTION Tire pressure sensor When you use the Tire Mobility Kit including sealant not approved by Kia the tire pres sure sensors may be damaged by sealant The sealant on the tire pressure sensor and wheel should be removed when you replace the tire with a new one and inspect the tire pressure sensors in authorized dealer Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit Park your car at the side of the road so that you can work with the TMK away from moving traffic Place your warning triangle in a prominent place to make passing vehicles aware of your location To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you re on fairly level ground always set your park ing brake Only use the TMK for sealing infla tion passenger car tires Do not use on motorcycles bicycles or any other type of tires Do not remove any foreign objects such as nails or screws that have penetrated the tire Before using the TMK read the precautionary advice printed on the sealant
366. problems of winter driving you should follow these suggestions Snowy or icy conditions To drive your vehicle in deep snow it may be necessary to use snow tires or to install tire chains on your tires If snow tires are needed it is neces sary to select tires equivalent in size and type of the original equipment tires Failure to do so may adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Furthermore speeding rapid acceleration sudden brake applications and sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices During deceleration use engine braking to the fullest extent Sudden brake applications on snowy or icy roads may cause skids to occur You need to keep sufficient distance between the vehicle in operation in front of your vehicle Also apply the brake gently It should be noted that installing tire chains on the tire will provide a greater driving force but will not prevent side skids NOTICE Tire chains are not legal in all states Check state laws before fitting tire chains Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehi cle make sure they are radial tires of the same size and load range as the original tires Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle s handling in all weather conditions Keep in mind that the traction provid ed by snow tires on dry roads may not be as high as your vehicle s orig inal equipment tires You should drive cautiously even when the roads ar
367. provided by the manufacturer when installing the child restraint system When the child restraint system is not in use store it in the luggage area or fasten it with a seat belt so that it will not be thrown forward in case of a sudden stop or an acci dent _ __ lt Safety features of your vehicle Using a child restraint system WARNING Seat belt use Do not use one seat belt for two occupants at the same time 44 WARNING Holding chil dren Never hold a child in your arms or lap when riding in a vehicle The violent forces created dur ing a crash will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the car s interior Always use a child restraint After an accident have an author system which is appropriate for ized Kia dealer check the child your child s height and weight restraint system seat belt tether anchor and lower anchor Rearward facing child restraint system A T er a if pe ji Dig This will eliminate any safety benefit provided by the seat belt to the occupants WARNING Unattended Children Never leave children unattended in a vehicle The car can heat up very quickly resulting in injuries to the child in the vehicle es OUN026150 _ For small children and bab
368. r 5 50 Owner maintenance 0 159 Remecrant label psssiccsrsiosssareesia zia na 8 10 Replacement ight bulbi 7 74 p Road warning 0 0 cc eens 6 2 Rocking the vehicle ssrpszderson ienaa hi ia tie 5 51 Panoramic sunroof n ounan anneer 4 34 ROODI ea E aa EA rS 4 24 Sunroof open warning LL 4 35 ROGO WTEC pier ee anes bp ee Hae 7 48 Parking bDiake s tanica cesena 7 34 Ske Wahi i lt s Ss Parking light position 4 86 Portable lamp usage LL 4 95 Scheduled maintenance service ai 7 9 Power brakes ccc ccc cc ccc LLL eee ee 5 23 Seat air ventilation 0 0 0 0 ce eee eee 4 134 Power outlet 4 136 Sede Dell Pic AU lt 2 403 tenia tndes asa 3 27 Power window lock button 4 28 Deal DEWANING csrl rire dia aa 3 17 Pre temsiomer geat Delt ose lt ssncisonsioa nata 3 24 Index SEAT DELS wise weboiwae de aeaa e see heeee een 3 16 gt Point rear center Dells sr i cabrocicnsel eds 3 22 Hight adjustment 2 02 c akicdaveva nt adaek aoa 3 19 ap shoulder Dele vous o44ac seemed ou iist ve eas 3 18 Pre tensioner seat belt 3 24 Seat belt PrecaunOMs cristi sopia 3 27 Seat belt Warning LL 3 17 Seat cooler see air ventilation Seat siii 4 134 SCALWAFDEF eu pie vee Ree ee 4 132 SCAIDACE POCKET 4 sia curare atea 3 11 SCA ria iaia 3 2 AMICO nso 3k oot Bee na ia 3 15 Folding the rear seat 2 0 0 0 eee eee eee 3 11 Front seat adjust
369. r 72 months Q Add fuel additive Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Q Inspect visually the following items O Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear 1 Battery condition Every 7 500 miles or 12 months 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid 3 Brake lines hoses and connections 4 Brake pedal and operation Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or 5 Chassis body nuts and bolts replace 6 Drum brake and linings if equipped 7 Disc brakes and pads if equipped Continued Maintenance ee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 105 000 miles or 84 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrig erant and performance if equipped Q Inspect cooling system Q Inspect drive belt First 60 000 miles or 72 months after every 15 000 miles or 24 months Q Inspect drive shaft and boots Q Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Every 37 500 miles 60 000 km or 48 months Q Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid 3 Brake lines hoses and connections 4 Brake pedal and operation 5 Chassis body nuts and bolts 6 Drum brake and linings if equipped 7 Disc brakes and pads if equipped 8 Exhaust pipe and muffler 9 Front suspension ball joints 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses Continued Co
370. r a prolonged time Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide a colorless odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation _ __ lt 44 WARNING Open tailgate Do not drive with the tailgate open Poisonous exhaust gases can enter the passenger com partment If you must drive with the tailgate open proceed as fol lows 1 Close all windows 2 Open side vents 3 Set the air intake control at Fresh the air flow control at Floor or Face and the fan at the highest speed CALIFORNIA PROPO SITION 65 WARNING Engine exhaust and a wide vari ety of automobile components and parts including compo nents found in the interior fur nishings in a vehicle contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause can cer and birth defects and repro ductive harm In addition cer tain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of compo nent wear contain or emit chem icals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproduc tive harm Driving your vehicle BEFORE DRIVING Before entering vehicle Necessary inspections Before starting Be sure that all windows outside Fluid levels such as engine oil Close and lock all doors mirror s and outside lights are engine coo
371. r into the access hole and press down on the screwdriver 3 Move the shift lever 4 Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer immediately _ _ lt Driving your vehicle Ignition key interlock system The ignition key cannot be removed unless the shift lever is in the P Park position Even if the ignition switch is in the LOCK position the key also cannot be removed If your vehicle is equipped with ENGINE START STOP button the button will not change to the OFF position unless the shift lever is in the P Park position Good driving practices e Never move the gear shift lever from P Park to any other position with the accelerator pedal depressed Never move the gear shift lever into P Park when the vehicle is in motion Slow down before shifting to a lower gear Otherwise the lower gear may not be engaged Always use the parking brake Do not depend on placing the transaxle in P Park to keep the vehicle from moving Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelerator pedal Moving up a steep grade from a standing start To move up a steep grade from a standing start depress the brake pedal shift the shift lever to D Drive Select the appropriate gear depending on load weight and steep ness of the grade and release the parking brake Depress th
372. r main If the vehicle is operated in extreme relies ly dusty or sandy areas replace the Do not drive with the air clean element more often than the usual er removed this will result in recommended intervals Refer to excessive engine wear Maintenance under severe usage When removing the air cleaner conditions in this chapter filter be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake or damage may result Use a Kia genuine part Use of non genuine parts could dam age the air flow sensor Maintenance CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER IF lhe Filter inspection The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the mainte nance schedule If the vehicle is operated in severely air polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier When you replace the climate control air filter replace it performing the fol lowing procedure and be careful to C r avoid damaging other components OPS073008 1 Open the glove box 2 With the glove box open remove the Air filter cover OPS073009 ee ee e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e o e e e e e e e e e e e e e e eee eee eee eee qr l e e e e e e e Maintenance OPS073010 3 Remove the climate control air fil ter case by pulling out both sides of the cover OPS073011 4 Replace the climate control air filter 5 Reassemble in the reverse order o
373. r tension is reduced excessively Maintenance _r 4 lt 01rt r 0 0 0 00 00 0000000rrrrrrrrrrr0000 0 uQil Jl Q 100000000rr NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 7 500 miles or 6 months Continued Q Inspect air cleaner filter O Replace engine oil and filter Q Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refriger Every 7 500 miles or 12 months ant and performance if equipped D Ada va addins amp Q Inspect cooling system Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Q Inspect drive shaft and boots O Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Q Inspect visually the following items Every 7 500 miles or 12 months 1 Battery condition Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid Brake lines hoses and connections Brake pedal and operation Chassis body nuts and bolts Drum brake and linings if equipped Disc brakes and pads if equipped Exhaust pipe and muffler Front suspension ball joints 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses 1 Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes 2 Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or 3 replace 4 5 6 7 8 7 3 Steering operation and linkage 4 Suspension mounting bolts Continued Maintenance ii NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 15 000 miles or 12 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter O Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refri
374. raffic Turn on the vehicle Hazard Warning flashers and place a triangu lar emergency warning device behind the vehicle if available Always place the vehicle in P Park apply the parking brake and turn off the engine before installing snow chains The use of chains may adversely affect vehicle handling Do not exceed 20 mph 30 km h or the chain manufacturer s recom mended speed limit whichever is lower Drive carefully and avoid bumps holes sharp turns and other road hazards which may cause the vehicle to bounce Avoid sharp turns or locked wheel braking Driving your vehicle 4 CAUTION Snow chains e Chains that are the wrong size or improperly installed can damage your vehicle s brake lines suspension body and wheels e Stop driving and retighten the chains any time you hear them hitting the vehicle Use high quality ethylene gly col coolant Your vehicle is delivered with high qual ity ethylene glycol coolant in the cool ing system It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling sys tem lubricates the water pump and prevents freezing Be sure to replace or replenish your coolant in accor dance with the maintenance schedule in section 7 Before winter have your coolant tested to assure that its freez ing point is sufficient for the tempera tures anticipated during the winter Check battery and cables Winter puts additional burden
375. re dealer for radial ply tire repairs Low aspect ratio tire if equipped Low aspect ratio tires whose aspect ratio is lower than 50 are provided for sporty looks Because the low aspect ratio tires are optimized for handling and brak ing it may be more uncomfortable to ride in and there is more noise com pare with normal tires Maintenance A CAUTION Because the sidewall of the low aspect ratio tire is shorter than the normal the wheel and tire of the low aspect ratio tire is easi er to be damaged So follow the instructions below When driving on a rough road or off road drive cautiously because tires and wheels may be damaged And after driving inspect tires and wheels When passing over a pothole speed bump manhole or curb stone drive slowly so that the tires and wheels are not dam aged If the tire is impacted we rec ommend that you inspect the tire condition or contact an authorized Kia dealer To prevent damage to the tire inspect the tire condition and pressure every 1 900 miles 3 000 km A CAUTION e It is not easy to recognize the tire damage with your own eyes But if there is the slight est hint of tire damage even though you cannot see the tire damage with your own eyes have the tire checked or replaced because the tire damage may cause air leak age from the tire If the tire is damaged by driv ing on a rough road off road pothole manhole or curb st
376. re informa tion of supported Bluetooth devices and function support refer to your phone s user manual Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technology Setting The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology Pairing a New Device Press the key Select Phone gt Select Pair Phone 12 00 Phone Heturn 4 Pair Phone Phone List 2 5 gt Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices can be paired with the audio system For more information refer to the Pairing through Phone Setup sec tion within Bluetooth Wireless Technology 00 Lonn Return Viewing Paired Phone List Press the key Select Phone gt Select Phone List DD 12 00 Phone gt Phone List John Smith s A Bluetooth Phone b 12 00 2List gt Connect Phone Priori Q3 Delete This feature is used to view mobile phones that have been paired with the audio system Upon selecting a paired phone the setup menu is dis played For more information refer to the Setting Bluetooth Wireless Technology Connection section within Bluetooth Wireless Technology e e l l l l e l e l l e e e e l e e e a e e e e e e e e e e e eee eee e g l e e e e e e e e
377. re pres sure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumina tion of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS mal function indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximate ly one minute and then remain con tinuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehi cle start ups as long as the malfunc tion exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alter nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function proper What to do in an emergency NOTICE If the TPMS Low Tire Pressure indicator do not illuminate for 3 sec onds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or engine is running or if they remain illumi nated after coming on for approxi mately 3 seconds take your vehicle to your nearest authorized Kia deal er and have the system ch
378. re sidewall labeling 005 7 51 DICH sein aa eden e ue oes ones eee 7 51 Wheel alignment and tire balance 7 49 WV Cel Re placement cide eee 7 51 TOWNE 4 och d ected ian 6 30 Emergency OWNS jak dee sk vere essa 6 32 Removable towing hook 6 31 Transaxle Shit Indicator so arretra 4 56 Trip A B 585s eek t eens nadia 4 69 Top COMING aed erate ack we eee oe ee ed eee en Sone 4 68 Fuel Economy eee 4 70 OWOIVICW aon hee pets 6 ee ts whee es on 4 68 WD ee et oe ft dita ee randa 4 69 FUE By Tir Mode irene rici 4 62 Turn signals and lane change signals 4 88 U User Settings Mode 0 eee eee 4 60 V Vanity mirror lamp os dae ke eo ed oe bd ee ews 4 97 Vehicle CUED Welshe E aae bake 5 65 Vehicle data collection and event data recorders 1 6 Vehicle identification number VIN 8 9 Vehicle load limit 5 59 Coricanon tabel piso 5 63 Tire and loading information label 5 59 Vehicle stability management VSM 5 33 Index Vehicle weight glossary 0 000 c cece eens 5 65 Base CUD Welti 440 weaken satinato 5 65 Cargo weight scialli 5 65 GAW Gross axle weight 25 5 65 GAWR Gross axle weight rating 5 65 GVW Gross vehicle weight 5 65 GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating 5 65 Vehicle curb Welt iessen as eua i
379. re that evaporates slowly Mud is particularly corrosive because it dries slowly and holds moisture in contact with the vehicle Although the mud appears to be dry it can still retain the moisture and promote corrosion Maintenance A High temperatures can also acceler ate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moisture can be dispersed For all these rea sons it is particularly important to keep your vehicle clean and free of mud or accumulations of other mate rials This applies not only to the vis ible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the vehicle To help prevent corrosion You can help prevent corrosion from beginning by observing the following Keep your vehicle clean The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your vehicle clean and free of corrosive materials Attention to the underside of the vehicle is partic ularly important e If you live in a high corrosion area where road salts are used near the ocean areas with industrial pollution acid rain etc you should take extra care to prevent corrosion In winter hose off the underside of your vehicle at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over e When cleaning underneath the vehicle give particular attention to the components under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view Do a thorough job just dampening the accumulated mud rather than washing it
380. regular size tire Maintenance Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels for any reason make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter rim width and offset A wheel that is not the correct size may adversely affect wheel and bearing life braking and stopping abilities handling characteristics ground clearance body to tire clear ance snow chain clearance speedometer and odometer calibra tion headlight aim and bumper height 4 CAUTION Wheels Wheels that do not meet Kia specifications may fit poorly and result in damage to the vehicle or unusual handling and poor vehicle control Tire traction Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tires tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces Tires should be replaced when tread wear indicators appear Slow down whenever there is rain snow or ice on the road to reduce the possibility of losing con trol of the vehicle Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tire wear If you find a tire is worn unevenly have your dealer check the wheel alignment When you have new tires installed make sure they are balanced This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life Additionally a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel Tire sidewall labeling 1 1030B04JM This information identifies and describes
381. replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident This should be done even if no damage is visible Additional questions concerning seat belt oper ation should be directed to an authorized Kia dealer Safety features of your vehicle CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM Children riding in the vehicle should sit in the rear seat and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident sud den stop or sudden maneuver According to accident statistics chil dren are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat Larger children not in a child restraint should use one of the seat belts provided You should be aware of the specific requirements in your country Child and or infant safety seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat You must use a commer cially available child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards FMVSS Child restraint systems are designed to be secured in vehicle seats by the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt or by a tether anchor and or LATCH anchors if equipped Children could be injured or killed in a crash if their restraints are not properly secured For small children and babies a child seat or infant seat must be used Before buying a par ticular child restraint system make sure it fits your vehicle seat and seat belts and fits your child Follow all the instructions
382. ress under 0 8 seconds the key on the steering remote controller The call history list will be dis played on the screen Press the key again to con nect a call to the selected number Redialing the most recently called number Press and hold over 0 8 seconds the key on the steering remote controller The most recently called number is redialed Bluetooth Wireless Technology Pairing a Bluetooth Wireless Technology Device if equipped What is Bluetooth Wireless Technology Pairing Pairing refers to the process of syn chronizing your Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone or device with the car audio system for connection Pairing is necessary to connect and use the Bluetooth Wireless Technology feature The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology _ __ lt Features of your vehicle Pairing Key Key on the Steering Remote Controller When No Devices have been Paired 1 Press the key or the key on the steering remote controller Setup 12 00 Turn Bluetooth O
383. rking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception SiriusXM Satellite Radio service SiriuSsXM Satellite Radio is a sub scription based satellite radio service that broadcasts music sports news and entertainment programming to radio receivers which are available for installation in motor vehicles or factory installed as well as for the home portable and wireless devices and through an Internet connection on per sonal computer Vehicles that are equipped with a fac tory installed SirlusXM Satellite Radio system include Hardware and an introductory trial subscription term which begins on the date of sale or lease of the vehicle For a small upgrade fee access to SiriusXM music channels and other select channels over the Internet using any computer connected to the Internet U S customers only For information on extended sub scription terms contact SiriusXM at 1 866 635 2349 NOTE All SiriusXMTm services require a subscription sold separately or as a package after 3 month trial included with vehicle purchase or lease If you decide to continue your SiriusXMT service at the end of your trial subscription the plan you choose will automatically renew and bill at then current rates until you call us at 1 866 635 2349 to cancel See our Customer Agreement for com plete terms at www siriusxm com Other fees and taxes apply All fees and programming are sub
384. rmation also is possible Keep your tire pressures at the proper levels If a tire frequently needs refilling have it checked by an authorized Kia dealer Overinflation produces a harsh ride excessive wear at the center of the tire tread and a greater pos sibility of damage from road haz ards Warm tires normally exceed rec ommended cold tire pressures by 4 to 6 psi 28 to 41 kPa Do not release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure or the tires will be underinflated e Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation valve caps Without the valve cap dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage If a valve cap is missing install a new one as soon as possible Always observe the following Check tire pressure when the tires are cold After vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or hasn t been driven more than one mile 1 6 km since startup Check the pressure of your spare tire each time you check the pres sure of other tires e Never overload your vehicle Be careful not to overload a vehicle luggage rack if your vehicle is equipped with one Checking tire inflation pressure Check your tires once a month or more Also check the tire pressure of the spare tire How to check Use a good quality gauge to check tire pressure You cannot tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they re u
385. rol is on depress the accelerator pedal Increased speed will not interfere with cruise control operation or change the set speed To return to the set speed take your foot off the accelerator Drivin our vehicle To cancel cruise control do one of the following OPS053020 Press the brake pedal Depress the clutch pedal if equipped with a manual transaxle Shift into N Neutral with an auto matic transaxle Push the CANCEL switch located on the steering wheel Decrease the vehicle speed lower than the memory speed by approx imately 12mph 20km h Decrease the vehicle speed to less than approximately 15 mph 25 km h Each of these actions will cancel cruise control operation the SET indicator light in the instrument clus ter will go off but it will not turn the system off If you wish to resume cruise control operation push the RES switch located on your steer ing wheel You will return to your pre viously preset speed To resume cruising speed at more than approximately 20 mph 30 km h OPS053019 If any method other than the CRUISE button was used to cancel cruising speed and the system is still activated the most recent set speed will automatically resume when the RES switch is pushed It will not resume however if the vehicle speed has dropped below approximately 20 mph 30 km h Driving your vehicle To turn cruise control off do one of the following OPS05301
386. rror folding 4 49 7 Fuel filler lid open lever 4 31 8 Instrument panel illumination control SWIT Braga eect EER coe ene ee era eC 4 51 9 Steering wheel heater On Off button 4 42 10 Idle Stop and Go ISG OFF button 5 44 il ESC Offributio n E 5 29 12 Speaker lighting c tte 4 146 13 Steering Wheels errire 4 40 14 Tilt and telescopic steering control E E E E E ee ee 4 41 15 Inner panel fuse panel 7 62 16 Hood release lever 4 29 VS eee I ao 3 2 18 Transaxle shift lever 5 14 5 17 OPS013004N Your vehicle at a glance INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW 1 Audio remote control buttons 4 144 2 Drivers front aif bag Se nea 3 49 SIOS een re N nr aera E L 4 42 4 Cruise control DUttON e en 53 5 instrument cluster n e 4 50 6 CigDting COntTollevel an e eee eno 4 86 7 Wiper and washer control lever 4 90 8 Ignition switch or Engine start stop DURON A A Or E EEA 5 6 5 9 SAU O E cence nen E A 4 143 10 Hazard warning flasher 6 2 11 Climate control system 4 100 4 110 12 Front seat warmer Seat air ventilation 4 132 4 134 WS POWEW OUN GL zoe cco 2 e 4 135 14 Center console storage box 4 128 TS GIOVE DOK eee ee eres 4 128 16 Passenger s front air bag 3 49 17 Parking Drako ee en 5 25 OPS013003N
387. rs causing a fire A WARNING Smoking DO NOT use matches or a lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit cigarette in your vehicle while at a gas station especially during refueling Automotive fuel is highly flammable and can when ignited result in fire 4A WARNING Refueling amp Vehicle fires When refueling always shut the engine off Sparks produced by electrical components related to the engine can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire Once refueling is complete check to make sure the filler cap and filler door are securely closed before starting the engine Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the Fuel requirements suggested in chapter 1 If the fuel filler cap requires replace ment use only a genuine Kia cap or the equivalent specified for your vehi cle An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emission control sys tem N CAUTION Exterior paint Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint _ __ lt Features of your vehicle PANORAMIC SUNROOF IF EQUIPPED x NOTICE NOTICE e In cold and wet climates the sun The sunroof cannot tilt when it is in roof may not work properly due to the slide
388. s designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety sys tems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and How fast the vehicle was travel ing These data can help provide a bet ter understanding of the circum stances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving con ditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash loca tion are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR Your rights with respect to the information discussed above may vary from state to state In some states such information is con sidered private is exclusively owned
389. s and gauges To change the steering wheel angle pull down the lock release lever 1 adjust the steering wheel to the desired angle 2 and height 3 if equipped then pull up the lock release lever to lock 4 the steering wheel in place Be sure to adjust the steering wheel to the desired posi tion before driving Features of your vehicle NOTICE The heated steering wheel will turn off automatically approximately 30 minutes after the heated steering wheel is turned on Heated steering wheel Horn if equipped i 4 i F i i e 4 i TINI oPs043033 With the ignition switch in the ON position pressing the heated steer ing wheel button warms the steering wheel The indicator on the button will illuminate To turn the heated steering wheel off press the button once again The Indicator on the button will turn off A CAUTION Do not install any grip to oper ate the steering wheel This causes damage to the heated steering wheel system When cleaning the heated steering wheel do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner benzene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may dam age the surface of the steering wheel If the surface of steering wheel is damaged by sharp object damage to the heated steering wheel components could occur OPS043034 To sound the horn press the horn symbols on your steering wheel Check the horn regularly to be sure it operates properly
390. s low The battery charging status is low The vehicle speed exceeds 1 MPH 1 km h The fan speed is in the highest position when the air conditioning is on Engine is turned off by Auto Stop for a long time If you unfasten the seat belt or open the driver s door while depressing the brake pedal Auto Start A OPS053025 The green AUTO STOP indicator A on the instrument cluster will blink for 5 seconds and a message Auto Start will appear on the LCD display if equipped Condition of ISG system oper ation The ISG system will operate under the following condition The driver s seat belt is fastened The driver s door and engine hood are closed The brake vaccum pressure is ade quate The battery is sufficiently charged The outside temperature is more than 28 4 F 2 C The outside temperature is under 89 6 F 82 C The engine coolant temperature is not low ee ee a e e e e e e e ee eee ee eee ee ese qr tsetse Driving your vehicle e If you press the ISG OFF button again the system will be activated and the light on the ISG OFF but ton will turn off Auto Stop conditions not met A OPS053026 e If the ISG system does not meet the operation condition the ISG system is deactivated The light on _ ct the ISG OFF button will illuminate Auto Stop and a message Auto Stop DEF Conditions not met will appear on A the LCD display if equi
391. s on the battery system Visually inspect the battery and cables as described in section 7 The level of charge in your battery can be checked by an authorized Kia dealer or a service Station Change to winter weight oil if necessary In some climates it is recommended that a lower viscosity winter weight oil be used during cold weather See section 8 for recommendations If you aren t sure what weight oil you should use consult an authorized Kia dealer Check spark plugs and igni tion system Inspect your spark plugs as described in section 7 and replace them if necessary Also check all ignition wiring and components to be sure they are not cracked worn or damaged in any way To keep locks from freezing To keep the locks from freezing squirt an approved de icer fluid or glycerine into the key opening If a lock is covered with ice squirt it with an approved de icing fluid to remove the ice If the lock is frozen internally you may be able to thaw it out by using a heated key Handle the heat ed key with care to avoid injury Use approved window washer anti freeze in system To keep the water in the window washer system from freezing add an approved window washer anti freeze solution in accordance with instruc tions on the container Window wash er anti freeze is available from an authorized Kia dealer and most auto parts outlets Do not use engine coolant or other types of anti freeze as these may damag
392. saxle limit the vehicle speed to 10 mph 15 km h and drive less than 1 mile 1 5 km when towing Before towing check the auto matic transaxle for fluid leaks under your vehicle If the auto matic transaxle fluid ts leak ing a flatbed equipment or towing dolly must be used Engine compartment ccccsccsecesssens Maintenance S rviCeS ccccccccccessceces e Owner s responsibility cccccscccscseses e Owner maintenance precautions Owner maintenance ccccccccccees e Owner maintenance schedule Scheduled maintenance service Explanation of scheduled maintenance items Bieniedl ana e Checking the engine oil level e Changing the engine oil and filter Engine coolant eese eee eee oe oe oa eee oo e Checking the coolant level e Changing the coolant 2 ss rino Brake clutch fluid 2 2s os sees oe oss ss e Checking the brake clutch fluid level Washer Muid cin a e Checking the washer fluid level PARISI brake e oe are Gis crore eee eee e Checking the parking brake Ampcleamor o Kilterreplacement i nu e Climate control air filter 0 Filteramspection ioni Filter replacement 0 nino 7 37 Wiper blades 7 39 Blade mspectiori a inline ve ee 7 39 e Blade replacement 0000000000000 7
393. sed when receiving RBDS broadcasts Features of your vehicle e USB commands Commands available during USB e iPod Commands Commands available during iPod operation operation Command Function Command Function Random Randomly plays the files within the current Random Randomly plays the songs within the current folder category Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential Random Off Cancels random play to play songs in sequen order tial order Repeat Repeats the current file Repeat Repeats the current song Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play songs in sequen order tial order Information Displays the information screen of the current file Next Folder Play the first file in the next folder Previous Folder Play the first file in the previous folder Features of your vehicle e Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio Commands Commands available during Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio streaming from mobile phone oper ation Command Operation e My Music Commands Commands available during My Music operation Command Function Random Randomly plays all saved files Command Function Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential Play Plays the currently paused song order Pause Pauses the current song Repeat Repeats the current file Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential order Delete Deletes the current
394. ser Settings mode of the LCD display Air intake control E Type A OPS043172 OPS043173 This is used to select outside fresh air position or recirculated air posi tion To change the air intake control posi tion push the control button Features of your vehicle Recirculated air position The indicator light on the button illuminates when the recirculated air posi tion is selected With the recirculated air position selected air from passenger compartment will be drawn through the heating system and heat ed or cooled according to the function selected Outside fresh air position The indicator light on the button does not illuminate when the outside fresh air position is selected With the outside fresh air position selected air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected lt should be noted that prolonged operation of the heating in recirculat ed air position will cause fogging of the windshield and side windows and the air within the passenger com partment will become stale In addition prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recirculated air position selected will result in exces sively dry air in the passenger com partment Features of your vehicle Fan speed control E Type A OPS043176 OPS043177 The fan speed can be set to the desired speed by pressing the fan speed control button T
395. shable food in the cool box because it may not main tain the necessary consistent tem perature to keep the food fresh NOTICE If the temperature control knob is in the warm or hot position warm or hot air will flow into the glove box OPS043065 To open the sunglass holder press the cover and the holder will slowly open Place your sunglasses with the lenses facing out To close the sunglass holder push it Up Do not place other items in the sun glass holder Features of your vehicle Luggage box if equipped a NE an ue fn 0PS043198 You can place a first aid kit a reflec tor triangle tools etc in the box for easy access Features of your vehicle INTERIOR FEATURES Cup holder Rear if equipped A WARNING Hot liquids Do not place uncovered cups with hot liquid in the cup holder while the vehicle is in motion If the hot liquid spills you burn yourself Such a burn to the driver could lead to loss of con trol of the vehicle i OPS043068 To use the cup holder folding the center seat or pull down the armrest s a OPS043066 Cups or small beverage cans may be placed in the cup holders _ __ lt Features of your vehicle Sunvisor Use the sunvisor to shield direct light thr
396. sing the brake pedal If the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC position for more than 1 hour the button is turned off auto matically to prevent battery dis charge ON Redish orange e With manual transaxle Press the engine start stop button when the button is in the ACC posi tion without depressing the clutch pedal e With automatic transaxle Press the ENGINE START STOP button while it is in the ACC position without depressing the brake pedal The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started Do not leave the ENGINE START STOP button in the ON position for a long time The battery may discharge because the engine is not running START RUN Not illuminated e With manual transaxle To start the engine depress the clutch pedal and brake pedal then press the engine start stop button with the shift lever in the N Neutral position e With automatic transaxle To start the engine depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the P Park or the N Neutral position For your safety start the engine with the shift lever in the P Park position Driving your vehicle If you press the ENGINE START STOP button without depressing the clutch pedal for man ual transaxle vehicles or without depressing the brake pedal for auto matic transaxle vehicles the engine will not start and the ENGINE START STOP button changes as fol low OFF
397. sition twice with the ignition switch in the ACC Start Stop Button by pressing the button repeatedly position or engine is running without depressing the clutch pedal It means that you should always e It means that you should depress have the smart key with you the clutch pedal to start the engine Features of your vehicle Check fuse BRAKE SWITCH for smart key system and auto matic transaxle Press start button again for smart key system Press start button with smart key for smart key system Press START button with key Press START button again Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse START TOP a N OTF044144L OTF044146L i OTF044157L e This warning message illuminates if you press the Engine Start Stop Button while the warning message Key not detected is illuminating e At this time the immobilizer indica tor light blinks e This warning message illuminates if you can not operate the Engine Start Stop Button when there is a problem with the Engine Start Stop Button system lt means that you could start the This warning message illuminates if the brake switch fuse is discon nected lt means that you should replace the fuse with a new one If that is engine by pressing the Engine Start Stop Button once more If the warning illuminates each time you press the Engine Start Stop Button have your vehi cle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer not possible you can start the e
398. song can be copied up and deleted to 1 000 times Memory info can be checked in the System menu of Setup Select the songs you wish to delete from the list After selecting press key and select the delete menu AUX AUX is used to play external MEDIA currently connected with the AUX terminal AUX mode will automatically start when an external device is connect ed with the AUX terminal If an external device is connected you can also press the key to change to AUX mode x AUX mode cannot be started unless there is an external device connected to the AUX terminal AUX Fully insert the AUX cable into the AUX terminal for use _ _ lt Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technology AUDIO if equipped What is Bluetooth Wireless Technology Bluetooth Wireless Technology allows devices to be connected in a short distance including hands free devices stereo headsets wireless remote controllers etc For more information visit the Bluetooth Wireless Technology website at www Bluetooth com Before using Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio features Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio may not be supported depending on the compatibility of your Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone In order to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio you must first pair and connect the Bluetooth Wireless Technology
399. st Common Commands These commands can be used in most operations However a few commands may not be available during certain operations Command Function Command Function More Help Provides guidance on commands that can be Contacts Displays the Contacts screen After saying used anywhere in the system this command say the name of a contact Help Provides guidance on commands that can be saved in the Contacts to automatically con used within the current mode nect the call CalleName gt Calls lt Name gt saved in Contacts Dial Number Display the Dial number screen After saying Ex Call John Smith this e dae can say the number that Call lt Name gt Calls lt Name gt to the number that is saved as aa on Mobile Mobile in Contacts Redial Connects the most recently called number Ex Call John Smith on Mobile Tutorial Provide guidance on how to use voice Call lt Name gt Calls lt Name gt to the number that is saved as recognition and Bluetooth connections in Office Office in Contacts e When listening to the radio displays the next Ex Call John Smith in Office radio screen FM1 FM2 AM SAT 1 Call lt Name gt Calls lt Name gt to the number that is saved as SAT2 SAT3 FM1 at Home Home in Contacts Radio e When listening to a different mode displays Ex Call John Smith at Home the most recently played radio screen Call lt Name gt Calls lt Name gt to the number that is saved as e When currently listening to t
400. stem Advanced air bags are combined with pre tensioner seat belts to help provide enhanced occupant protec tion in frontal crashes Front air bags are not intended to deploy in colli sions in which sufficient protection can be provided by the pre tensioner seat belt Front air bags are not intended to deploy in side impact rear impact or rollover crashes In addition front air bags will not deploy in frontal crash es below the deployment threshold Rear impact Bi Rollover 1VQA2091 Safety features of your vehicle Side air bag Tot ant i arr Li eee eens a 7 n A DI iiaa B OPS033037 The actual air bags in the vehicle may dif fer from the illustration Your vehicle is equipped with a side air bag in each front seat The purpose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle s driver and or the front passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt alone The side air bags are designed to deploy during certain side impact collisions depending on the crash severity angle speed and point of impact The side and or curtain air bags do not only deploy on the side of the impact but also on the opposite side The side and or curtain air bags on both sides of the vehicle will deploy if a rollover or possible rollover is detected The side air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations The side air bag is suppl
401. stem When you are sure all the pressure has been released press down on the cap using a thick towel and con tinue turning counterclockwise to remove it Maintenance OAM072005 Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses Replace any swollen or deteriorated hoses The coolant level should be filled between F and L marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool If the coolant level is low add enough specified coolant to provide protec tion against freezing and corrosion Bring the level to F but do not over fill If frequent additions are required see an authorized Kia dealer for a cooling system inspection Recommended engine coolant When adding coolant use only deionized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the fac tory An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage The engine in your vehicle has alu minum engine parts and must be Bees by an ethylene glycol ased coolant to prevent corrosion and freezing DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the spec ified coolant Do not use a solution that contains more than 60 antifreeze or less than 35 antifreeze which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution Maintenance Changing the coolant Have the coolant changed by an authorized Kia dealer according to the Mainte
402. sti 5 7 Starting the engine with a smart key 5 11 DIEGO Wiel serieei e caendseee edu en 4 40 Electric power steering 4 40 PLEX SUPER innesta sete 4 43 Heated steering wheel 4 42 OG a ere eons see ee ee ea eee ote 4 42 Tilt and telescopic steering 4 41 Storage compartment esis Hiaasen 1s ates 4 128 Center console storage 4 128 CODE WOM snc out oh bee wees eee See oe ae or 4 129 Glove AVON a 2 er dma ee si em Bre ee ay a ie te nl 4 128 aCe DOK ry etary ET 4 130 Sunglass holder i siii 4 129 Simelass holdof rss stone neanke 4 129 Sunroof open warning LL 4 35 SUMVISOL t4 445528t5 ernie pede E 4 132 ECLIPSE 4 52 ll AUC a ones eB eee E we ee ee ee Oe 4 22 Tether anchor S SICMl 4 usino 3 34 Tire and loading information label 5 59 Pine COM aso nia 4 barare 5 56 Tire pressure monitoring system 6 9 DINE TOMAION sudaca ent sie ok bh ee ee eee eas 7 48 Tire specification and pressure label 8 10 Pines am esi Feb iii 7 46 8 4 Checking tire inflation pressure 7 47 Compact spare tire replacement iii 7 50 Low aspect ratio tire 7 59 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures 7 46 PIC CANS ak apt ee ba eh oes BOE ha ee he eA 7 46 EA aa oe ns shee aor eae Ree 7 51 Tire TEPlACCIMCM as siriani 7 50 O pes kt hae etn Ss aed ee es ee 7 48 Ti
403. sure the seat is locked in place Adjust the seat before driving and make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and back ward without using the lever If the seat moves it is not locked properly Seatback angle OPS033003 To recline the seatback 1 Lean forward slightly and lift up the seatback recline lever 2 Carefully lean back on the seat and adjust the seatback of the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place The lever MUST return to its orig inal position for the seatback to lock Seat height for driver s seat OPS033004 To change the height of the seat push the lever upwards or down wards e To lower the seat cushion push the lever down several times e To raise the seat cushion pull the lever up several times Safety features of your vehicle Front seat adjustment power if equipped The front seat can be adjusted by using the control switches located on the outside of the seat cushion Before driving adjust the seat to the proper position so you can easily con trol the steering wheel pedals and switches on the instrument panel 4 CAUTION Power seat adjustments The power seating controls function by electronic motor Excessive operation may cause damage to the electrical equip ment 4 CAUTION Power Seating Do not operate two or more power seat control switches at the sa
404. system and auto system and automatic transaxle matic transaxle Low Key Battery Shift to P Press brake pedal to start engine BD OTF044142L OTF044148L i i x OTF044152L e This warning message illuminates e This warning message illuminates if if the battery of the smart key is e This warning message illuminates you try to turn off the engine without discharged when the Engine if the Engine Start Stop Button the shift lever in P Park position Start Stop Button changes to the changes to the ACC position twice At this time the Engine Start Stop OFF position by pressing the button repeatedly Button turns to the ACC position If without depressing the brake pedal you press the Engine Start Stop e It means that you should depress Button once more it will turn to the the brake pedal to start the engine ON position Features of your vehicle Press clutch pedal to start engine Key not in vehicle Key not detected for smart key system and manual for smart key system for smart key system transaxle Key not in vehicle Key not detected I Press clutch pedal to start engine OTF044138L OTF044140L OTF044190L i e This warning message illuminates This warning message illuminates e This warning message illuminates if if the smart key is not in the vehicle if the smart key is not detected the Engine Start Stop Button while the door is opened or closed when you press the Engine changes to the ACC po
405. t lights e Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver s head lights Keep your headlights clean and properly aimed On vehicles not equipped with the automatic head light aiming feature Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more difficult to see at night Avoid staring directly at the head lights of oncoming vehicles You could be temporarily blinded and it will take several seconds for your eyes to readjust to the darkness Driving your vehicle Driving in the rain a YO Rain and wet roads can make driving dangerous especially if youre not prepared for the slick pavement Here are a few things to consider when driving in the rain A heavy rainfall will make it harder to see and will increase the dis tance needed to stop your vehicle so slow down Keep your windshield wiping equipment in good shape Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield If your tires are not in good condi tion making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and possibly lead to an accident Be Sure your tires are in good shape Turn on your headlights to make it easier for others to see you Driving too fast through large pud dles can affect your brakes If you must go through puddles try to drive through them slowly If you believe you may have gotten your brakes wet apply them lightly while driving until norm
406. t should not be too close to your neck The shoulder portion should be adjusted so that it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder near the door and not your neck To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position To raise the height adjuster pull it up 1 To lower it push it down 3 while pressing the height adjuster button 2 44 WARNING Shoulder belt positioning Never position the shoulder belt across your neck or face WARNING Seat belt replacement Replace your seat belts after being in an accident Failure to replace seat belts after an acci dent could leave you with dam aged seat belts that will not pro vide protection in the event of another collision B200A02NF A WARNING You should place the lap belt portion as low as possible and snugly across your hips not on your waist If the lap belt is locat ed too high on your waist it may increase the chance of injury in the event of a collision Both arms should not be under or over the belt Rather one should be over and the other under as shown in the illustration Never wear the seat belt under the arm that is near the door _ __ lt Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts Front
407. t vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 pounds 68 kg Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of a asymmetrical tire that has a par ticular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The outward facing sidewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the inner facing sidewall Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer s recommend ed tire inflation pressure and shown on the tire placard Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Maintenance n R gt eEe Ee f ePCzkie _ gt gt gt Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes c
408. t another station with a stronger signal Multi Path Cancellation Radio signals being received from sever al directions can cause distortion or fluttering This can be caused by a direct and reflected signal from the same station or by signals from two stations with close fre quencies If this occurs select another station until the condition has passed Features of your vehicle Using a cellular phone or a two way radio When a cellular phone is used inside the vehicle noise may be produced from the audio system This does not mean that something is wrong with the audio equipment In such a case try to operate mobile devices as far from the audio equipment as possi ble When using a communication sys tem such as a cellular phone or a radio set inside the vehicle a sepa rate external antenna must be fitted When a cellular phone or a radio set is used with an internal antenna alone it may interfere with the vehi cle s electrical system and adversely affect safe operation of the vehicle A WARNING Cell phone use Do not use a cellular phone while driving Stop at a safe location to use a cellular phone A WARNING Driver Distraction Do not stare at the screen while driving Staring at the screen for prolonged periods of time could lead to traffic accidents Using the phone while driving may lead to a lack of attention of traffic conditions and increase the likelihood of accidents Use the
409. t as far as it can go then press the release button 1 while pulling the headrest up 2 To reinstall the headrest 1 Put the headrest poles 3 into the holes while pressing the release button 1 2 Adjust it to the appropriate height Make sure the headrest locks in position after adjusting it to properly protect the occupants Safety features of your vehicle Armrest To use the armrest pull it forward from the seatback Safety features of your vehicle SEAT BELTS Seat belt restraint system For maximum restraint system pro tection the seat belts must always be used whenever the vehicle is moving A properly positioned shoulder belt should be positioned midway over your shoulder across your collarbone Never allow children to ride in the front passenger seat See child restraint system section for further discussion Seat belts are designed to bear upon the bony structure of the body and should be worn low across the front of the pelvis or the pelvis chest and shoulders as applicable wearing the lap section of the belt across the abdominal area must be avoided Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly as possible consistent with comfort to provide the protection for which they have been designed A slack belt will greatly reduce the protection afforded to the wearer Care should be taken to avoid con tamination of the webbing with pol ishes oils and chemicals and partic ularly ba
410. t bulb cover by light assembly turning it clockwise 10 Install a new headlight bulb and snap the headlight bulb retaining wire into position by aligning the wire with the groove on the bulb 11 Connect the headlight bulb sock et connector 12 Install the headlight bulb cover by inType B turning it clockwise 13 Connect the power connector to the back of the headlight assem bly 14 Reinstall the headlight assembly to the body of the vehicle OPS073023 Follow the steps 1 to 5 from the pre vious page 6 Remove the headlight bulb cover by turning it counterclockwise 7 Remove the bulb from the assem bly by turning it counterclockwise Maintenance Front turn signal position ligh Bulb type LED type I gt Follow the steps 1 to 5 from the pre If the light bulb is not operating have vious page the vehicle checked by an authorized 6 Remove the socket from the Kia dealer assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly 7 Remove the bulb from the socket 0PS073049 by pressing it in and rotating it Hi Type B counterclockwise until the tabs on ite SIESEL the bulb align with the slots in the socket 8 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place 9 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly and turning the socket clockw
411. t climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process Tread wear The tread wear grade is a compara tive rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified govern ment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half times 1 as well on the gov ernment course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate These grades are molded on the side walls of passenger vehicle tires The tires available as standard or optional equipment on your vehicle may vary with respect to grade Maintenance TEE Traction AA A B amp C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on spec ified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction perform ance The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead brak ing traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction char acteristics Temperature A B amp C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistan
412. t does not illuminate The steering gets heavy immedi ately after turning the ignition switch on This happens as the sys tem performs the EPS system diagnostics When the diagnostics are completed the steering wheel will return to its normal condition A click noise may be heard from the EPS relay after the ignition switch is turned to the ON or LOCK OFF position A motor noise may be heard when the vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving speed If the Electric Power Steering System does not operate normally the warning light will illuminate on the instrument cluster The steer ing wheel may become difficult to control or operate abnormally Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the vehicle checked as soon as possible Continued Features of your vehicle Continued Tilt and telescopic steering i i Rig ahi Tilt and telescopic steering allows a PS you to adjust the steering wheel mal noise may occur If tempera pefore you drive You can also raise it ture rises the noise will likely dis to give your legs more room when aioe Lr pean you exit and enter the vehicle ing light comes on due to the low voltage When the alternator or he steering wheel should be posi battery does not operate normal tioned so that it is comfortable for ly or it malfunctions the steering YOU to drive while permitting you to wheel may require increased See the instrument panel warning steering effort light
413. t haz ardous the air bags are packed in this fine powder The dust generat ed during air bag deployment may cause skin or eye irritation as well as aggravate asthma for some per sons Always wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly with luke warm water and a mild soap after an accident in which the air bags were deployed e The SRS can function only when the ignition switch is in the ON position If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate or contin uously remains on after illuminat ing for about 6 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or after the engine is started comes on while driving the SRS is not working properly If this occurs have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized Kia dealer NOTICE Before you replace a fuse or discon nect a battery terminal turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion and remove the ignition switch Never remove or replace the air bag related fuse s when the ignition switch is in the ON position Failure to heed this warning will cause the SRS air bag warning light to illumi nate Occupant Detection System ODS OPS033020 Your vehicle is equipped with an occupant detection system in the front passenger s seat The occupant detection system is designed to detect the presence of a properly seated front passenger and determine if the passenger s front air bag should be enabled may inflate or not Only the front passen
414. t pedals possibly causing an accident 44 WARNING Driving while intoxicated Do not drive while intoxicated Drinking and driving is danger ous Even a small amount of alcohol will affect your reflexes perceptions and judgment Driving while under the influ ence of drugs is as dangerous as or more dangerous than driv ing drunk _ _ lt Driving your vehicle KEY POSITIONS IF EQUIPPED Illuminated ignition switch OPS053001 Whenever a front door is opened the ignition switch will illuminate for your convenience provided the ignition switch is not in the ON position The light will go off immediately when the ignition switch is turned on It will also go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed Ignition switch position LOCK OXM059029N The steering wheel locks to protect against theft if equipped The igni tion key can be removed only in the LOCK position When turning the ignition switch to the LOCK position push the key inward at the ACC position and turn the key toward the LOCK position ACC Accessory The steering wheel is unlocked and electrical accessories are operative If difficulty is experienced turning the ignition switch to the ACC position turn the key while turning the steer ing wheel right
415. tart the engine and listen carefully for any exhaust gas leakage Tighten con nections or replace parts as neces sary Suspension mounting bolts Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage Retighten to the specified torque Steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint With the vehicle stopped and engine off check for excessive free play in the steering wheel Check the linkage for bends or dam age Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration cracks or damage Replace any damaged parts Drive shafts and boots Check the drive shafts boots and clamps for cracks deterioration or damage Replace any damaged parts and if necessary repack the grease Air conditioning refrigerant Check the air conditioning lines and connections for leakage and dam age Maintenance ENGINE OIL Checking the engine oil level 3 Turn the engine off and wait for a few minutes about 5 minutes for the oil to return to the oil pan 4 Pull the dipstick out wipe it clean and re insert it fully WARNING Radiator hose Be very careful not to touch the radiator hose when checking or adding the engine oil as it may be hot enough to burn you OAMO072001 5 Pull the dipstick out again and check the level The level should be between F and L N CAUTION Replacing engin oil da de e Do not overfill the engine oil It Cesc Sills OPS073003 may damage the
416. tay on continuously if the door is or off opened with the ignition switch in If the front map lamp turns on by the the ON position front map lamp switch the room lamp will turn on Features of your vehicle Luggage room lamp Portable lamp usage If the portable lamp does not turn i if equipped on it means the portable lamp needs to be charged Insert the lamp holder and then charge it again The charge mode will be activated if the ignition switch or engine start stop button is on position or engine is running E TypeA dif OPS043197 1 In vehicle lamp if necessary after separation can be used as a portable 2 Press push button 1 3 Pull out the lamp holder 4 Press the power switch 2 The luggage room lamp comes on when the tailgate is opened The lamp comes on as long as the tailgate is open To prevent unneces sary charging system drain close the tailgate securely after using the luggage room Features of your vehicle If the portable lamp does not turnon Battery replacement 4 CAUTION Portable lamp anymore after charged replace the damage rechargeable batteries 1 Remove the batteries when not in use for a long time 2 Use the specified battery 3 You can use the regular bat teries Disposable batteries but do not use the Non rechargeable battery in charge mode lt may damage the vehicle 4 Do not place the lamp with water or moist places and liq uid comp
417. tellite service area and in AK and HI Certain channels are not available on our Internet radio service or on mobile devices 2013 Sirius XM Radio Inc Sirius XM and all related marks and logos are trademarks of SiriusXM Radio Inc All rights reserved Features of your vehicle SiriusXM RADIO Using SiriusXM Satellite Radio Your Kia vehicle is equipped with a 3 month complimentary period of Sirius XM Satellite Radio so you have access to over 220 channels of music information and entertain ment programming 12 00 164 4 Entertain Preview 2 SIRIUS Asong Activation In order to extend or reactivate your subscription to SiriusxM Satellite Radio you will need to contact SiriusxM Customer Care at 1 800 643 2112 Have your 12 digit SID Sirius Identification Number ESN Electronic Serial Number ready To retrieve the SID ESN turn on the radio press the RADIO button and tune to channel zero Please note that the vehicle will need to be turned on in Sirius mode and have an unobstructed view of the sky in order for the radio to receive the activation signal SEEK Press the key Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds select previous or next channel Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds continuously move to previous or next channel If the Category icon is displayed channels are changed within the current category SAT 12 00 Category 2 All
418. th the system s ability to warn the driver of low tire pressure conditions and or TPMS malfunc tions Tampering with modifying or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS compo nents may void the warranty for that portion of the vehicle This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference received including inter ference that may cause undesired operation What to do in an emergency IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE Jacking instructions e Always move the vehicle complete The jack is provided for emergency ly off the road and onto the shoulder tire changing only before trying to change a tire The jack should be used on a firm level ground If you cannot find a firm level place off the road call a towing properly service company for assistance Follow jacking instructions to reduce the possibility of personal injury To prevent the jack from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store it e Be sure to use the correct front and rear jacking positions on the vehi cle never use the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jack support Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle while it is on the jack Make sure any children present are in a secure place away from the road and from the vehicle to be raised with the jack
419. th your Kia dealership 2 Acquiring Signal If this message is displayed it means that the antenna is covered and that the SIRIUS Satellite Radio signal is not available Ensure the antenna is uncovered and has a clear view of the Sky Tune Rotate TUNE knob Changes the channel number or scrolls cat egory list Press TUNE knob Selects the menu Menu Select category menu through the TUNE knob Press the key gt Select Info through the TUNE knob or key Info Information Displays the Artist Song info of the current song Desi 12 00 Menu gt Information Info Features of your vehicle BASIC METHOD OF USE USB iPod My Music Press the key to change the mod mode in order of USB iPod AUX My Music BT Audio The folder file name is displayed on the screen USE 12 00 GIR Root 00 01 fMusic_Ri mp3 lt USB gt is co 12 00 1 4 2 No Artist 00 02 fMusic_Ulmp3 lt My Music gt The USB music is automatically played when a USB is connected Repeat While song file is playing Gi RPT key USB iPod My Music mode RPT on screen e To repeat one song press the key Repeats the current song USB mode FLD RPT on screen e To repeat folder pressing twice repeats all files within the current folder Press the key again to turn off repeat Random While song file is playing Gi RDM key My Music mode RDM on screen e Rand
420. the following conditions occur while Active ECO is operating the system operation is limited even though there is no change in the ECO indi cator When the coolant temperature is low The system will be limited until engine performance becomes nor mal When driving up a hill The system will be limited to gain power when driving uphill because the engine torque is restricted When using sports mode The sys tem will be limited according to the shift location When the accelerator pedal is deeply depressed for a few sec onds The system will be limited judging that the driver wants to speed up Driving your vehicle ISG IDLE STOP AND GO SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Your vehicle may be equipped with the ISG system which reduces fuel consumption by automatically shut ting down the engine when the vehi cle is at a standstill For example red light stop sign and traffic jam The engine starts automatically as soon as the starting conditions are met The ISG system is ON whenever the engine is running NOTICE When the engine automatically starts by the ISG system some warning lights ABS ESC ESC OFF EPS or Parking brake warn ing light may turn on for a few sec onds This happens because of low battery voltage It does not mean the system is malfunctioning Auto stop You must reach a speed of at least To stop the engine in idle stop 5 mph 8 km h since last idle stop mode The engine will stop
421. the fundamental charac teristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall 1 Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or Brand name is shown Maintenance I 2 Tire size designation A tire s sidewall is marked with a tire size designation You will need this information when selecting replace ment tires for your vehicle The fol lowing explains what the letters and numbers in the tire size designation mean Example tire size designation These numbers are provided as an example only your tire size designa tor could vary depending on your vehicle P235 65R17 108T P Applicable vehicle type tires marked with the prefix P are intended for use on passenger vehicles or light trucks however not all tires have this marking 235 Tire width in millimeters 65 Aspect ratio The tire s section height as a percentage of its width R Tire construction code Radial 17 Rim diameter in inches 108 Load Index a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry T Speed Rating Symbol See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor tant information that you need if you ever have to replace one The follow ing explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size
422. the vehicle to the ground by turning the wheel nut wrench counterclockwise OPS063007 Then position the wrench as shown in the drawing and tighten the wheel nuts Be sure the socket is seated completely over the nut Do not stand on the wrench handle or use an extension pipe over the wrench han dle Go around the wheel tightening every nut following the numerical sequence shown in the image until they are all tight Then double check each nut for tightness After changing wheels have an authorized Kia deal er tighten the wheel nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible Wheel nut tightening torque 65 79 lb ft 9 11 kg m What to do in an emergency If you have a tire gauge remove the valve cap and check the air pressure If the pressure is lower than recom mended drive slowly to the nearest service station and inflate to the cor rect pressure If it is too high adjust it until it is correct Always reinstall the valve cap after checking or adjusting the tire pressure If the cap is not replaced dust and dirt may get into the tire valve and air may leak from the tire If you lose a valve cap buy another and install it as soon as possible After you have changed the wheels always secure the flat tire in its place and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations 4 CAUTION Reusing lug nuts Make certain during wheel removal that the same nuts that were removed are reinstalled or
423. ther the alignment may need to be reset If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road your wheels may need to be rebalanced 4 CAUTION Wheel weight Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle s alu minum wheels Use only approved wheel weights Maintenance Tire replacement OENO76053 If the tire is worn evenly a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread This shows there is less than 1 16 inch 1 6 mm of tread left on the tire Replace the tire when this happens Do not wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replac ing the tire The ABS works by comparing the speed of the wheels The tire size affects wheel speed When replacing tires all 4 tires must use the same size originally supplied with the vehi cle Using tires of a different size can cause the ABS Anti lock Brake System and ESC Electronic Stability Control to work irregularly Compact spare tire replacement A compact spare tire has a shorter tread life than a regular size tire Replace it when you can see the tread wear indicator bars on the tire The replacement compact spare tire should be the same size and design tire as the one provided with your new vehicle and should be mounted on the same compact spare tire wheel The compact spare tire is not designed to be mounted on a regular size wheel and the compact spare tire wheel is not designed for mount ing a
424. this command say Favorites Call History Contacts or Dial Number execute corresponding functions Display the Favorite screen Displays the Call History screen Displays the Contacts screen After saying this command say the name of a contact saved in the Contacts to automatically con nect the call Display the Dial number screen After saying this command you can say the number that you want to call Connects the most recently called number Provide guidance on how to use voice recognition and Bluetooth connections Command Radio FM1 FM One FM2 FM Two AM FM Preset 1 6 AM Preset 1 6 FM 87 5 107 9 AM 530 1710 SiriusXM Satellite Function e When listening to the radio displays the next radio screen FM1 FM2 AM SAT1 SAT2 SAT3 FM1 e When listening to a different mode displays the most recently played radio screen e When currently listening to the FM radio maintains the current state e When listening to a different mode displays the most recently played FM screen Displays the FM1 screen Displays the FM2 screen Displays the AM screen Plays the most recently played broadcast saved in FM Preset 1 6 Plays the broadcast saved in AM Preset 1 6 Plays the FM broadcast of the corresponding frequency Plays the AM broadcast of the corresponding frequency e When currently listening to the SiriusXM maintains the current state e When listening to
425. thorized electronic devices it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally wire damage battery discharge and fire For your safety do not use unauthorized electronic devices Engine exhaust gas precautions carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide can be present with other exhaust fumes Therefore if you smell exhaust fumes of any kind inside your vehi cle have it inspected and repaired immediately If you ever suspect exhaust fumes are coming into your vehicle drive it only with all the windows fully open Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately Maintenance eee Do not operate the engine in con Operating precautions for catalyt fined or closed areas such as ic converters garages any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area e When the vehicle is stopped in an open area for more than a short time with the engine running adjust the ventilation system as needed to draw outside air into the vehicle e Never sit in a parked or stopped vehicle for any extended time with the engine running When the engine stalls or fails to start excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system Maintenance E Your vehicle is equipped with a cat alytic converter emission control device Therefore the following precautions must be observed e Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gasoline engines e Do not operate the vehicle when ther
426. time you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position Service required D OTF044196L Service required If you do not have your vehicle serv iced according to the already inputted service interval Service required message is displayed for several sec onds each time you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position The mileage and time changes to To reset the service interval to the mileage and days you inputted before Press the RESET button V for more than 1 second Service in Off son OTF044192L Service in OFF If the service interval is not set Service in OFF message is dis played on the LCD display NOTICE If any of the following conditions occurs the mileage and days may be incorrect The battery cable is disconnected The fuse switch is turned off The battery is discharged Features of your vehicle Master Warning Mode User Settings Mode if equipped A Description e This warning light informs the driv er the following situations User settings TPMS if equipped gt Exit Service reminder if equipped _ Door The Master Warning Light illumi IM Lamp _ gt nates when more than one of the y Settings gt above warning situations occur At Service Interval this time the LCD Modes Icon will vMove Select change from a to A If the warning situation is solved the LCD Modes I
427. tinued When connecting iPod with the iPod Power Cable insert the con nector to the multimedia socket completely If not inserted com pletely communications between iPod and audio may be interrupt ed When adjusting the sound effects of the iPod and the audio system the sound effects of both devices will overlap and might reduce or distort the quality of the sound Deactivate turn off the equalizer function of an iPod when adjust ing the audio system s volume and turn off the equalizer of the audio system when using the equalizer of an iPod When not using iPod with car audio detach the iPod cable from iPod Otherwise iPod may remain in accessory mode and may not work properly Bluetooth Wireless Technology if equipped Bluetooth Wireless Technology The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license A Bluetooth enabled call phone is required to use Bluetooth wireless technology _ __ lt Features of your vehicle Before Using the Bluetooth Wireless Technology Handsfree What is Bluetooth Bluetooth refers to a short distance wireless networking technology which uses a 2 4GHz 2 48GHz frequency to conn
428. tion pressure and adjust the tires to the recommended tire inflation pres sure What to do in an emergency TPMS Tire Pressure e The TPMS malfunction indicator Monitoring System may blink for approximately 1 malfunction indicator minute and then remain continuous ly illuminated if the vehicle is moving around electric power supply cables The TPMS malfunction indicator will or radios transmitters such as at illuminate after it blinks for approxi police stations government and mately one minute when there isa public offices broadcasting sta problem with the Tire Pressure tions military installations airports Monitoring System Have the system or transmitting towers etc This can checked by an authorized Kia dealer interfere with normal operation of as soon as possible to determine the the Tire Pressure Monitoring cause of the problem System TPMS The TPMS malfunction indicator may blink for approximately 1 minute and then remain continuous ly illuminated if snow chains are used or some separate electronic devices such as notebook comput er mobile charger remote starter or navigation etc are used in the vehi cle This can interfere with normal operation of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS What to do in an emergency Changing a tire with TPMS If you have a flat tire the Low Tire Pressure telltale will come on Have the flat tire repaired by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible or replac
429. tive name e g use Grandpa Joseph instead of Pa Joe Features of your vehicle Illustration on using voice commands More Help Here are some examples of mode commands Starting voice command You can say a radio type like FM AM or Satellite Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds You can also say a media source like USB My Music or iPod Please say a command after Additionally there are phone commands like the beep BEEP Contacts Call History or Dial Number 7 Hel You can find more detailed commands in the user s SALLE a manual Please say a command after the beep More Help Here are some examples of mode commands You can say a radio type like FM AM or Satellite End voice command You can also say a media source like USB My Briefly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Music or iPod Please say a command Additionally there are phone commands like f Contacts Call History or Dial Number after the beep BEEP 7 You can find more detailed commands in the user s z manual Please say a command after the beep Contacts Please say the name of the contact you want to call e Skipping Prompt Messages Briefly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds E while guidance message is being stated 2 Briefly pressing the a e Beep Beep end beep key under 0 8 seconds Features of your vehicle Voice Command Li
430. ton 7 4 The air conditioning will be turned on according to the detected ambi ent temperature outside fresh air position and higher fan speed will be selected automatically If the air conditioning outside fresh air position and higher fan speed are not selected automatically adjust the corresponding button or knob manu ally If the 7 position is selected with a low fan speed a higher fan speed may be automatically selected Features of your vehicle To defrost outside windshield 4 i Ve 0PS043184 i OPS043186 1 Set fan speed to the highest posi tion 2 Set temperature to the Maximum HI 3 Press the defrost button 7 4 The air conditioning will be turned on according to the detected ambient temperature and outside fresh air position will be selected automatically If the 7 position is selected with a low fan speed a higher fan speed may be automatically selected Defogging logic To reduce the possibility of fogging up the inside of the windshield the air intake or air conditioning are con trolled automatically according to certain conditions suchas or WY position To cancel or return to the defogging logic do the following Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system If the battery has been discharged or Automatic climate control system disconnected it will be reset to the defog logic status OPS043187 1 Turn the ignition switch to
431. tooth Wireless Technology phone is connected NOTICE e The Auto Download feature will download mobile contacts entries every time the phone is connected The download time may differ depending on the number of saved contacts entries and the communi cation state e Before downloading contacts first check to see that your mobile phone supports the contacts download feature Features of your vehicle Audio Streaming Press the key Select Phone gt Select Audio Streaming When Audio Streaming is turned on you can play music files saved in your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device through the audio system Outgoing Volume Press the key Select Phone gt Select Outgoing Volume Use TUNE knob to adjust the out going volume level e While on a call the volume can be changed by using the key Turning Bluetooth System Off Press the key Select Phone gt Select Bluetooth System Off Once Bluetooth Wireless Technology is turned off Bluetooth Wireless Technology related features will not be supported within the audio system Wireless e To turn Bluetooth Technology back on go to gt Phone and select Yes ee a e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e eee ee eee e g l l e e e e e e e Features of your vehicle VOICE RECOGNITION Using Voice Recognition Starting Voice Recognition Shortly press the key on the steering wheel Say a command
432. ttery acid Cleaning may safely be carried out using mild soap and water The belt should be replaced if webbing becomes frayed contaminated or damaged Safety features of your vehicle e No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from operating to remove slack or prevent the seat belt assembly from being adjusted to remove slack e When you fasten the seat belt be careful not to latch the seat belt in buckles of other seat It s very dan gerous and you may not be pro tected by the seat belt properly e Do not unfasten the seat belt and Seat belt warning for driver s seat do not fasten and unfasten the seat Tm P belt repeatedly while driving This The drivers seat belt warning light could result in loss of control and and chime will activate pursuant to an accident causing death serious the following table when the ignition injury or property damage switch is in ON position e When fastening the seat belt make sure that the seat belt does not pass over objects that are hard or can break easily Safety features of your vehicle Vehicle Chime Seat Belt Light Blink searzon raog LOMBI Soung 3 mph i 6 mph Above 6 mph 6 sec on 24 sec off 10 km h 11 times Above 6 mph 10 km h Unbuckled a a 5 km h Buckled gt Unbuckled 6 seconds Below 3 mph 5 km h Stop 1 Warning pattern rep
433. ty of your vehicle will increase or decrease depending on the weight and the number of occupants and the tongue load if your vehicle is equipped with a trail er Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The com bined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s plac ard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and lug gage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ibs pas sengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and lug gage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calcu lated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trail er load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehi cle _ __ lt Driving your vehicle
434. um or minimum level an alarm will sound LCD Display Control E Type A N The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons on the steering wheel Features of your vehicle For type A cluster 1 TRIP TRIP button for changing trip modes 2 RESET RESET button for resetting items For type B cluster 1 MODE button for changing modes or SELECT button for setting the selected item MOVE button for changing items or RESET button for resetting the selected item 2 V For the LCD modes refer to LCD Display in this chapter Gauges Speedometer E Type A indicates the speed of the vehicle and is calibrated in miles per hour mph and or kilo meters per hour km h Tachometer E Type A T risen AI I000rpm The tachometer indicates the approximate number of engine revo lutions per minute rpm Features of your vehicle Use the tachometer to select the cor Engine Coolant Temperature If the gauge pointer moves beyond rect shift points and to prevent lug Gauge the normal range area toward the H ging and or over revving the engine position it indicates overheating that may damage the engine Do not continue driving with an over heated engine If your vehicle over heats refer to If the Engine Overheats in chapter 6 4 CAUTION Red zone Do not operate the engine with in the tachometer s RED ZONE This may cause severe engine
435. umulate in the filter over a period of time the air flow from the air vents may decrease resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside fresh air position is selected If this happens have the cli mate control air filter replaced by an authorized Kia dealer NOTICE e Replace the filter every 15 000 miles or once a year If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads more frequent air conditioner filter inspections and changes are required e When the air flow rate suddenly decreases the system should be checked at an authorized Kia dealer Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is low the performance of the air con ditioning is reduced Overfilling also has a negative impact on the air con ditioning system Therefore if abnormal operation is found have the system inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle Air Conditioning refrigerant Each symbols and specification on label air conditioning refrigerant label means as below E Example 1 Classification of refrigerant 2 Amount of refrigerant 3 Classification of Compressor lubri 5 PAG sac ses9 CD Refer to chapter 8 for more detail location of air conditioning refrigerant oxMo63009 label The actual Air Conditioning refrigerant A CAUTION label in the vehicle m
436. unsure how to use or replace the battery contact an authorized Kia dealer Using the wrong battery can cause the smart key to malfunction Be sure to use the correct battery e To avoid damaging the smart key don t drop it get it wet or expose it to heat or sunlight e An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation 4 CAUTION Smart key damage Do not drop get wet or expose the smart key to heat or sun light or it will be damaged Features of your vehicle DOOR LOCKS Operating door locks from e From the driver s door outside the vehicle turn the key to the left once to NOTICE e In cold and wet climates door lock and door mechanisms may not E Type A p m Type B unlock the door and once more pre within 4 seconds to unlock all doors for normal key turn the key to the left once to unlock the driver s door for fold ing key smart key Doors can also be locked and unlocked with the transmitter work properly due to freezing con ditions If the door is locked unlocked multiple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent Once the doors are unlocked they damage to system components may be opened by pulling the door handle OPS043011 e When closing
437. usting values pressing the TUNE knob will restore the parent menu Speed Dependent Volume Control This feature will gradually increase the volume as speed increases to offset outside noise Select Speed Dependent Vol Set 4 levels Off Low Mid High of TUNE knob Voice Recognition Volume Adjusts voice recognition volume Select Voice Recognition Vol Set volume of TUNE knob Features of your vehicle CLOCK SETTINGS Press the key Select Clock through TUNE knob or key gt Select menu through TUNE knob Sound Settings This menu is used to set the time Select Clock Settings Set through TUNE knob Press TUNE knob Adjust the number currently in focus to set the hour and press the tune knob to set the minute Calendar Settings This menu is used to set the date MM DD YYYY Select Calendar Settings Set through TUNE knob Press TUNE knob Adjust the number currently in focus to make the settings and press the tune knob to move to the next setting Set in order of Year Month Day Time Format This function is used to set the 12 24 hour time format of the audio system Select Time Format Set 12Hr 24Hr through TUNE knob Clock Display when Power is OFF Select Clock Disp Pwr Off gt Set Con Coff through TUNE knob Displays time date on screen Turn off _ __
438. ver or do not put the heavy loads on it Features of your vehicle EXTERIOR FEATURES Mounting bracket for roof carrier if equipped To install or remove a roof carrier you can use the mounting bracket and cover on the roof When you install a roof carrier do the following procedure 1 Insert a slim tool coin or flat blade driver into the slot and slide the cover toward the arrow on the cover OED046091 2 Rotate the cover half way and insert the cover on the roof hole as the illustration NOTICE To prevent losing the roof carrier cover install the cover on the roof before you install the roof carrier 3 After using the roof carrier install the cover back on the roof in the reverse order x NOTICE If the vehicle is equipped with a sun roof be sure not to position cargo onto the roof in such a way that it could interfere with sunroof opera tion 4 CAUTION Loading roof rack When carrying cargo on the roof rack take the necessary precau tions to make sure the cargo does not damage the roof of the vehicle Features of your vehicle e When carrying large objects on the roof rack make sure they do not exceed the overall roof length or width The vehicle center of gravity will be higher when items are loaded onto the roof Avoid sudden starts brak ing sharp turns abrupt maneuvers or high speeds that may result in loss of vehicle control or rollover resulting in an accide
439. void sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers Failure to operate this vehicle cor rectly may result in loss of control an accident or vehicle rollover Be sure to read the Reducing the risk of a rollover driving guidelines in section 5 of this manual VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCESS No special break in period is need ed By following a few simple precau tions for the first 600 miles 1 000 km you may add to the perform ance economy and life of your vehi cle e Do not race the engine While driving keep your engine speed rom or revolutions per minute between 2 000 rpm and 4 000 rpm Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time either fast or slow Varying engine speed is need ed to properly break in the engine Avoid hard stops except in emer gencies to allow the brakes to seat properly Don t tow a trailer during the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of operation _ __ lt Introduction E O EA a VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR i
440. ward by the force of the impact In this case inflated air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit e Front air bags may nai inflate In side impact collisions because occupants move to the direction of the collision and thus in side impacts frontal air bag deployment would not provide additional occu pant protection _ __ lt Safety features of your vehicle 1VQA2089 e In an angled collision the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags 1VQA2090 Just before impact drivers often brake heavily Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehi cle causing it to ride under a vehi cle with a higher ground clearance Air bags may not inflate in this under ride situation because deceleration forces that are detect ed by sensors may be significantly reduced by such under ride colli SIONS 1VQA2091 e Front air bags may not inflate in rollover accidents because front airbag deployment would not pro vide additional occupant protection Safety features of your vehicle sea I A 1VQA2092 e Air bags may not inflate if the vehi cle collides with objects such
441. wheels as little as pos sible If you are still stuck after a few tries have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid engine overheat ing and possible damage to the transaxle 4 CAUTION Vehicle rocking Prolonged rocking may cause engine overheating transaxle damage or failure and tire dam age 4 CAUTION Spinning tires Do not spin the wheels espe cially at speeds more than 35 mph 56 km h Spinning the wheels at high speeds when the vehicle is stationary could cause a tire to overheat which could result in tire damage that may injure bystanders The ESC system should be turned OFF prior to rocking the vehicle _ __ lt Driving your vehicle Smooth cornering VT bra PBI J mre Fa En anni 4 ha OUN056051 Avoid braking or gear changing in corners especially when roads are wet Ideally corners should always be taken under gentle acceleration If you follow these suggestions tire wear will be held to a minimum Driving at night Because night driving presents more hazards than driving in the daylight here are some important tips to remember Slow down and keep more dis tance between you and other vehi cles as it may be more difficult to see at night especially in areas where there may not be any stree
442. will turn OFF The seat air ventilation defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned on N CAUTION Seat damage When cleaning the seats do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner ben zene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may damage the air ventilation seat Do not place heavy or sharp objects on the seat Those things may damage the air ventilation seat Be careful not to spill liquid such as water or beverages on the seat If you spill some liquid wipe the seat with a dry towel Before using the air ventilation seat dry the seat completely Rear seat warmer if equipped a OPS033031 The seat warmer is provided to warm the rear outboard seats during cold weather With the ignition switch in the ON position push either of the switches to warm rear seats During mild weather or under condi tions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position OFF gt HIGH 53 gt LOW 2 Features of your vehicle e When pressing the switch for more than 1 5 seconds with the seat warmer operating the seat warmer will turn OFF The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the engine start stop button the ignition switch is turned on NOTICE With the seat warmer switch in the ON position the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature Features of your vehicle
443. y y4 Ww Features of your vehicle For example A Indicates that shifting up to the 3rd gear is desired currently the shift lever is in the 2nd or 1st gear yJ Indicates that shifting down to the 3rd gear is desired current ly the shift lever is in the 4th 5th or 6th gear When the system is not working prop erly the indicator is not displayed Features of your vehicle LCD DISPLAY IF EQUIPPED LCD Modes for type B cluster Modes Symbol Explanation This mode displays driving information like the tripmeter fuel economy and so on For more details refer to Trip Computer in this chapter Turn By Turn This mode displays the state of the navigation Trip Computer if equipped if 2a This mode displays the state of the A V system Service This mode informs of service interval mileage or days and warning messages related to TPMS and so on Master warning User Settings EE On this mode you can change settings of the doors lamps and so on For controlling the LCD modes refer to LCD Display Control in this chapter Features of your vehicle Service Mode Service Interval a Service in 35000mi 365days OPS043134N Service in It calculates and displays when you need a scheduled maintenance service mileage or days If the remaining mileage or time reaches 900 mi 1 500 km or 30 days Service in message is dis played for several seconds each
444. y position on the power window switch Features of your vehicle Always double check to make sure all arms hands head and other obstructions are safely out of the way before closing a window e When the power window lock switch is pressed The driver s master control can operate all the power windows The front passenger s control can operate the front passenger s power window The rear passenger s control can not operate the rear passenger s power window Power window lock button 4 CAUTION Opening clos ing Window To prevent possible damage to OPS043023 e The driver can disable the power window switches on the passenger doors by pressing the power win dow lock button located on the dri vers door to the LOCK position pressed the power window system do not open or close two windows or more at the same time This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse Features of your vehicle HOOD Opening the hood MAE i Po al SSS 0Ps043024 1 Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood The hood should pop open slightly Open the hood after turning off the engine on a flat surface shifting the shift lever to the P Park position for automatic transaxle and to the ist First gear or R Reverse for manu al transaxle and setting the parking brake Closing the hood 1 Before closing the hood check the following e All filler caps in the engine com
445. y selected In sports mode when the engine rom approaches the red zone shift points are varied to upshift auto matically To maintain the required levels of vehicle performance and safety the system may not execute cer tain gearshifts when the shift lever is operated When driving on a slippery road push the shift lever forward into the up position This causes the transaxle to shift into the 2nd gear which is better for smooth driving on a slippery road Push the shift lever to the down side to shift back to the 1st gear Driving your vehicle Shift lock system For your safety the automatic transaxle has a shift lock system which prevents shifting the transaxle from P Park into R Reverse unless the brake pedal is depressed To shift the transaxle from P Park into R Reverse 1 Depress and hold the brake pedal 2 Start the engine or turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Move the shift lever If the brake pedal is repeatedly depressed and released with the shift lever in the P Park position a chattering noise near the shift lever may be heard It is a normal condi tion PAW OPS053010 Shift lock override If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P Park position into R Reverse position with the brake pedal depressed continue depress ing the brake then do the following 1 Carefully remove the cap covering the shift lock access hole 1 2 Insert a screwdrive

Owners Manual - Dealer E

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents